Biyoloji 8

www.kompasseurope.
eu +90 541 513 28 81
Content
NEW
2-7 New Products 8 Structure & Function Human
8 14 20 22 24 27 32 40 41 44 46 48 50 52 53 56 58 60 61 63 Skeleton & Components Skull Vertebral Column Vertebral Models Joints Musculature Torso Larynx & Lung Heart & Circulatory System Digestive System Urinary System Genital & Pelvis Dental Head Brain Nervous System Eyes Nose Ears Skin
84 Sex & Drug Education 88 Microscopes 00 Cameras 04 Microscope Slides 9 Multimedia-Packages 28 Charts 39 Learning Systems 42 Computer Assisted 45 Experiments & Measurements 60 Scales & Overhead Projector 62 Laboratory Equipment 64 Software 72 Fun Products 74 3B MICROanatomy 74 Index 77 3B Scientific History 79 Order Form
64 Structure & Function Animal 72 Structure & Function Plant 76 Cell Biology 78 Genetics 79 Reproduction & Development 82 Evolution
s
KEY

Committed to quality
3B Scientific provides you with good quality at fair prices. Our sophisticated quality management complies with the ISO 9001:2000 standards and the Worlddidac Quality Charter and is regularly approved by independent experts. Thats something you can rely on.
= Extra carriage charges
= Product comes with product manual www.3bscientific.com
www. = Product manual available for free download at
www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541 513 28 81

going one step further
C = Chinese, D = German, DN = Danish, E = English, F = French, FIN = Finnish, H = Hungarian, I = Italian, J = Japanese, K = Korean, L = Latin, NL = Dutch, NO = Norwegian, P = Portugese, S = Spanish, SE = Swedish
9 Reasons to Buy 3B Scientific Products:

1
Three Year Quality Warranty
If you detect material or processing defects despite appropriate handling of a product within 3 years of the invoice date, we will replace the product or remedy the defect.
e ne lik Bo
A52 3B BONElike Human Child Vertebral Column
TM
Global Price Guarantee
You will get high quality at low prices. If you obtain a compar able product of the same quality at a lower price from anywhere else on our planet within 14 days, we will take it back and refund the full purchase price.
No Risk Buying
If you are dissatisfied with a 3B Scientific Product for whatever reason, simply return it to us within 14 days for a refund, packed in original cartons and with a copy of the invoice. No questions asked!
1 Page 2
Prompt Delivery
New Products
Most products are shipped from stock. That means that we will generally ship the items you ordered within 2 10 days without incurring unreasonable freight or express charges.
Special Prices
If you place an order for large numbers of 3B Scientific Products, you may be eligible for additional savings. Please ask for your special price offer.
Custom Orders
We are the worlds leading manufacturer of anatomical models. If you have a suggestion for a new item, or require special labelling or packaging, we will do our best to accommodate you.
Environment-Friendly Paints and Packaging
All models are painted accurately with solventfree paints. Packaging is included in the price and is made of reusable material containing no CFCs. Only special packaging will incur an extra charge.
Continuous Improvement
Continual design improvements and product research are carried out in order to ensure that you receive only the very best. As a result, products may differ slightly in form or colour from those depicted here.
neW
A882 Knee Joint, 12-part
DIN EN ISO 9001 Certification
The proven quality of our service, products and organisational procedures has been DIN EN ISO 9001:2000 certified since June 2000. This approved quality management system promotes our particular commitment to innovation, product improvement and customer orientation. In addition, since the Worlddidac Quality Charter was introduced in September 2004, we have been met all related quality standards.
5 Page 2

2
3B Scientific Biology
H20/3 Pelvis with Ligaments, Nerves and Floor Muscles
H20/2 Ligamented Female Pelvis
9 Page 4
New Products
H20/4 Female Pelvis and Pelvic Floor, 5-part
M33/1 Deluxe Hand and Wrist
M34/1 Deluxe Foot and Ankle
eW n
Page 12
W19780 DNA Double Helix Structure Model
www.kompasseurope.eu +90
...going one step further
0 Page 8 28 541 513
81
3
Po l y m e r a s e C h a i n Re a c t i o n (PCR )
Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) is one of the most exciting techniques in modern biology and now you can do it in your classroom!
2 Page 15
W48926 Digital Waterbath (1,8 l) W48925 Microcentrifuge Piccola W48925
New Products
neW
W48928 Mitochondrial DNA Analysis Using PCR
W48927 EdvoCycler PCR Machine

4
GA S T E C
Gas detector for highly educational experiments in your biology and environmental studies classes
8 Page 15
W11730 GASTEC Kit
neW
New Products
U11395 Blood Pressure Sensor
4 Page 14
U11396 ECG/EMG Box
U30723 Binocular Polarisation Microscope
Laborat o r y E q u i p m e n t
www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541 2 Page 16

age 89 P28 81 513

5
W16151 Blood Pressure Meter
W16150 Stethoscope
W60083
New Products
W60083 Cardio HITRAX Pulse
W16150
9 Page 14
neW
U16100 W13672 U16100 Timer
W13672 High Tech Flowmeter (spirometer)
9 Page 14
2 Page 16
age www.kompasseurope.eu +90P54114513 28 81

W60088
W60088 Piko 1 Electronic Spirometer
Ne w i n t e r a ct i ve C D - RO M
This newly developed CD programme for interactive teaching promises exciting lessons at a high standard. Each CD covers a full topic and contains a large number of excellent quality anato mical colour charts, micro and macro images, diagrams, graphic representations and drawings, live images, circulation charts and xray images. Use the comprehensive teaching and learning ma terials featured on each of the CDROMs to visualize your current topic of study for your students!
New Products
6 Page 16
Ind i v i d u a l M i c ro s c o p e S l i d e s
Now Available: Create your own set using any slides of your choice from our complete range (minimum of 25 microslides)
4 Page 10
eW n

7
StruCturE & FuNCtioN HumAN
Experience the world's best-selling natural casts of human skeletons on the following pages. Dont settle for inferior imitations. Demand 3B Scientific quality!
The Standard Benefits of a 3B Scientific Skeleton:

Excellent price-performance ratio 3-year warranty First-class natural cast Made in Germany Manual final assembly Made of durable, unbreakable plastic Almost real weight of the approx. 200 bones Life-size 3-part mounted skull Individually inserted teeth Limbs are quick and easy to remove Stand and transparent dust cover included Details of the additional features of each individual models is provided in the product descriptions.
S ke l eton
A10 Classic Skeleton Stan, on 5-feet roller stand

This classic model (we call him Stan) has been the standard of quality in hospitals, schools, universities, and laboratories for over 50 years. Choose from 5 models to suit your individual preference of course each one has all standard benefits of a 3B Scientific skeleton. 170 cm; 7.6 kg
A10/1 Classic Skeleton Stan, on hanging 5-feet roller stand with brake
186 cm; 8.3 kg
r tselle Bes
NEW: All 5-leg roller stands have brakes
Detail of A10/1

A10
remely robust! E xt
ails of A12 D et
A11 Classic Skeleton max, on 5-feet roller stand with brake

This version contains all standard benefits of a 3B Scientific skeleton but additionally offers representations of the structural interaction between bones and muscles. It depicts over 600 structures of medical/anatomical significance including muscle origins (red) and insertions (blue) on the left side as well as hand numbered bones, fissures and foramina on the right side. 170 cm; 8.0 kg
Skel e t o n
s L/E www.
A12 Classic Skeleton Leo, on 5-feet roller stand with brake

In addition to the standard benefits of a 3B Scientific skeleton, Leo provides representations of the structural interaction between bones and ligaments. Its elastic ligaments on the major appendicular joints (shoulder, elbow, hip and knee) are mounted on the right side. 170 cm; 8.2 kg
A11
A12
A11/1
A11/1 Classic Skeleton max Showing muscles, on hanging stand with brake
186 cm; 8.3 kg
W40103
W40103 Heavy Duty Dust Cover for Skeletons

Protect your investment with our heavy duty protective cover. Suitable for all skeletons and stand versions. Black with transparent window.
sL


S ke l eton
r tselle Bes
A13 Sam Deluxe Skeleton, on 5-feet roller stand with brake

Of course this top-of-the-range version contains all the benefits you have come to expect in our high-quality 3B Scientific standard skeletons. Sam additionally allows you to demonstrate the movements of the skull and head joints as well as all natural human postures due to the fully flexible vertebral column. The unique combination of flexible vertebral column, muscle origins and insertions, numbered bones, flexible joint ligaments and a disc prolapse between the 3rd and 4th lumbar vertebrae display over 600 structures of medical/anatomical interest in this top model. To sum it up: All standard benefits of a 3B Scientific Skeleton (see page 8) Over 600 hand-numbered and identified details Hand-painted muscle origins and insertions Flexible joint ligaments Flexible vertebral column Emerging spinal nerves and vertebral arteries Disc prolapse between L3 and L4 170 cm; 8.2 kg
s L/E www.
A13/1 Sam Deluxe Skeleton, on hanging stand with brake

186 cm; 8.5 kg

A13
s L/E www.
10
A1 mini Skeleton Shorty, mounted on a base

Top of the range mini skeleton. Skillful 3B engineers using powerful hardware and software optimized the process of reproducing miniatures in order to keep all anatomical details and structures even at half natural size (80 cm). The skull can be removed and disassembled into three parts (skullcap, base of skull, mandible). The arms and legs are removable. The hip joints are specially mounted so their natural rotation can be demonstrated. 88 cm; 1.5 kg
A1/1 mini Skeleton Shorty, on hanging stand

This model is the same as the A18 Mini Skeleton, but with a hanging stand. The stand can be either placed on the floor or attached to a wall. 94 cm; 1.7 kg
m in i S ke l e t o n / S ke l e t on-C om po nen ts
A1
A1/5 mini Skeleton Shorty with Painted muscles, on base

As A18, but with colour portrayal of the muscle origins (red) and insertions (blue) on the left half. The muscles are numbered. (not shown)
nique! u
A18/6
s L/D/E/F/i/S/P/J www.
W33000 Desktop Skeleton

This model shows the basic bony locomotive apparatus and, in addition, the emerging spinal nerves, vertebral arteries and one prolapsed disc. Arms and legs mounted flexibly. Supplied with a stand. 84 cm; 2.7 kg
A1/6 mini Skeleton Shorty with Painted muscles, on hanging stand

As A18/5, but with hanging stand. The stand can be either placed on the floor or be suspended from the wall. 94 cm; 1.7 kg
s L/D/E/F/i/S/P/J www.
A05/1 Disarticulated Full Skeleton, with 3 part skull

One hand and foot on wire, one loosely articulated. Supplied in a sturdy partitioned storage box. 48.5x27x42.5 cm; 4.8 kg
m1 internal Finger Structure model W33000 A71/ Hyoid bone on stand A71/
This full-size model shows the bones, muscles and tendons of the human index finger. Delivered on stand. 19.5x13x19 cm; 0.5 kg

11
s L/D/E/S/F/P/i/J www.
m1
NeW
A04 A04 Disarticulated Half Skeleton
Complete with mounted skull, sternum, hyoid and spinal column. Hand and foot on wire. Comes in a sturdy partitioned storage box. 49x43x26.5 cm; 4 kg
m34/1 m33/1 m33/1 Deluxe Hand and Wrist

Cast from natural bone specimen Articulated bones of hand and wrist Interosseous muscles depicted Shows median, ulnar and radial nerve Tendons, ligaments and arteries simulated Palmar and thenar space simulated Transverse ligament can be cut to show carpal tunnel syndrome Stand included. 6x18x18 cm; 0.3 kg
A04/1 Disarticulated Half Skeleton, with loosely articulated hand and foot
Complete with mounted skull, sternum, hyoid and spinal column. Hand and foot loosely articulated on nylon cord. Comes in a sturdy partitioned storage box. 48.5x27x42.5 cm; 4 kg
S ke l e t o n - C o m p o n ents
sE m1 m1 internal Hand Structure model, 3-part

Full size hand model shows the superficial and internal structures of the hand, including bones, muscle, tendons, ligaments, nerves, and arteries (superficial and deep palmar arches). The palmar aponeurosis and plate of the superficial tendons are removable. 28.5x13x6.5 cm; 1.2 kg
m34/1 Deluxe Foot and Ankle

Cast from natural bone specimen Bones of foot and ankle Lower half of tibia and fibula Depicts all major muscles, nerves, arteries and tendons Stand included. 22x18x18 cm; 0.5 kg
nique! u
s L/D/E/S/F/P/i/J www.
sE
m30 Normal Foot

Superficial structures as well as internal bones, muscles, ligaments and nerves are represented. 13x24x9 cm; 0.4 kg
A7 3B miCroanatomy Bone Structure

This extremely detailed model depicts a three dimensional section of a lamellar bone, showing the typical structure of a tubular bone enlarged 80 times. Various planes are shown in cross and longitudinal section through all levels of the bone, as well as a 2-plane section through the inner structure of the bone marrow. The typical elements of a lamellar bone are easily identified and help to understand its structure and function with the characteristic osteons, also referred to as Haversian systems. This model allows a graphic illustration of the interplay of the individual components, such as spongy and compact substance, endosteum, cortical substance, osteocytes, Volkmann and Haversian canals. Supplied on base. 26x19x14.5 cm; 0.8 kg
s L/D/E/F m31 Flat Foot (Pes Planus)

s L/D/E/F
s E/D/S/F/P/J www. m32 m30 m32 Hollow Foot (Pes Cavus) m31

A7 s L/D/E/F
12
A40/2L
A40/3L
A31/1r A31r A30/2r A40L A41L
A30L A35L A36r A46L A45L
Art.-No. A30L A30r A30/2L A30/2r A31L A31r A31/1L A31/1r A35L A35r A35/1L A35/1r A35/2L A35/2r A35/3L A35/3r A35/4L A35/4r A35/5L A35/5r A35/6 A36L A36r
Skeleton-Components
Foot Skeleton mounted on wire, left Foot Skeleton mounted on wire, right Foot Skeleton loosely threaded on nylon, left Foot Skeleton loosely threaded on nylon, right Foot Skeleton with portions of tibia and fibula, wire mounted, left Foot Skeleton with portions of tibia and fibula, wire mounted, right Foot Skeleton with portions of tibia and fibula, flexibly mounted, left Foot Skeleton with portions of tibia and fibula, flexibly mounted, right Leg Skeleton, left Leg Skeleton, right Femur, left Femur, right Patella, left Patella, right tibia, left tibia, right Fibula, left Fibula, right Hip Bone, left Hip Bone, right Femur Heads, 1 pair Leg Skeleton with Hip Bone, left Leg Skeleton with Hip Bone, right
Art.-No. A40L A40r A40/2L A40/2r A40/3L A40/3r A41L A41r A45L A45r A45/1L A45/1r A45/2L A45/2r A45/3L A45/3r A45/4L A45/4r A45/5L A45/5r A46L A46r
Skeleton-Components
Hand Skeleton wire mounted, left Hand Skeleton wire mounted, right Hand Skeleton loosely threaded on nylon, left Hand Skeleton loosely threaded on nylon, right Hand Skeleton with portions of ulna and radius, flexibly mounted, left Hand Skeleton with portions of ulna and radius, flexibly mounted, right Hand Skeleton with portions of ulna and radius, wire mounted, left Hand Skeleton with portions of ulna and radius, wire mounted, right Arm Skeleton, left Arm Skeleton, right Humerus, left Humerus, right ulna, left ulna, right radius, left radius, right Scapula, left Scapula, right Clavicle, left Clavicle, right Arm Skeleton with scapula and clavicle, left Arm Skeleton with scapula and clavicle, right
Skel e t o n - C o m p o n e n t s
W101 Vascular Arm

Life size model of the left arm and hand in a semi-flexed position with the brachial, radial and ulnar arteries and accompanying veins with their radicals in situ. The complete circulatory system of the hand is shown on both palmar and dorsal surfaces. Comparative sizes of the various blood vessels are clearly indicated and facilitate the study of the blood circulation in the arm. Mounted on stand. 66x18x28 cm; 2.0 kg

sE
13
3B Scientific has the right model for everyone. Enjoy the worlds largest selection of high-class artificial human skulls on the following pages. 3B Scientific Skulls
Choose from 25 different models all featuring the following, unless otherwise stated: High-quality original casts of real human skulls Hand-made from hard, unbreakable plastic Highly accurate representation of the fissures, foramina, processes, sutures etc. Disassemble into at least 3 parts for detailed studies As an option, you can insert a 5-part brain into all skulls of the Classic Series
S kull
A20/t
er stsell Be
A20 A20 Classic Skull, 3-part
Our Classic Skulls combine quality and value. Each of the 8 classic versions available are designed to show exceptional detail at an affordable price. The 3-part standard version A20 is a first choice for basic anatomical studies or an attractive medical present. Alternatively, choose one of the more advanced versions exhibiting additional anatomical structures such as muscle origins/insertions, hand-numbered bones and structures or a supplimentary complete 5-part brain. 20x13.5x15.5 cm; 0.6 kg
A20/1
A20/1 Skull on Cervical Spine, 4-part

This flexibly mounted version on a stand with a cervical spine. Also represented are the hindbrain, spinal cord, cervical nerves, vertebral arteries, basilar artery and rear cerebral arteries. On stand. 20x13.5x15.5 cm; 1.4 kg

Use this unique skull to study internal structures that otherwise are only visible using x-ray images. 20x13.5x15.5 cm; 0.6 kg
A20/t Classic Skull, transparent, 3-part
14
A23 A23 Classic Skull, Painted, 3-part
A22/1 A21
A21
W10532
Numbered Classic Skull, 3-part

Numbered skull with skull sutures drawn in colour. 20x13.5x15,5 cm; 0.7 kg
The muscle origins (red) and insertions (blue) are shown in colour on the left side of the skull. Cranial bones and structures are numbered on the right side. This skull shows over 140 anatomical details. 20x13.5x15.5 cm; 0.7 kg
s L/D/E/S/F/P/i www.
s L/E www. W10532 Skull with teeth for Extraction, 4-part

The teeth of the upper and lower jaw can be extracted and replaced individually with their fully-formed roots. A bone flap on the right mandible can be opened to view the dental roots, spongiosa, nerve canal and an impacted wisdom tooth. 22x13.5x17 cm; 0.8 kg
A22/1 Classic Skull with opened Lower Jaw, painted, 3-part

Muscle origins (red) and insertions (blue) are represented on the left side of this model. 20x13.5x15.5 cm; 0.7 kg
Sku l l
A22 Classic Skull with opened Lower Jaw, 3-part

This dental skull with opened mandible exposes the dental roots with vessels and nerves. The cranial bones, bone components, fissures, foramina and other structures are numbered. The cranial sutures are shown in colour, as are the meningeal vessels and venous sinuses. 20x13.5x15.5 cm; 0.7 kg
A22
A24 Functional Skull with masticator muscles, 2-part

The masticatory muscles (masseter, temporal, medial and lateral pterygoid muscles) are represented by elastic bands. This model is suitable for demonstrating the function of the masticator muscles with jaw occlusion, the initial stage of jaw opening and the movements of the mandible to the side and front. The skullcap is removable. 20x13.5x15.5 cm; 0.7 kg
A24
A20/ Classic Skull with Brain, -part

This skull can be disassembled into Skull Cap Base of Skull Mandible The midsagitally divided brain (C18) is cast from an original anatomical specimen. The components of its left half are: Frontal and parietal lobe Temporal and occipital lobe Encephalic trunk Cerebellum 20x13.5x15.5 cm; 1.1 kg
C1
nique! 28 81 u www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541 513

A20/ s L/E/D/S/F/J
15
A27 Deluxe Demonstration Skull, 10-part

This replica of the human skull is of an exceptional quality. The skullcap is removable and the base of skull is mid-sagitally divided. The frontal sinus, perpendicular lamina and vomer are fitted with flaps which can be opened to view the lateral nose wall and sphenoidal sinus. On the left half, the temporal bone can be removed and folded up in the area of the tympanic membrane. Maxilla and mandible are opened to reveal the alveolar nerves. On the right side the temporal bone is opened to reveal the sigmoid sinus, the facial nerve canal and the semicircular ducts. Additional flaps are located at the maxillary sinus and the right half of the mandible, so that the dental roots of the premolars and molars of the lower jaw can also be viewed. The natural occlusion and the individual removal and replacement of each tooth also make this skull especially interesting for dentists. 28x22.5x18.5 cm; 1.5 kg
A20/2 Didactic Skull on Cervical Spine, 4-part
S kull
A27
lddidac Worward A
A2/1
This model uses 19 didactic colours to demonstrate the shapes and relationships of the various bone plates of the skull. Flexibly mounted on the cervical spine (C1, C2 and C7 are coloured), this model also shows the hindbrain, spinal cord, spinal nerves of the cervical spine, vertebral arteries, basilar artery and rear cerebral arteries. Mounted on a stand. 18x18x30 cm; 1.4 kg s E/D/S/F/P/J www.
A2/1 microcephalic Skull

Skull of a young male. This one-part microcephalic skull has an alveolar abscess of the right maxilla with the canine tooth suspended in the abscess. The molars exhibit severe attrition. 27 teeth. Natural cast. 23x16.5x17 cm; 0.8 kg
A27/ Deluxe Demonstration Skull with Display Case

48x39x36 cm; 4.8 kg
A2/2 A2/2 Hydrocephalic Skull

The enlarged cerebral cranium is typical of this severe malformation. The skullcap of the one-part skull is partially covered by bone skin. The lower right canine and the right molar are decayed. Natural cast. 28x23x19.5 cm; 0.8 kg
A2/3 A2/3 Skull with Cleft Jaw and Plate

Male. Severe malformation of the left skull half. The one-part skull has 29 teeth. Natural cast. 28x23x19.5 cm; 0.8 kg
A20/2

16
eller Bests
unique
A21
Sku l l
A20
A20 3B Scientific Skull Kit Anatomical Version, 22-part

The human skull consists of many individual bones that gradually grow together as development proceeds. The 3B Scientific Skull Kit is a natural cast and makes the complex structure of the skull easy to understand, since it can be disassembled into its 22 individual bones. The individual bones can be reassembled by means of inconspicuous, stable connectors attached at the slightly simplified skull sutures. All 22 bones are depicted in their natural bone colour. The skull consists of the following individual bones: Parietal bone (left and right) Occipital bone Frontal bone Temporal bone (left and right) Sphenoid bone Ethmoid bone Vomer bone Zygomatic bone (left and right) Upper jaw (maxilla) with teeth (left and right) Palatine bone (left and right) Nasal concha (left and right) Lacrimal bone (left and right) Nasal bone (left and right) Lower jaw (mandible) with teeth 21x14x16 cm; 0.7 kg
A21 3B Scientific Skull Kit Didactic Version, 22-part

The 22 bones are depicted in 9 different didactic colours so that the individual skull bones are easy to distinguish. Each pair of bone plates have the same colour. 21x14x16 cm; 0.7 kg
s E/D/S/F/P/i/J www.
A1/15
A1/15 mini Skull, 3-part

Our mini skull, precisely depicting the anatomical structures true to detail, can be disassembled into skullcap, base of skull and mandible. 10x8x8 cm; 0.10 kg
A26 Foetal Skull, on stand

Natural cast of a foetal head in the 30th week of pregnancy. 18.5x14.5x14 cm; 0.2 kg
W101 Neurovascular Skull

A life size adult skull with seven cervical vertebrae mounted upon a stand. The arteries are shown on one side and nerves on the other. Removing the vault exposes the main nerves and arteries on the floor of the cranium. The 12 cranial nerves and the distribution of their branches is also shown. 29x21x18.5 cm; 1.3 kg
A26
A25 Foetal Skull (not shown)

Natural cast of a foetal head in the 30th week of pregnancy. 14x9x9 cm; 0.15 kg

sE W101
17
Unique worldwide:
The 3B BoNElike system skulls are made of a new material that allows an absolutely natural reproduction of even finest anatomical structures for the first time. Bones made of 3B BoNElike look real, have an absolutely natural feel and are almost exactly the weight of a natural bone. See page 23 for customer statements on 3B BoNElike
A23 3B BoNElike System Skull Didactic Deluxe Skull, 7-part

This unique and high-quality skull will leave no questions in the study of anatomy unanswered! The ability to transfer the structures visible on the transparent half to the bony half give this skull a special didactic value. On the right, transparent skull half the paranasal sinuses can be easily located even from the outside, since these are marked in different colours: maxillary sinus (yellow), ethmoidal cells (orange), frontal sinus (green), sphenoidal sinus (purple). The cranial sinuses and the neck and face arteries are also shown in colour: sinuses of dura mater (blue), common carotid artery, external and internal carotid artery and the branches of the meningeal artery (red). One brain half, which is also visible through the skullcap, visualizes the brain position and the course of the sinuses. The periodontal pockets and tooth roots can be seen through the transparent jaw. The lower jaw is mounted flexibly to demonstrate the masticator movements. The skull is mounted on a cervical spine and can be disassembled into both halves of the skullcap, the left half of the base of skull, the nasal septum, the complete mandible and a brain half. 35x18x18 cm; 1.0 kg
S kull
s E/D/S/F/P/J www. A23
A20 3B BoNElike System Skull Bony Skull Half, 4-part

The left bony half skull has been designed especially for the students budget. The half skull can be disassembled into skullcap, base of skull, mandible and nasal septum. An affordable first-class model to study all anatomical structures. 16x7x21 cm; 0.25 kg
A20
s E/D/S/F/P/J www.

1
A21 3B BoNElike System Skull Bony Skull, 6-part

This version represents a complete midsagitally sectioned skull. It can be disassembled into both halves of the skullcap and the base of skull, the nasal septum and the complete mandible. To demonstrate masticatory movement, the lower jaw is mounted flexibly. An excellent skull to study the bony structure and the complicated anatomy of the human skull. 16x14x21 cm; 0.5 kg
s E/D/S/F/P/J www.
A21
e like BoN
n ique! u
tM
Sku l l
A22 3B BoNElike System Skull Combined transparent / Bony Skull, -part

By combining one transparent and one bony skull half this is the first model to allow teachers of anatomy a topographical juxtaposition of the structures that cannot be seen in other skull versions. The right, transparent skull half allows the study of important anatomical details, such as the location of the paranasal sinuses. Therefore, in combination with the left, bony skull half, a direct transfer of the otherwise invisible structures becomes easy and un-complicated. The transparency of the jaw allows an exceptional view onto the periodontal pockets and roots. The teeth are removable for detailed studies. In addition, the external masticator muscles (masseter and temporal muscles) are represented on the bony skull half. To demonstrate masticator movement, the lower jaw is mounted flexibly. These features also make the skull especially valuable for dentists. The skull can be disassembled into both halves of the skullcap and base of skull, the nasal septum, the complete mandible and both masticator muscles. 16x14x21 cm; 0.54 kg
s E/D/S/F/P/J www.
A22 Please refer to page 7 for anthropological skulls.

1
A56
A56/2
A5/3
A5/4
A5/5
A5/6
Ve r t e b r a l C o l umn
A56 Classic Flexible Spine with ribs

Flexible spine with ribs shows the interaction of the ribs, spine and associated structures. Contains the following features: Extremely good value and durable. Full pelvis and occipital plate Fully flexible mounting L3-L4 disc prolapsed Spinal nerve exits Cervical vertebral artery Male pelvis Stand is not included, please see A59/8. 74 cm; 2.8 kg
A5/3 Classic Flexible Spine with Femur Heads and Painted muscles
Painted spines add a new dimension to demonstrations. Muscle origins (red) and insertions (blue) are painted on left innominate, femur and vertebrae. Same features as A58/1. Stand is not included, please see A59/8. 83 cm; 2.1 kg
A5/5 Deluxe Flexible Spine

Additionally to all features of the Classic Spine Series our Deluxe Spine has a sacral opening and exposed brainstem for advanced studies. Other features are: Full pelvis and occipital plate Fully flexible mounting L3-L4 disc prolapsed Spinal nerve exits Cervical vertebral artery Male pelvis Cauda equine Stand is not included, please see A59/8. 74 cm; 1.8 kg
s L/D/E/F/S/P/i/J www.
A5/1 A56/2 Classic Flexible Spine with ribs and Femur Heads
All other features as A56. 83 cm; 3.0 kg
A5/4 Classic Flexible Spine with Female Pelvis

All other features as A58/1. 74 cm; 1.8 kg
A5/6 Deluxe Flexible Spine with Femur Heads

A5/ 3B BoNElike Vertebral column See A794 on page 23
Bests
eller
A5/1 Classic Flexible Spine

Our most popular spine for patient education is also our most affordable. Fully flexible and designed for hands-on demonstrations. Contains these features: Full pelvis and occipital plate Fully flexible mounting L3-L4 disc prolapsed Spinal nerve exits Cervical vertebral artery Male pelvis Stand is not included, please see A59/8. 74 cm; 1.8 kg
A5/2 Classic Flexible Spine with Femur Heads

Same features as A58/1, additionally with femur heads. 83 cm; 2.1 kg
A5/ multifunctional Spinal Column Stand, 3-part

Unique worldwide: Can be placed on the floor Mounted on a wall! Made of nickle-plated steel
A5/2

Pelvic Skeleton, female
See A61 on page 49.
20
A5/
A5/1
VB4
A5/7
A1/21
A5/2
A1/21 mini Vertebral Column, elastic, on stand

Model with squama occipitalis and pelvis. The vertebral column is mounted flexibly to demonstrate natural movements and pathological changes. On a detachable stand. 44 cm; 0.35 kg
A5/ Didactic Flexible Spine

This superb new didactically painted spinal column has the same anatomical features as the A58/1. Differentiated by colour are the 5 different sections of the spinal column: 7 cervical vertebrae 12 thoracic vertebrae 5 lumbar vertebrae Sacrum Coccyx Use this spinal column for simplified patient education or for lessons in a classroom environment where the didactical colours help to immediately reinforce the explanation, even from a distance. Stand is not included, please see A59/8. 74 cm; 1.9 kg
VB4 Flexible Spine with Soft intervertebral Discs

Soft Discs for greater realism. This unique spine shows how the discs deform during normal and abnormal positioning. Use it to demonstrate any number of pathological conditions such as scoliosis, lordosis, kyphosis or subluxations. Herniation can be demonstrated with compression. In addition, the special mounting allows unobstructed viewing during demonstration and display. Includes dura mater of spinal cord and spinal nerves. Delivered on removable stand. 105 cm; 5.0 kg
A5/7 Deluxe Flexible Spine with Femur Heads and Painted muscles
Painted spines add a new dimension to demonstrations. Muscle origins (red) and insertions (blue) are painted on left innominate, femur and vertebrae. For further information see A58/5. 83 cm; 2.1 kg
Ver t e b r a l C o l u m n
s L/D/E/F/S/P/i/J www.
A1/20 mini Vertebral Column, elastic

As A18/21, but without stand. 40 cm; 0.25 kg
A52 A5/ Didactic Flexible Spine with Femur Heads

A5/1 Lifetime Flexible Spine

The last spine you will ever need! With male pelvis, occipital plate, vertebral artery, spinal nerve exits and a dorsalateral disc prolapse between the 3rd and 4th lumbar vertabrae. Specially mounted on a flexible hose adding extra stability. Ideal for regular active use, such as in schools. Stand is not included, please see A59/8. 74 cm; 1.4 kg
A52 3B BoNElike Human Child Vertebral Column

The unique material of the model makes it almost indistinguishable visually from a real vertebral column. This model is particularly useful for studying the phase of bone growth characteristics for the developmental stage of a 5-year-old. This includes: Vertebrae - partially still incomplete development of vertebral bodies and vertebral arches. Sacrum as yet incomplete fusion of individual sacral vertebrae. This commences at around the age of 15. Pelvis still open Y cartilage as main growth plate of the acetabulum. The hip, pubic and ischial bone parts are not yet connected (didactically fixed with brackets in the model). These fuse around the age of 14-16. This flexible, movable vertebral column including occipital bone, pelvis and sacrococcyx is mounted on a stand. Within the spinal canal, the spinal cord with cauda equina and exiting nerve roots are represented with flexible material. 14x9x51cm; 0,5kg
NeW
A5/2 Lifetime Flexible Spine with Femur Heads

All other features as A59/1 83 cm; 2.3 kg

21
STruCTurE & FunCTIOn HuMAn
A72 Cervical Spinal Column

Consisting of, occipital plate, the 7 cervical vertebrae with intervertebral discs, cervical nerves, vertebral arteries and spinal cord. On flexible stand. 19 cm; 0.3 kg
A73 Thoracic Spinal Column

Consisting of the 12 thoracic vertebrae with intervertebral discs, thoracic nerves and spinal cord. On flexible stand. 32 cm; 0.5 kg
A74 Lumbar Spinal Column

Consisting of the 5 lumbar vertebrae with intervertebral discs, sacrum with flap, coccyx, spinal nerves and dura mater of spinal cord. On flexible stand. 34 cm; 0.6 kg
A72
A73
A74
Ve r teb ra l Co l um n / Ve r t e b r a l M o d els
A70/6
A75
A71/5
A71/1
A71/5 Atlas and Axis, with Occipital Plate

Assembled, on removable stand
A71/1 Atlas and Axis

Assembled, on removable stand
A70/6 Sacrum and Coccyx

Assembled
A75 6 Mounted Vertebrae

Consisting of atlas, axis, another cervical vertebra, two thoracic vertebrae with inter-vertebral discs and one lumbar vertebra. On removable stand. 22 cm; 0.3 kg
A75/1 5 Vertebrae (not shown)

Atlas, axis, cervical, thoracic and lumbar vertebrae. Loosely threaded on nylon.
A71 Atlas and Axis (not shown)

Assembled, no stand
W19007 Lifting Demonstration Figure

Demonstrates graphically the effects of correct and incorrect lifting techniques on the spinal column. 28x21x21.5 cm; 1.4 kg
A76 A76 Lumbar Spinal Column with Prolapsed Intervertebral Disc

2 lumbar vertebrae with spinal nerves, dura mater of spinal cord and 2 replaceable dorso-lateral prolapsed discs between the 4th and 5th lumbar vertebrae. On stand, removable. 13 cm; 0.27 kg
sE
W19007

22
3B BOnElike Vertebrae
Worldwide unique, original cast of human vertebrae with precise illustration of even the finest anatomical structures, shown with excellent quality. Feels and looks like real bones. Realistic weight. Excellent real bone substitutes for medical teaching and patient consultation. Each vertebra is marked for identification (C1-7, T1-12 and L1-5).
A793 Set of 24 BOnElike Vertebrae
This set includes the 7 cervical, 12 thoracic and 5 lumbar vertebrae. Each vertebra is labeled for identification purposes (C1-7, T1-12 and L1-5). Supplied in a transport and storage case with individual compartments for all 24 vertebrae. 41x40x12 cm; 2.4 kg
A794 3B BOnElike Vertebral Column

Flexible, mounted, true-to-life model of the human vertebral column in excellent BONElike quality with exact reproduction of all anatomical details, based on real weight. Consists of the male pelvis and occipital bone. Occipital bone and atlas can be detached individually. Without stand, see A59/8, page 18. 85 cm, 1,5 kg
ne like Bo
nique! u
TM
Ver t e b r a l M o d e l s
A793
A794
A792 A790 Set of 7 3B BOnElike lumbar vertebrae

Supplied on a base. 30x21x6 cm; 0.3 kg
A790
It is a unique reproduction of a bone that cannot be distinguished from a real one. One of my staff members, a world renowned bone specialist, was not able to distinguish the vertebra from a real one. I wish your company much success with your excellent artificial preparations. (Prof. Dr. Dr. h.c. Horst Erich Knig, Director of the Institute for Anatomy at the University of Veterinary Medicine, Vienna) In the first moment, I actually believed it was real bone! My compliments, the material has excellent tactile feel. (Dr. med. Yvonne Kammerer, Institute of Anatomy of the University of Regensburg, Germany) I am convinced that you have developed the best bone ever created by man. (Professor Vladimir Ovcharov, MD, DSc Rector of Medical University Sofia)

Supplied on a base. 30x21x6 cm; 0.3 kg
A792 Set of 5 3B BOnElike cervical vertebrae
23
A76/8 Detail
A76/9
A78 A76/5
A795 W47500 A795 Stages of Disc Prolapse and Vertebral Degeneration

This model provides a very graphic comparative illustration of lumbar vertebrae with intervertebral discs in a healthy vs. degenerated condition. Intervertebral disc degenerations are shown both in the form of protrusion and prolapse and of changes to the vertebra. The model can be disassembled into its components (vertebral bodies, intervertebral discs and spinal nerves). 22 cm; 0.5 kg
A78 Deluxe Osteoporosis Model (3 Vertebrae)

Consisting of 3 medially divided lumbar vertebrae with intervertebral discs. For comparison, the upper section shows healthy bone structure, the middle section osteoporotic bone structure and the lower section advanced osteoporotic bone structure with flattened plates, deformation and decreased mass. For detailed study the vertebrae can be removed from the stand. 16 cm; 0.25 kg
Ve r t e b r a l M o d e l s / Jo ints
W47500 4-Stage Degenerative Lumbar Set

An exceptional model demonstrating bone and disc degeneration. The vertebrae pairs (L4, L5) demonstrate from left to right: a normal disc and bone; Facet Syndrome and a herniated disc; thinning disc and the beginning of bone spurring; a seriously degenerated disc with bone fusing. Mounted on base. 8.5 cm, 0.5 kg
A76/5 Lumbar Spinal Column with Dorso-lateral Prolapsed Intervertebral Disc

between the 3rd and 4th lumbar vertebrae. On stand, removable. 34 cm; 0.55 kg
A76/8 3 Lumbar Vertebrae, flexibly mounted

Anatomically correct in every single detail. Flexibly mounted with spinal nerves and dura mater of spinal cord. 11 cm; 0.15 kg
sE
A89
W19006
A76/9 2 Lumbar Vertebrae with Prolapsed Disc, flexibly mounted

With spinal nerves and dura mater of spinal cord. 7.4 cm; 0.15 kg
A89 Sectional Knee Joint Model, 3-part

This model can be used to demonstrate various disorders of the human knee joint and their respective therapies in a graphic way. The model shows a natural-sized, healthy right knee joint in upright position, including parts of the femur, tibia and fibula as well as the ligament system and the patella with part of the femoral tendon. The patella and attached tendon and the front half of the model (which is frontally sectioned) can be detached. Mounted on base. 12x12x24 cm; 0.5 kg
s L/E/D/S/F/P/I/J www.
W19006 Sectional Knee Joint

sE
Longitudinal section of the human knee joint. Bone structure, meniscus, joint cartilage, synovial membrane and joint ligaments are shown in colour. 18.5x8.5x5 cm; 0.3 kg
24
A880 Shoulder Joint with rotator Cuff, 5-part

This model comprises the upper half of the humerus, the clavicle and the shoulder blade. The muscles of the rotator cuff are displayed and the sites of origin and insertion of the shoulder muscles are highlighted in colour (origin = red; insertion = blue). By removing the individual muscles, all movements of the shoulder joint can be performed. Mounted on a stand. 18x18x24cm; 0.85kg
unique
A881 Hip Joint, 7 part

This unique model shows the right hip joint of a male with the individual muscles as well as the muscle origins and insertions on the femur and the hip bone. For educational purposes, the origin and insertion areas of the muscles have been raised and presented in colour (muscle origin = red; muscle insertion = blue). The hip muscles have been mounted on their corresponding regions of origin and insertion and are thus removable. 18x32x18cm
A880
A882
s L/E/D/S/F/P/I/J/r/C www.
A882 Knee Joint, 12-part
neW
A881
A88
Completing our set of joints and their muscles we are proud to introduce this 12-part knee model. It shows different removable muscles and muscle portions of the knee area. Colour coded and raised areas indicate the muscle origin and insertion points on the femur, tibia, and fibula. In addition parts of the fibular and tibial collateral ligaments are represented. All the muscles of the leg are easily removable to permit study of the deeper anatomical layers. 33x17x17 cm, 0,9 kg
Join t s
s L/D/E/F/I/S/P/J/R/C www.
A88 Femoral Fracture and Hip Osteoarthritis A883 Elbow Joint, 8 parts
This model shows the right elbow of a male with individual muscles and the muscular origins and insertions on humerus, radius and ulna. For didactic reasons, the areas of the muscular origins and insertions are raised and colour-coded (origin = red, insertion = blue). The muscles can be attached to and removed from the corresponding areas of origin and insertion. 25x41x25 cm This model was developed to provide patients with understandable information, e.g. before surgery. It shows the right hip joint of an elderly person in half natural size. In addition, a frontal section through the femoral neck is shown in relief on the base. The model shows the femoral fractures that occur most commonly as well as typical wear and tear symptoms of the hip joint. The following fractures are shown: Medial femoral neck fracture, Lateral femoral neck fracture, Fracture through the trochanteric region, Fracture below the trochanters, Femoral shaft fracture, Femoral head fracture, Fracture of the greater trochanter, Fracture or avulsion of the lesser trochanter, Mounted on base. 14x10x22 cm; 0.3 kg
s E/D/S/F/P/I/J www.
s E/D/S/F/P/J www. W47002 Sports Shoulder

Includes upper half of humerus, clavicle and scapula. Articulated to show normal movement. Depicts the following: M. supraspinatus, Long head tendon, Glenoid labrum, Rotator cuff Stand included. 23x17x12 cm; 0.4 kg
W47002
W47007
sE W47007 Deluxe Knee

Distal half of femur articulated to tibia, fibula and patella. Depicts all major muscles of the knee. Cruciate/collateral ligaments simulated with triple springs. Simulated Bucket Handle tear in medial meniscus. Patellar tendon simulated. Stand included. 33x12x12 cm; 0.7 kg
A883

sE
25
3B Scientific Joint Series

These functional models provide a graphic demonstration of the anatomy and mechanics of the major joints, allowing better doctor-patient or teacher-student understanding. Use these life-size and fully flexible joints to demonstrate abduction, anteversion, retroversion, internal/external rotation and much more. On stand.
BesTs
A80 A82 A80 Functional Shoulder Joint
Consists of shoulder blade, collar bone, portion of humerus and joint ligaments. 16x12x20 cm; 0.35 kg
eller
A81 A83 A81 Functional Hip Joint
Consists of portion of femur, hip bone and joint ligaments. 17x12x33 cm; 0.55 kg
A82 Functional Knee Joint

Consists of portion of femur, tibia and portion of fibula; also includes meniscus, patella with quadriceps tendon and joint ligaments. 12x12x34 cm; 0.4 kg
A83 Functional Elbow Joint

Consists of portion of humerus, complete ulna and radius as well as joint ligaments. 12x12x39 cm; 0.5 kg
Jo ints
3B Scientific Deluxe Functional Joint Models

These high quality functional models of a naturally-sized right joint with ligaments shows the anatomy and possible physiological movements (e.g. abductions, anteversion, retroversion, internal and external rotation) in exceptional detail. The colour of the natural-cast bones is extremely realistic. The cartilage on the joint surfaces is marked blue. Mounted on a base.
s L/E/D/S/F/P/I/J A81/1 A80/1 A80/1 Deluxe Functional Shoulder Joint Model
Consists of shoulder blade, collar bone and upper arm stump. Mounted on a base. 22 cm; 0.41 kg
A82/1 A83/1 A83/1 Deluxe Functional Elbow Joint Model

Consists of a stump of the upper arm, ulna and radius. Mounted on a base. 33 cm; 0.285 kg
A81/1 Deluxe Functional Hip Joint Model

Consists of thigh stump and hip bone. Mounted on a base. 32 cm; 0.56 kg
A82/1 Deluxe Functional Knee Joint Model

Consists of thigh stump, shinbone stump and calf bone stump, menisci and patella. Mounted on a base. 32 cm; 0.55 kg
3B Scientific Mini Joint Series

Following in the footsteps of their successful larger brothers, these mini-joints have been reduced to a half of their natural size but have kept all of their functionality. In addition to the external anatomical structures, using the superb new joint cross-sections mounted on base, the medical or teaching professional now has the ability to explain what is happening from within.
A86/1 A87/1 Mini Elbow Joint with Cross Section
With base. 16x12x20 cm; 0.2 kg
A87/1 A84/1 A84/1 Mini Hip Joint with Cross Section

With base. 16x12x20 cm; 0.2 kg
A85/1
Also available without base: A84 Mini Hip Joint

16,5x8,5x9 cm; 0.1 kg
A86 Mini Shoulder Joint

12x10x5 cm; 0.05 kg

20x6,5x5 cm; 0.13 kg 17.5x4x3.5 cm; 0.05 kg With base. 10x14x24 cm; 0.35 kg With base. 12x14x16 cm; 0.2 kg
A85/1 Mini Knee Joint with Cross Section
A86/1 Mini Shoulder Joint with Cross Section
A85 Mini Knee Joint
A87 Mini Elbow Joint
26
Something Very Special

Items VA01, VA16 as well as VA20 (page 39), VA30 and VA31 (page 34) were developed in the teaching aid workshops of the German Museum of Hygiene in Dresden, a world-renowned institute of medical training and information.
VA01 Life-size Male Muscular Figure, 37-part

This sophisticated model shows the deep and superficial musculature in great detail. The extraordinary accuracy makes this masterpiece a unique tool for teaching even in large lecture halls. Following parts can be removed and studied in detail: skull cap, 6-part brain, eyeball, breast and abdominal wall, both arms, 2-part larynx, 2 lungs, 2-part heart, diaphragm, 2-part stomach, liver with gall bladder, kidney, whole intestine system, bladder half, 2-part penis, 10 muscles. 180x110x50 cm; 57.0 kg
s L/D/E/F/S
Mus c u l at u re
VA16 Life-Size Muscle Torso, 27-part

This is the muscle torso for particularly demanding studies, showing the deep and superficial muscles in great detail. With extraordinary accuracy and manufactured in life size, this masterpiece is a unique aid for anatomic demonstrations even in large lecture halls. The following parts can be removed for detailed studies: skull cap, 6-part brain, eyeball with optic nerve, chest/abdominal wall, 2-part larynx, 2 lungs, 2-part heart, diaphragm, 2part stomach, liver with gall bladder, complete intestinal tract with appendix, front half of kidney, half urinary bladder, 4 muscles. 95x60x35 cm; 14.0 kg
n ique! u
VA01 disassembled
s L/D/E/F/S
VA16

VA01
27
B50 Dual Sex Muscle Figure, 45-part

The finest teaching tool available! Standing over 138 cm tall, this 3/4 lifesize human replica depicts deep and superficial musculature in addition to the bodys major nerves, vessels, tissues and organs in exquisite detail. The internal organs are removable (45 pieces in all) to reveal the fundamental inter-relationships of human morphology. Remove the calvarium to view the 3-part removable brain. Look beneath the liver to reveal the gall bladder and bile duct. Peer inside the appendix, stomach lungs, heart or kidney. Remove and view the details of 13 different muscles of the arms and legs. This dual sex version has interchangeable genital inserts and a female mammary gland as well as a detailed multilingual key card identifying the hand-numbered structures. Over 600 hand-numbered and identified structures. Hand-painted in realistic colours and mounted on a convenient roller base. Includes the following features: 5 arm/shoulder muscles 8 leg/hip muscles 2-part removable heart 5-part head including removable brain 2-part removable lungs 2-part stomach Removable 4-part male and 2-part female genital inserts Detachable arms, leg, head, and abdominal wall for detailed study 138x50x32 cm; 12.4 kg
BesTs
eller
s L/D/E/F/S/P/I/J www.
M u s c u l ature
B51 Female Muscle Figure, 23-part

This female muscle figure without internal organs, brain and male genital inserts provides the same quality characteristics as the model B50. This model consists of 23 parts, including 13 arm/leg muscles. Remove the calvarium to view the 3-part removable brain. Hand-painted in realistic colours and mounted on a convenient roller base, there is simply no finer reproduction available! Includes the following features: 5 arm/shoulder muscles 8 leg/hip muscles Detachable arms, leg, head and abdominal wall for detailed study 138x45x32 cm; 11.2 kg

28
B50
B55 Complete Dual Sex Muscular Figure, with internal organs, 33-part
The whole human anatomy in a convenient size. This 84 cm high version of our deluxe muscle figure is a perfect choice for thorough demonstrations of human musculature and internal organs where space is an issue. Exquisitely hand-detailed and complete with 33 removable and/or dissectible parts, this version represents fine quality at a more affordable price. Handpainted in realistic colours, this model comes complete with stand and detailed multi-lingual product manual. It includes the following features: 5 arm/shoulder muscles 8 leg/hip muscles 2-part removable heart 2-part removable brain 2 Removable lungs Removable 2-part male and 2-part female genital inserts Detachable arm and abdominal wall for detailed study Almost 400 hand-numbered and identified structures 84x30x30 cm; 5.0 kg
Mus c u l at u re
B56 Complete Female Muscular Figure, 21-part

The whole human anatomy in a convenient size without internal organs or male genital inserts for where space is an issue. This model comes complete with stand and detailed multilingual product manual. It includes the following features: 5 arm / shoulder muscles 8 leg / hip muscles Detachable arm and abdominal wall for detailed study Over 400 hand-numbered and identified structures 84x30x30 cm; 5.0 kg
B55 / B56
B59 Mini-Muscular Figure, 1/3 life-size, 2-part

Mini muscle models (57 cm) appeal is its value for money. All the superficial musculature of the human form is accurately reproduced and detailed in life like colours in this desktop size version. The chest plate is removable to reveal the internal organs and the right side contains a female mammary gland. Over 125 hand-numbered and identified structures. Delivered on base. 57x25x18 cm; 2.1 kg
M20 Muscular Leg, 9-part

The model illustrates both the superficial and deeper muscles, eight of which are removable. Tendons, vessels, nerves and bone components of the left leg and foot are shown in great detail. Parts numbered. Delivered on removable stand. 77x26x26 cm; 4.0 kg
s L/D/E/F/S/P/I/J www. M20
B59

29
neW
B60 M21 B60 3B MICrOanatomy Muscle Fibre

The model illustrates a section of a skeletal muscle fibre and its neuromuscular end plate magnified approx. 10,000 times. The muscle fibre is the basic element of the diagonally striped skeletal muscle. 23.5x26x18.5 cm; 1.1 kg
M22
M u s c u l ature
M22 Lower Muscled Leg with Knee, 3-part

This life-size model can be divided horizontally at the knee joint for viewing the joint structures. The gastrocnemius muscle can be detached. Supplied on a base. 58 cm; 2.6 kg
s L/E/D/S/F/P/I/J
M21 Muscular Leg, 7-part

This life-size model can be disassembled into upper and lower leg. The following muscles can be detached: Sartorius muscle Gluteus maximus muscle Rectus femoris muscle Long head of biceps femoris muscle with semitendinous muscle Gastrocnemius muscle Supplied on base. 100 cm; 7.0 kg
s L/D/E/F/S/P/J www.
M11 Muscular Arm, 6-part

The following muscles can be detached in this life-size model: Deltoid muscle Biceps muscle of arm Triceps muscle of arm Long palmar muscle with radial flexor muscle of wrist Brachioradial muscle with radial extensor muscle of wrist Supplied on base. 70 cm; 3.0 kg
s L/D/E/F/S/P/J www. M10 Dissectable Muscled Arm, 6-part

This model illustrates both the superficial and deeper muscles, five of which are removable. Tendons, vessels, nerves and bone components of the left arm and shoulder are shown in great detail. Parts are accurately numbered. Delivered on removable stand. 60x18x18 cm; 1.9 kg
Good to combine:
M10 with M20 M11 with M21 / M22
s L/D/E/F/S/P/I/J www. M11
M10

30
B53 3B Scientific Life-Size Dual Sex European Muscular Figure, 39-part

This life-size, high-quality model represents a wide variety of human anatomical structures in accurate detail. It is therefore especially suitable for the high demands of medical school. The right half shows the skin, the left half the superficial and more profound muscles with nerves, vessels and bony structures. The versatility of this model, which is also aesthetically designed, is rounded off by the accurate representation of the internal organs. Its components are: 2-part head Brain half Sternocleidomastoideus muscle 6-part muscle arm (detachable: deltoid muscle, biceps muscle of arm, triceps muscle of arm, long palmar muscle with radial flexor muscle of wrist, brachioradial muscle with radial extensor muscle of wrist) 5-part upper leg (detachable: sartorius muscle, gluteus maximus muscle, rectus femoris muscle, long head of biceps femoris muscle with semitendinous muscle) 2-part lower leg (detachable: gastrocnemius muscle) Chest/abdominal wall with detachable mammary gland Torso body with skin arm and leg 2 lung halves 2-part heart Liver with gall bladder 2-part stomach Half kidney 4-part intestine set 3-part female genital insert with embryo 4-part male genital insert Includes the 3B ANATOMYtrainer and 3B MUSCLEtrainer (page 164) study programs on CD-ROM and a CD-ROM with illustrations and descriptions of the individual structures. Supplied with wooden roller base and assembly instructions. 174 cm; 28 kg
Mus c u l at u re
s L/D/E/F/S/P/J
B53
B52
B52 3B Scientific Life-Size Dual Sex Asian Muscular Figure, 39-part

Provides all quality characteristics and components of the 3B Scientific Muscular Figure B53, but with asian facial features. 174 cm; 28 kg
s L/D/E/F/S/P/J

31
You are now entering the fascinating world of
eller BesTs
3B Scientific Torsos. Lying ahead of you is the wide variety supplied by the worldwide leader. 3B Scientific Torsos
Whether Classic Series, Deluxe Series or one of the special versions, each 3B Torso has been:
B13
Hand-painted true to detail Made of high-quality plastic Developed and modeled in Germany And in addition to your choice of Classic or Deluxe Torso you will receive our detailed 3B Scientific Torso Guide (B01) including CD-ROM for free (as illustrated on this page).
B01 B02 3B-Torso-Classroom-Set
Includes 33 brilliant overhead-foils with coloured pictures of each part of the torsos.
To r s os
B02
B09
B13 Classic unisex Torso, 14- part

This popular school torso is supplied with the following removable parts: 3-part head 2 lungs 2-part heart Stomach Liver with gall bladder 2-part intestinal tract Front half of kidney Front half of urinary bladder Supplied with 3B Torso Guide. 87x38x25 cm; 5.9 kg
B01 3B Torso-Guide
Brilliant coloured pictures of each part of the torsos Even the smallest structures are explained Valuable teaching tips to create more interesting lessons Complete with 7 different languages (Latin, English, German, Spanish, Portuguese, French, Japanese) Also on a CD-ROM in pdf-format to assist in creating tests or preparing lessons Supplied complete in a coloured filing system.
B09 Classic unisex Torso, 12-part

The following components of this torso are removable: 2-part head 2-part removable heart 2 lungs Stomach Liver with gall bladder 2-part intestinal tract Front half of kidney Supplied with 3B Torso-Guide. 87x38x25 cm; 4.6 kg
B09/1 Classic unisex Torso, 10-part

(not shown) Same as B09, but without head. Supplied with 3B Torso-Guide. 70x38x25 cm; 4.1 kg

(not shown) Same as B13, but without head. Supplied with 3B Torso Guide. 70x38x25 cm; 5.5 kg

32
e BesTs
ller

This torso is especially popular among students. It shows the human anatomy in great detail and contains the following removable parts: 3-part head 2 lungs with sternum and rib attachments 2-part heart Stomach Liver with gall bladder 4-part intestinal tract Front half of kidney Front half of urinary bladder Supplied with 3B Torso Guide (page 32). 87x38x25 cm; 6.8 kg
Tor s o s
B19 B19 Classic unisex Torso with Opened neck and Back, 18-part
Based on our B13 torso, this model is characterised by its open neck and back section reaching from the cerebellum to the coccyx. Vertebrae, intervertebral discs, spinal cord, spinal nerves, vertebral arteries, and many other features are represented in detail and can be studied closely. It contains the following new features additionally to B13: 7th thoracic vertebra removable 6-part head Supplied with 3B Torso Guide (page 32). 87x38x25 cm; 5.8 kg
B11
Overview: Classic-Torsos
Product number
Parts Open Back Head Lungs Rib Representation Heart Stomach Liver/Gall Bladder Intestinal Tract Half Kidney
Page 32
B09/1
10 yes 2-part 1-part yes 2-part yes -
B12
11 yes 2-part 1-part yes 2-part yes yes
B09
12 2-part yes 2-part 1-part yes 2-part yes -
B13
14 3-part yes 2-part 1-part yes 2-part yes yes
B11
16 3-part yes yes 2-part 1-part yes 4-part yes yes
B19
18 yes 6-part yes 2-part 1-part yes 2-part yes yes
B17
21 yes 6-part yes yes 2-part 2-part yes 4-part yes yes
B36
VA30
17 yes 2-part yes 2-part 2-part yes 1-part yes yes
VA31

Half Urinary Bladder
33
STRUCTURE & FUnCTIOn HUmAn
VA30 Unisex Torso with Fixed Head, Back and Shoulder Opened, 17-part
Its neck and back section is opened from the 1st cervical to the 3rd lumbar vertebra and its left shoulder is opened to reveal part of the shoulder blade and part of the humerus. The following parts are made of hard plastic and removable: Eyeball with optic nerve Brain half 2 lungs 2-part heart 2-part stomach Liver with gall bladder Intestinal tract Front half of kidney 1 cervical vertebra, 1 thoracic vertebra, lumbar vertebra Pancreas with duodenum Front half of bladder 92x42x25 cm; 13.6 kg
VA30
VA31 Unisex Torso with Fixed Head, 11-part

(not shown) Eyeball with optic nerve 2 lungs 2-part heart 2-part stomach Liver with gall bladder Intestinal tract Front half of kidney Closed back and shoulders 92x42x25 cm; 7.5 kg
s L/D/E/F/S
Tor s o
s L/D/E/F/S
B17 Classic Unisex Torso with Open Back, 21-part

This torso is based on the B11 version for students and is equipped with an open neck and back section going from the cerebellum to the coccyx. Vertebrae, inter-vertebral discs, spinal cord, spinal nerves, vertebral arteries, and many other features are represented in detail. This version contains the following new features in addition to B11: 7th thoracic vertebra removable 6-part head 2-part stomach Supplied with 3B Torso Guide (page 32). 87x38x25 cm; 6.5 kg
NEW
B36 African Unisex Torso, 14-part B17 B36

This popular school torso is supplied with the following removable parts: 3-part head 2 lungs 2-part heart Stomach Liver with gall bladder 2-part intestinal tract Front half of kidney Front half of urinary bladder Supplied with 3B Torso Guide (page 32). 87x38x25 cm; 5.9 kg
s L/D/E/F/S/P/I/J/C/R www.

34
Deluxe Torso Series

The 3B Scientific Deluxe Torso Series offers all the options you need for detailed demonstrations. You receive 100% quality and a high standard of detailed manufacturing. In addition, all torsos of this series are equipped with male and/or female genital inserts, with a 3-month foetus in its correct intrauterine position. If a unisex torso is not enough for you and a dual-sex torso too much, why dont you choose one of our female or male torsos? Both B08 and B15 contain the following removable components: 3-part head 2-part heart 2-part stomach Liver with gall bladder 4-part intestinal tract Front half of kidney
B32 Deluxe Dual-Sex Torso, 20-part

The quality of this torso is impressive, just like the price! Use it to answer all questions on internal human anatomy you ever had. It contains these removable components: 2-part head Female chest wall 2 lungs 2-part heart Stomach Liver with gall bladder 2-part intestinal tract Front half of kidney 4-part male genital insert 3-part female genital insert with embryo Supplied with 3B Torso Guide (page 32). 87x38x25 cm; 7.3 kg
Tor s o
B32
B15 closed
B15 male Deluxe Torso, with Head, 20-part

Additionally featuring: 2 lungs with sternum and rib attachments 4-part male genital insert Supplied with 3B Torso Guide (page 32). 87x38x25 cm; 7.2 kg
B08 Female Deluxe-Torso, 20-part

Additionally featuring: 2 lungs Female chest wall 3-part female genital insert with removable embryo Supplied with 3B Torso Guide (page 32). 87x38x25 cm; 7.2 kg

35
B15
B08
B35 Deluxe Dual Sex Torso with Opened Back, 28-part

This torso offers everything! Interchangeable male and female genital inserts, opened neck and back section to study vertebrae, intervertebral discs, spinal cord, spinal nerves, vertebral arteries etc., a deluxe head with a 4-part brain and much more. A detailed torso for advanced demonstrations. The following parts are removable: 7th thoracic vertebra, female chest wall 6-part head Female breast covering 2 lungs 2-part heart 2-part stomach Liver with gall bladder 4-part intestinal tract Front half of kidney 4-part male genital insert 3-part female genital insert with embryo Supplied with 3B Torso Guide (page 32). 87x38x25 cm; 7.6 kg
B35 Back
Tor s o
B35
ail of shoulder De t
B40 Deluxe Dual-Sex muscle-Torso, 31-part

With this unique torso you have the top notch in the field of anatomy. It depicts both the superficial and deep muscles, and the two main muscles, the deltoid and gluteus maximus can be removed for closer studies. You can also study the vertebrae, the spinal cord, spinal nerves and vertebral arteries, exchange the male and female genital inserts, investigate the internal structures of the brain etc. The following parts are removable: 6-part head chest and abdominal wall with muscles 7th thoracic vertebra Female mammary gland Gluteus maximus and deltoid muscle 2 lungs 2-part heart 2-part stomach Liver with gall bladder 4-part intestinal tract Front half of kidney 3-part female genital insert with embryo 4-part male genital insert Supplied with 3B Torso Guide (page 32). 87x38x25 cm; 8.5 kg
B40
Deta
il of lymp

36
B30 Deluxe Dual-Sex Torso, 24-part

The advanced torso version! Same as B32, additionally featuring: 3-part head 2-part stomach 4-part intestinal tract Supplied with 3B Torso Guide (page 32). 87x38x25 cm; 7.5 kg
NEW
eller BEsts
Tor s o
B37
B30
B37 African Dual-Sex Torso, 24-part

otherwise as B30 87x38x25 cm; 7,5 kg
Asian & Japanese Dual-Sex Torsos, 18-part

3B Scientific has developed two torsos especially for Asian schools. Both are judged as a must by the Japanese Ministry of Health for high-quality education. Choose between general Asian or specifically Japanese facial features, the internal organs are soft and identical in both versions: Head 2 lungs 2-part heart Stomach Liver with gall bladder 2-part intestinal tract Front half of kidney 3-part female genital insert with embryo 4-part male genital insert Supplied with 3B Torso Guide (page 32). B32/1 85x38x25 cm; 6,7 kg
s L/D/E/F/S/I/J/R/C www.
B32/1 Asian Dual-Sex Torso, 18-part

37
B32/4
B32/4 Japanese Dual-Sex Torso, 18-part
B42 Deluxe Dual-Sex Torso with muscular Arm, 33-part

A worldwide unique feature of this life-size torso is the removable 6-part muscle arm. The high-quality model therefore fully represents the anatomy of the complete human upper body. The right half shows the skin, the left half the superficial and deeper muscles with nerves, vessels and bony structures. The following parts are removable: 2-part head Brain half Sternocleidomastoideus muscle 6-part muscle arm, removable Upper leg stump Chest/abdominal wall with detachable mammary gland Torso body 2 lungs 2-part heart Liver with gall bladder 2-part stomach Kidney half 4-part intestinal tract 3-part female genital insert with embryo 4-part male genital insert Supplied on base board and with 3B Torso Guide (page 32). 90x55x60 cm; 15.5 kg s L/D/E/F/S/P/J in colour
B41
Tor s o
B41 Asian Deluxe Dual-Sex Torso with muscular arm, 33-part

Same as B42, with Asian head.
B42
Overview: Deluxe Torsos

Product number
Parts Muscular arm Open Back Female Breast Covering Head Lung Halves Ribs Shown Heart Stomach Liver/Gall Bladder Intestine Kidney Half Male Genitals
B08
20 1-part 3-part yes yes 2-part 2-part yes 4-part yes -
B15
20 3-part yes yes 2-part 2-part yes 4-part yes 4-part
B30
24 1-part 3-part yes yes 2-part 2-part yes 4-part yes 4-part 3-part
B32
B32/1
B32/4
B35
28 yes 1-part 6-part yes yes 2-part 2-part yes 4-part yes 4-part 3-part
B37
B40
31 yes 2-part 6-part yes yes 2-part 2-part yes 4-part yes 4-part 3-part
B41
33 6-part 2-part 3-part yes yes 2-part 2-part yes 4-part yes 4-part 3-part
B42
33 6-part 2-part 3-part yes yes 2-part 2-part yes 4-part yes 4-part 3-part

Female Genitals 3-part
38
VA20 Disc-Torso, 15 slices

This unique torso is horizontally sectioned into 15 slices. The topographical relationships are represented as coloured reliefs on the individual sectional planes. For closer study, each disc can be shifted horizontally, rotated around its sagittal axis, and individually removed. 130x40x35 cm; 11.5 kg
s L/D/E/F/S
B22 mini-Torso 12-part

This torso is approximately half life-size. Even small hands can quickly disassemble it, removing: 2-head halves Brain half 2 lungs 2-part heart Stomach Liver with gall bladder 2-part intestinal tract 54x24x18 cm; 2.0 kg
ique! un
Tor s o
s L/D/E/F
B20 mini Torso without Head, 9-part

(not shown) Same features as B22, but without a head. 42x24x18 cm; 1.9 kg
s L/D/E/F
r tselle BEs

VA20
B22
39
G21 G22 G20
VC219
G21 Larynx, 2 times full-size, 7-part

This medially sectioned model shows: Larynx Hyoid bone Windpipe Ligaments Muscles Vessels Nerves Thyroid gland Thyroid cartilage, 2 muscles and 2 thyroid gland halves are removable. On stand. 12x12x23 cm; 0.8 kg
G22 Larynx, 2-part

This model shows most of the same features as G21, but it is only divisable into two halves. On stand. 9x9x14 cm; 0.15 kg
G20 Functional Larynx, 2.5 times full-size

The epiglottis, vocal cords and arytenoid cartilage are movable. Additionally representing the following structures: Hyoid bone Cricoid cartilage Thyroid cartilage Thyroid Parathyroid glands On stand. 14x14x28 cm; 0.8 kg
VC219 Functional Larynx, 3 times full-size

Epiglottis, vocal cords and arytenoid cartilage are movable. On base. 32x13x15 cm; 0.8 kg
L u n g / L a r y nx
s L/E/D/S/F/P/J www.
s L/E/D/S/F/P/I/J www. G23 CT Bronchial Tree with Larynx

Same as G23/1, but without transparent lungs. 22x18x37 cm; 0.43 kg
W42503 Functional Larynx, 4 times full-size

Replica of the human larynx, hyoid bone and epiglottis. The right half shows cartilaginous structures, the left half of the musculature. Vocal cords, arytenoid cartilage and epiglottis are movable. On base. 41x18x18 cm; 1.6 kg
s E/D/S/F/P/I/J www. G23
sE W42503 G23/1 Larynx with Bronchial Tree and Transparent Lungs

This unique model was created on the basis of computer tomography data of a human (male, approx. 40 years). What is special about this procedure is that the natural spatial 3D-relations and the reciprocal location of the segmental bronchi can be preserved and depicted in a realistic way. The larynx with hyoid bone and epiglottis and the trachea with primary and lobar bronchi are depicted in one colour. The larynx is detachable at the level of the second tracheal cartilage and divisible in the median plane. The epiglottis is mounted flexibly. The various segmental bronchi are made of elastic material and detailed in various transparent colours so that they are easier to distinguish visually. The transparent lungs are detachable. 19x18x37 cm; 1.3 kg
nique! u
G23/1

40
G15
W47029 VC243 W47029 Segmented Lung Reproduction

Cast from actual human lungs with representation of bronchial tree, bronchioles and alveoli. 18 coded segments held together elastically and allow easy viewing of the internal structures. Supplied on stand. 30x25x26 cm; 1.5 kg
G15 Lung model with Larynx, 7-part

This first class model contains the following removable parts: 2-part larynx Trachea with bronchial tree 2-part heart Subclavian artery and vein Vena cava Aorta Pulmonary artery Oesophagus 2-part lung (front halves removable) Diaphragm On baseboard. 31x41x12 cm; 2.2 kg
VC243 Lung model with Larynx, 5-part

Showing the following features: Larynx Trachea with bronchial tree 2-part heart (removable) Vena cava Aorta Pulmonary artery Oesophagus 2-part lung (front halves removable) Delivered on baseboard. 12x28x37 cm; 1.25 kg
Lun g / H e a r t
G10
sE
G10 Heart model, 2-part
s L/D/E/F
BEsts
eller
s L/D/E/F/S
This model shows the anatomy of the human heart with ventricles, atriums, valves, veins, and the aorta in great detail. The front heart wall is removable to view the chambers and internal structures. Delivered on removable stand. 22x12x12 cm; 0.35 kg
G06
eller BEsts
G08/1 G06 Heart with Bypass, 2 times life-size, 4-part
This 2-times life-size heart is a great aid to teaching, even in large lecture halls or classrooms. The front heart wall can be removed to view the inner chambers of the human heart. In addition to the anatomy of the heart, this model shows a venal by-pass to the ramus postero-lateralis of the right coronary artery, to the ramus interventricularis ant. of the left coronary artery with branching to the ramus diagonalis as well as a bypass to the ramus circumflexus of the left coronary artery. On removable stand. 32x18x18 cm; 1.1 kg
G08 G08 Classic Heart, 2-part

Highly detailed 2-part heart at a price you will love. The front heart wall is detachable to reveal the chambers and valves inside. Just slightly smaller than life-size with exquisite detail throughout. On stand. 19x12x12 cm; 0.3 kg
G08/3 G08/1 Classic Heart with Thymus, 3-part

Same features as G08, however including thymus. 20x12x12 cm; 0.3 kg
G08/3 Classic Heart with Conducting System, 2-part

Same features as G08, however, this transparent model also displays the complete conducting system, which is represented in colour. Delivered on removable stand. 19x12x12 cm; 0.2 kg

s L/E/D/S/F/P/J www. s L/D/E/F
41
G04 G12 G04 Classic Heart with Left Ventricular Hypertrophy (LVH), 2-part
Same features as G08. Additionally, this unique model shows the long-term effects of increased heart activity due to high blood pressure. The muscular wall of the left heart ventricle is considerably thickened and the tip of the heart is visibly rounded off. On stand. 20x15x16 cm; 0.45 kg
G13 G13 Heart with Oesophagus and Trachea, 2 times life-size, 5-part
Same features as G12. Additionally depicts the upper section of the oesophagus, the upper bronchi and the ascending aorta. The front heart wall and the atrium walls can be removed. Delivered on removable stand. 32x18x18 cm
G12 Heart, 2-times life-size, 4-part

This 2-times life-size heart model allows easy identification of all structures and is a perfect aid for lessons in large classrooms or lecture halls. The atrium walls and the front heart wall are removable to reveal the most professionally detailed and realistic heart available. Hand-painted in Life-like colours to depict dozens of items of anatomical interest. Delivered on removable stand. 32x18x18 cm; 1.3 kg
s L/D/E/F
H ear t
s L/D/E/F
VD250 Giant Heart, 8 times life-size

See every detail of the heart with this giant 8 times life-size model. Painstakingly constructed by hand, this heart will be the centre of attention at any exhibition and it is especially suitable for lecture halls. The atria and ventricles are open to give a view of the interior, and show the accurately modelled bicuspid and major vessels adjacent to the heart coronary heart vessels, are also accurately. On stand. 100x90x70 cm; 35.0 kg
G05 G05 Classic Heart with Bypass, 2-part

Same features as G08, additionally including venal bypasses to the right coronary artery, to the ramus inter-ventricularis anterior, and also to the ramus circumflexus of the left coronary artery, which are shown in colour. This model is a great aid for explaining the treatment of coronary heart disease. On removable stand. 19x12x12 cm; 0.35 kg

VD250 s L/E/D/S/F/P/J www.
42
VD251
VD253 G40
VD251 Heart on Diaphragm, 3 times life-size, 10-part

This detailed heart is depicts the structures of the diaphragm (= base). The following parts can be removed: Oesophagus Trachea Superior vena cava Aorta Pulmonary artery stem Both atrium walls Both ventricle walls Comes with a multilingual product manual. 41x33x28 cm; 3.6 kg
VD253 Heart, 7-part

This model shows the anatomy of the human heart and is horizontally sectioned at the level of the valve plane. The following parts can be removed: Oesophagus Trachea Superior vena cava Aorta Front heart wall Upper half of the heart On base. 20x15x17 cm; 1.1 kg
G40 Arteriosclerosis model, with Cross Section of Artery, 2-part

With the help of this model doctors can explain changes in the blood vessels due to arteriosclerosis. A horizontally dissected artery fork is depicted with arteriosclerotic changes in four different stages, from slightly sedimented to a completely clogged vessel. On stand. 15 cm; 0.2 kg
G30 Circulatory System

This 1/2 life-size relief model shows: The arterial/venous system Heart Lung Liver Spleen Kidneys Partial skeleton On baseboard. 80x30x6 cm; 3.6 kg
H ea r t / C i rc u l at o r y S y s te m
s L/D/E/F/S G35 Hypertension model, 7-part

This model shows the harmful effects of hypertension on the most susceptible organs. It consists of scaled down depictions of: Brain, Eye, 2-part heart, 2-part kidney, an enlarged artery. 34.5x11.5x11.5 cm; 0.9 kg
G30
W16001 Functional Heart and Circulatory System

This amazing working model will bring your lecture to life! A complete schematic model of the human circulatory system with blood (coloured water) that flows through transparent veins, arteries, capillaries and heart chambers. This models special design portrays venous blood, a deep reddish purple and arterial blood, a bright red to give visual reinforcement to the oxygenation and deoxygenation of haemoglobin as it travels the bodys vascular network. Mounted on a baseboard with support legs and supplied with teachers guide, red dye and syringe for refilling the system. 36x16x38 cm; 1.5 kg
s E www. G42 3B mICROanatomy Artery and Vein

The model shows a medium-sized muscular artery with two adjacent veins from the antebrachial area with adjoining fat tissue and muscle enlarged 14 times. The model illustrates the reciprocal anatomical relationship of artery and vein and the basic functional techniques of the venous valves (valve function and muscle pump). The left vein and the middle artery are fenestrated in the upper anterior segment, revealing the various layers of the wall structure in a cross and longitudinal section and in top view. The right vein is opened throughout in the anterior segment, revealing the orifice of a feeder vein and two venous valves, i.e. flap valves formed by a duplication of the tunica intima. On the rear of the model, the relief of two veins is shown to illustrate the functional aspect of the venous valves. Supplied on base. 26x19x18.5 cm; 0.9 kg
sE
s L/D/E/S/F/P/I/J
W16001
G42
G35

43
K15
K16
K17
K17 Stomach with Ulcers K15 Stomach, 2-part

The model shows the different and individual layers of the stomach wall. The front half of the stomach is removable. Depicted are: The lower oesophagus Vessels Nerves Delivered on stand. 25x22x12 cm; 0.6 kg The stomach section with oesophagus and duodenum attachment in half life size shows the following pathological changes: Erythematous gastritis Erosive gastritis Hemorrhagic gastritis Healing stage with scar formation Atrophic gastritis Hypertrophic gastritis Bleeding ulcer Perforated ulcer An additional relief model of the enlarged stomach wall shows: Healthy mucous membrane Acute gastritis in the antral area Erosive gastritis with mucous membrane defects Bleeding ulcer (eroded muscularis mucosae) Perforated ulcer (all stomach layers eroded) Mounted on a base. 14x10x17 cm; 0.3 kg
K16 Stomach, 3-part

Same features as K15, additionally displaying the removable duodenum and pancreas. Delivered on stand. 25x22x12 cm; 0.8 kg
D i ge s t i ve S y s tem
s L/D/E/F
s L/D/E/F
K21
s E/D/S/F/P/I/J www. K21 Digestive System, 3-part

Life-size model which demonstrates the entire digestive system in graphic relief. Features: Nose Mouth cavity and Pharynx Oesophagus GI tract Liver with gall bladder Pancreas Spleen The duodenum, caecum and rectum are opened. The transverse colon and front stomach wall are removable. Mounted on baseboard. 81x33x10 cm; 4.4 kg
K18 Diseases of the Oesophagus

The following illnesses are replicated: Reflux oesophagitis Ulcer Barretts Ulcer Oesophageal carcinoma Oesophageal varices Hiatal hernia Mounted on base. 14x10x19 cm; 0,194 kg
K18
s L/D/E/S/F/P/I/J www.
! un ique
K20 Digestive System, 2-part
(not shown) Same features as K21, however without removable stomach half. Mounted on baseboard. 81x33x10 cm; 4.4 kg
! un ique
K27 Haemorrhoid model

The model is a life-size frontal section of the rectum with an additional smaller relief on a pedestal. In addition to the anatomical structures of the rectum (sphincter, mucous membrane, venous plexus), the model shows internal haemorrhoids during stage I and II as well as external haemorrhoids. The relief exhibit shows haemorrhoids during stage III and IV. Mounted on base. 14x10x14 cm; 0.2 kg

K27
44
! un ique
NEW
W42507 W42507 Intestinal Villi, 100 times life-size

This model consists of one entire villus, one longitudinally sectioned villus showing the arterioles and venules and one sectioned villus to show the lymphatic vessels. Also includes a longitudinal section of Lieberkhns crypt. On base. 43x28x10 cm; 2.5 kg
K23 K23 3B mICROanatomy Digestive System
K24 K24 3B mICROanatomy Liver

This 2-part model shows a highly magnified diagrammatic view of a section of the liver. The left part of the model shows a section of the liver that comprises several lobules. The right part of the model is a highly magnified view of the sectioned lobule on the left. 15x26x18.5 cm; 0.7 kg
The model illustrates the structure of the fine tissues of four characteristic sections of the digestive system: oesophagus, stomach, small intestine, large intestine The front of the model, from top to bottom, shows a magnified view in histological section of the individual sections of the digestive system and their fine tissue structures.On the back of the model, highly magnified views of didactically interesting areas of each of the digestive system sections shown on the front are emphasized. 29.5x26x18.5 cm; 1.5 kg
Dige s t i ve S y s t e m
VE315 Liver with Gall Bladder, Pancreas and Duodenum

This excellent relief model shows the liver with: Ducts Gall bladder Pancreas Duodenum Vessels Extra-hepatic ducts with gall bladder Main pancreatic duct and their orifices On baseboard. 4x20x18 cm; 0.8 kg
K26 Gallstone model

This graphic model for patient education shows the anatomy of the biliary system and its surroundings in half natural size. Both acute inflammation (cholecystitis) and the tissue changes caused by chronic inflammation can be identified in the gallbladder wall. Gallstones can be found in the following typical locations: In the fundus area of the gall bladder In the area of the spiral valve In the area of the common bile duct In the papillary opening to the small intestine Mounted on base. 14x10x19 cm; 0.2 kg
s E/D/S/F/P/J www.
K26
K25 Liver with Gall Bladder

4 lobes with gall bladder Extra-hepatic ducts Hilus vessels On removable stand. 18x18x12 cm; 0.5 kg
s L/D/E/F
K25 W42508 Liver with Gall Bladder, 1.5 times full-size

The complex vessels network in the opened liver, displayed in different colours: The hilus vessels The extra-hepatic and intrahepatic bile ducts The gall bladder Mounted on stand. 36x30.5x16 cm; 1.8 kg

VE315 W42508
45
K11
StRUCtURE & FUNCtION HUMAN
K10
K10/1
K10/2
K10/1 Nephrons and Blood Vessels, 120 times full-size

On baseboard. 26x19x5 cm; 0.7 kg
K10/2 Malpighian Corpuscle of Kidney, 700 times full-size

On baseboard. 26x19x8 cm; 0.7 kg
K11 Kidney Section, Nephrons, Blood Vessels and Renal Corpuscle

A complete series of 3 models (K10, K10/1, and K10/2) for studying the kidney and its different structures in great detail. Delivered on baseboard. 29x52x9 cm; 2.8 kg
K10 Kidney Section, 3 times fullsize

Longitudinal section of the right kidney. On baseboard. 33x20x10 cm; 1.0 kg
U r i n a r y S y s tem
s L/E/D/S/F/P/I/J www. K09
NEW
K12 K29 K13 K13 3B MICROanatomy Kidney
This extremely detailed model shows the morphologic/functional units of the kidney greatly magnified. Six model zones illustrate the following finetissue structures that serve the production of urine: Longitudinal section of a kidney Section of renal cortex and renal medulla Wedge-shaped section of a kidney lobe with a diagrammatic depiction of three nephrons with Henles loops of different lengths and diagrammatic depiction of the vascular supply Diagrammatic illustration of a nephron with a short Henles loop and didactic/diagrammatic illustration of the vascular supply Diagrammatic illustration of an opened renal corpuscle with nephron and light-microscopic transverse sections of the proximal, attenuated and distal segments of a renal tubule Diagrammatic/didactic illustration of an opened renal corpuscle Mounted on a base. 23.5x25.5x19 cm; 1.3 kg
K12
K29 Kidney Stone Model

The renal calices, the renal pelvis and the ureter are opened so that concretions or stones can be identified in the following typical positions: In the area of the renal pyramids In the area of origin of the upper calix group In the renal cortex In the connecting tubule of the lower calix group, causing congestion of the minor calices (partially closed, partially opened) In the ureter 4 original colour pictures on the base show various kidney stones. 14x10x16.5 cm; 0.18 kg
K09 Basic Kidney Section, 3 times full-size

Longitudinal section of the right kidney. All important structures are shown. 8.5x19x26 cm; 0.9 kg
K12 Kidney with Adrenal Gland, 2-part

This model shows: Kidney with adrenal gland Renal and adrenal vessels Upper portion of ureter The front half of the kidney is removable to enable demonstration of cortex medulla and vessels as well as renal pelvis. On stand. 20x12x12 cm; 0.9 kg
s E/D/S/F/P/J www.

s L/D/E/F/S/P/I/J/R/C www.
46
K22/1
K22/2 K22/3
K22/1 Kidneys with Vessels, 2-part

This model shows the kidneys with suprarenal glands, the outgoing ureters, the renal vessels and the large vessels situated close to the kidneys in natural size. The front half of the right kidney can be removed to reveal the renal pelvis, the renal calices, the renal cortex and the renal medulla. On stand. 21x18x28 cm; 1.0 kg
K22/2 Rear Organs of the Upper Abdomen

The model shows the duodenum (partially opened), gall bladder and bile ducts (opened), the pancreas (revealing large ducts), the spleen and the surrounding vessels in natural size. On stand. 23x12x20 cm; 0.55 kg
K22/3 Kidneys with Rear Organs of the Upper Abdomen, 3-part

This model combines models K22/1 and K22/2. The upper abdominal organs are attached in their natural positions and removable from the kidneys. On stand. 24x18x29 cm; 1.4 kg
U r in a r y S y s t e m
W42510 Free-Standing Urinary System, male

Represented are: Kidneys (right kidney in longitudinal section) Adrenal glands Abdominal aorta and its branches Inferior vena cava with branches Iliacal vessels Ureter Upper half of bladder and prostate (removable into pubic bone and symphysis as well as lower half of bladder and prostate). Delivered on wooden base. 51x33x20 cm W42510
K32 Dual Sex Urinary System, 6-part

Structures of retroperitoneal cavity Large and small pelvis with bones and muscles Inferior vena cava Aorta with its branches including iliacal vessels Upper urinary tract Rectum Kidney with adrenal gland. One front half of a kidney is removable. With easy to change male insert (bladder and prostate, front and rear half) and female insert (bladder, womb and ovaries, 2 lateral halves). Parts are numbered. On baseboard. 41x31x15 cm; 2.3 kg
sE Model of Kidney Vessels

This corrosion cast contains a real pigs kidney embedded in crystal-clear plastic. The size and macro-structure of pigs kidneys resemble those of human kidneys. Detailed spatial portrayal of vessel arborisation and progression is very well illustrated with different nuances of colour: red for the arterial flow area, blue for the venous blood vessels and yellow for the pelvicalyceal system/ureter. Each of the specimens is unique and therefore varied in shape. 14.5x8.5x4 cm; ca. 0.5 kg
W10600 Red-Yellow-Blue
Red for the arterial flow area, blue for the venous blood vessels and yellow for the pelvicalyceal system/ ureter.
s L/E/D/S/F/P/I/J/R/C www.
W10602 Red-Yellow
Red for the arterial flow area and yellow for the pelvicalyceal system/ ureter.
K32
W10603 Red
With red arterial flow areas.

W10600 W10602 W10603
47
K41
H12
VF325 VF325 Urinary System, male, 0.75 times full-size

Inferior vena cava Renal veins Aorta with its branches Iliacal vessels Ureter Urinary bladder Prostate Adrenal gland Rectum Musculature The right kidney is opened. 10x18x26 cm; 1.0 kg
K41 Prostate Model, 1/2 natural size

A cross section of the male genital organs shows a healthy prostate with bladder, urethra, testicle, symphysis and rectum. The narrowing of the urethra due to the change of the prostate is illustrated via the 4 cross sectional views. On base. 13.5x10x14 cm; 2.4 kg
H12 Male Pelvis Section, 1/2 life-size

This cross section of the male genital organs shows all structures in detail. 13.5x10x14 cm; 2.4 kg
U ri n ar y S ys t e m / G e n i t a l & Pelv is
s L/D/E/F/S www.
s L/D/E/F/S
e BEsts
ller
H13 H13 Inguinal Hernia Model

This natural-sized, graphic model shows the anatomical structures of a male groin with an indirect inguinal hernia, opened in layers. Two diagrammatic illustrations on the base allow for a comparison of direct and indirect hernia. Mounted on base. 14x10x18 cm; 0.28 kg
H10 H10 Female Pelvis, 2-part

41x31x20 cm; 2.2 kg
H11 H11 Male Pelvis, 2-part

41x31x17 cm; 2.5 kg
Median section. One half of genital organs with bladder, rectum is removable, one half is shown at the normal position in the pelvis. Delivered on baseboard, which can also be wall mounted.

48
H20/2
H20/3
H20/4
H20/2 Ligamented Female Pelvis

This life-size, one-piece teaching aid is fitted with synthetic pelvic ligaments which in life hold the bones of the pelvic girdle together. Mounted on a base. 19x27x19 cm; 1,0 kg
H20/3 Pelvis with Ligaments, Nerves and Floor Muscles

A life size bony female pelvis showing the ligaments and the main nerves, with a removable 2-part pelvic floor. Mounted on a base. 27x20x18 cm; 1.0 kg
H20/4 Female Pelvis and Pelvic Floor, 5-part

A pelvis of synthetic bone-like material with a highly detailed and dissectible pelvic floor in carefully coloured flexible material, comprising genitalia and associated muscles. Mounted on a base. 27x20x18 cm; 1.0 kg
e BEsts
ller
Gen i t a l & Pe l v i s
A61 VG366 VG351 VG366 Female Pelvis, 2-part

26x22x17 cm; 1.65 kg
A61 Pelvic Skeleton, Female

Consisting of hip bone, sacrum with coccyx and 2 lumbar vertebrae as well as movable symphysis. 19x25x24 cm; 0.9 kg
VG351 Male Pelvis, 2-part

26x21x16 cm; 1.65 kg
Median section with removable half of genital organs with bladder and rectum. The abdominal and pelvic muscles are shown. Delivered on baseboard.
s L/D/E/F/S
L31 Female Pelvis Skeleton with Genital Organs, 3-part

It consists of female pelvis with a movable symphysis, hip bone, sacrum, coccyx, 2 lumbar vertebrae and a female genital insert with rectum. Womb and bladder can be removed. Delivered on base. 33x26x18 cm; 2 kg
A60 A60 Pelvic Skeleton, Male

Consisting of hip bone, sacrum with coccyx and 2 lumbar vertebrae. 18x28x23 cm; 0.8 kg
A62 A62 Pelvic Skeleton, Female, with Movable Femur Heads

Consisting of hip bone, sacrum with coccyx and 2 lumbar vertebrae as well as movable symphysis. 30x30x20 cm; 1.2 kg

L31
49
VE287 Half Lower Jaw, 3 times fullsize, 11-part D25 VE290 VE287
The front section of bone and all the teeth are removable, one incisor is longitudinally sectioned. Nerves, blood vessels, the sublingual and submandibular glands are shown. 22x32x9 cm; 1.1 kg
s L/D/E/F D25 Half Lower Jaw, 3 times full-size, 6-part

This model represents half of the lower left jaw of a young person. One section of bone is removable to expose the tooth roots, spongiosa, vessels and nerves. Canine and first molar are removable, and longitudinally sectioned. On stand. 35x18x36 cm; 1.2 kg
VE290 Advanced Half Lower Jaw with 8 diseased teeth, 19-part

The front section of bone and all the teeth are removable, one incisor is longitudinally sectioned. Nerves, blood vessels, the sublingual and submandibular glands are shown. The diseased teeth show various stages of caries from a small and easy-to-treat example on an incisor, through to advanced degradation of a molar, showing exposed root. Using this model it is simple to explain the necessity of good tooth care. 22x32x9 cm; 1.1 kg
s L/D/E/F
s L/D/E/F
teeth
D20
VE282
VE281
D20 Dentition Development

Cast from a natural specimen, 4 upper and lower jaw halves, 4 different stages of development: New born Approx. 5-year old child Approx. 9-year old child Young adult 33x10x20 cm; 0.5 kg
VE300 Upper Incisor, 2-part

Complete horizontal section cut in order to show pulp. On removable base. 23 cm; 0.9 kg
VE282 Milk Dentures

Upper and lower jaw are opened to show the arrangement of the remaining teeth. On base. 13x12x13 cm; 0.6 kg
VE281 Adult Dentures

Tooth roots, spongiosa, vessels, and nerves are exposed. The lower jaw is movable. On base. 16x12x13 cm; 0.9 kg
s L/D/E/F/S/P/I/J/R/C www.
s L/D/E/F/S
s L/D/E/F/S
s L/D/E/F
D15
VE300
VE299
VE298
D15 Giant Molar with Dental Caries, 15 times life-size, 6-part

This model depicts an upper triple-root molar and separates into 6 parts. It features a longitudinal section through the crown, two roots and the pulp cavity. Contains removable pulp and three tooth inserts with different stages of advanced caries. On stand. 24 cm; 1.5 kg
VE299 Upper twin-Root Molar with Caries, 2-part

Half of tooth crown removable to show pulp and the onset of caries. On removable base. 23 cm; 0.9 kg
VE298 Upper triple-Root Molar with Caries, 2-part

Longitudinal section of tooth crown and root to show pulp and the onset of caries. On removable base. 23 cm; 1.1 kg

s L/D/E/F/S/P/I/J/R/C www. s L/D/F/S/P/E/I/J/R/C www.
s L/D/E/F
50
D26 Dental Disease, magnified 2 times, 21 parts

With 16 removable adult teeth magnified two times. One half of the model shows eight healthy teeth and healthy gums. The other half of the model shows the following dental diseases: Dental plaque Dental calculus (tartar) Periodontitis Inflammation of the root Fissure, approximal and smooth surface caries. One part of the front bone section can be removed to view the roots, vessels and nerves. Two molars are sectioned along the length to show the inside of the tooth. Delivered on a base. 25.5 x 18.5 x 18cm; 0.6 kg
D26
s E/D/F/S/P/I/J www.
D16 Giant Dental Care Model, 3 times life-size

This model, large enough to seen from the back of a classroom, shows the upper and lower half of an adults dentition. A flexible joint between the jaws allows easy movement. Teach children proper cleaning techniques using the giant toothbrush included with this model. 18x23x12 cm; 1.5 kg
Options and Replacement Parts for D16 XD002 Giant toothbrush

36.5 cm
D16
BEsts
eller
XD002
teet h
D10/4 D10 D10 Classic tooth Model Series, 5 models

This series shows 5 representative types of adult dentition individually mounted on removable stands: 2-part lower incisor with longitudinal section (D10/1) 2-part lower canine with longitudinal section (D10/2) Lower single-root pre-molar (D10/2) 2-part lower twin-root molar with longitudinal section showing caries attack (D10/4) 3-part upper triple-root molar with longitudinal section and caries insert (D10/5) Also available individually. 23 29 cm; 2.0 kg
D10/5
D10/2
D10/1
D10/3
s L/D/E/F D17 3B MICROanatomy tongue

The latest model in our 3B MICROanatomy series, the tongue, is fascinating in that it combines various enlargements of specific parts of the tongue in one model. It comprises a macroscopic view of the tongue in life size (dorsal view) and microscopic views of the various papillae of the tongue (10-20x life size) and of a taste bud (approx. 450x life size). All views are mounted on a base that also features an overview of the sensory and sensitive innervation of the tongue. A unique model for an intensive study of the tongue. 14,5x32,5x20 cm; 0.8 kg
D10/1 Lower Incisor, 2-part D10/2 Lower Canine, 2-part D10/3 Lower Single-Root Pre-Molar
D10/4 Lower twin-Root Molar Showing Caries Attack, 2-part
D10/5 Upper triple-Root Molar, 3-part
s L/D/E/F/I/S/P/J/R/C
t12010 tongue Model, 2.5 times life-size, 4-part

This model shows the right sublingual and submandibular gland. On removable base. 23x17x16 cm; 0.8 kg
D17
www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541 513 28 81 NEW

t12010
51
C07
C06 C06 Asian Deluxe Head with Neck, 4-part

Same as C07, but with Asian features. 28x19x23 cm; 2.2 kg
Neck C06/07
C07 Head with Neck, 4-part

The left half of this life-size model in midsagittal section shows the muscles, with nerves, vessels and bony structures and contains a removable brain half. The head is mounted on a detachable neck part which is sectioned both horizontally and diagonally. Supplied on baseboard. 28x19x23 cm; 2.2 kg
H ead
C09/1
C10/1 C13 C09/1 Head Model, 6-part

Our most detailed head model! This life-size 6-part head is mounted on a base and features a removable 4-part brain half with arteries. The eyeball with optic nerve is also removable and one side exposes the nose, mouth cavity, pharynx, occiput and skull base. On removable base. 19x23x22 cm; 1.0 kg
C10/1 Head Model, 3-part

This life-size 3-part head is mounted on a stand and features a removable brain half with arteries, eyeball and optic nerve and one side which exposes the nose, mouth cavity, pharynx, occiput and skull base. On removable base. 19x23x22 cm; 1.1 kg
C13 Median and Frontal Section of the Head

2 relief models on baseboard. 41x31x5 cm; 1.45 kg
s L/D/E/F
s L/D/E/F
s L/D/E/F
C12 Median Section of the Head

This relief model shows all relevant structures of the human head in great detail. On baseboard. 26x33x5 cm; 1.0 kg
s L/D/E/F C14 Half Head with Musculature

Representation of the outer, superficial and the internal (median section) structures of head and neck. Delivered on removable stand. 22x18x46 cm; 1.1 kg
C05 Head and Neck Musculature, 5-part
C05
C14
s L/D/E/F

Representation of the superficial musculature and deep muscles, nerves and vessels. Dissectible into skull cap and 3-part brain. Delivered on removable baseboard. 36x18x18 cm; 1.8 kg
52
VB127
VB128
VB129
VB127 Head Musculature

Representation of the superficial musculature of head and neck showing: Parotid gland Submandibular gland (right half) Deep musculature (left half) Lower jaw partially exposed 24x18x24 cm; 1.2 kg
VB128 Head Musculature with Blood Vessels

Same features as VD127. Additionally displaying blood vessels. 24x18x24 cm; 1.2 kg
VB129 Head Musculature with Nerves

Same features as VB127. Additionally displaying nerves. 24x18x24 cm; 1.2 kg
s L/D/E/F/S
s L/D/E/F/S
H ea d / B r a i n
s L/D/E/F/S
W42512 Head and Neck, 5-part

Representation of the head (differentiated in colour), medially divided. The skin and facial muscles of the right outer half are removed to show the deeper structures. Eyeball, bone cover over the sinus maxillaries and right tongue half are removable. 38x36x25 cm; 3.0 kg
VB156 Median Section of the Head, 5-part

Relief model. Dissectible into: Tongue with sublingual gland and mouth floor musculature Thyroid cartilage with associated musculature Larynx Thyroid gland 2.5x23.5x27 cm; 1.2 kg
sE
s L/D/E/F/S
VB156
W42512
er stsell BE
C25
C25 Brain with Arteries on Base of Head, 8-part

This C20 deluxe brain comes with opened head to allow detailed study of the brains position in the skull. The head is horizontally divided above the skull base. The deluxe brain model is medially opened to show the brain arteries as well as the removable basilar artery. Both halves can be disassembled into: Frontal with parietal lobes Temporal with occipital lobes Brain stem Cerebellum On base. 15x15x23 cm; 1.6 kg

53
SENSORY ORGANS & NERVOUS SYStEM HUMAN
C17 Brain, 8-part

A very detailed model of the human brain which is medially divided. Both halves can be disassembled into: Frontal with parietal lobes Temporal with occipital lobes Half of brain stem Half of cerebellum On removable base. 14x14x17.5 cm; 0.9 kg
e BEsts
ller
C15 Brain, 2-part

A medially divided brain, perfect for beginning studies because of its affordable price. Delivered on removable base. 15x14x17.5 cm; 0.7 kg
C17
B rain
ller Estse B
C15/1
C15/1 Introductory Brain, 2-part

This brain is medially divided, structures are shown in one colour. On removable base. 15x14x17.5 cm; 0.7 kg
C15
C18 Classic Brain, 5-part

This midsagittally sectioned model is an original anatomic cast of a real human brain. The components of its left half are: Frontal and parietal lobe Temporal and occipital lobe Encephalic trunk Cerebellum Matches skull models A20, A20/N, A20/T, A21, A22, A22/1, A23, A24. On removable base. 13x14x17.5 cm; 0.49 kg
C20
C18
nique! u
C20 Brain with Arteries, 9-part

This medially divided deluxe brain model shows the brain arteries as well as the removable basilar artery. Both halves can be disassembled into: Frontal with parietal lobes Temporal with occipital lobes Half of brain stem Half of cerebellum On removable base. 15x14x16 cm; 0.9 kg

C18 disassembled
54
VH405
VH405 Brain with Arteries, 5-part

Medially divided with the right half showing arteries. The left half can be disassembled into: Frontal with parietal lobes Temporal with occipital lobes Half of brain stem Half of cerebellum On removable stand. 15.5x13x15 cm; 1.0 kg
C22
C22 Neuro-Anatomical Brain, 8-part

This deluxe brain is medially divided. On the right half, you will find a coloured, systematic grouping and representation of the cerebral lobe. The left half shows: Pre and post-central region Broca and Wernicke areas Heschls gyrus Brain nerves Ventricles Both halves can be disassembled into: Frontal with parietal lobes Temporal with occipital lobes Half of brain stem Half of cerebellum On removable base. 14x14x17.5 cm; 0.95 kg
VH409 Giant Brain, 2.5 times full-size, 14-part

A comprehensive brain model that is also a very useful teaching aid, especially for large groups of students. All structures of the brain and the ventricles are visible through median, frontal and horizontal sections. Delivered on removable base. 34x30x37 cm; 5.6 kg
Br ai n
s L/D/E/F/S
s L/D/E/F/S VH409
s L/D/E/F
C16 Brain, 4-part

This brain is medially divided. All structures are hand-painted, numbered and identified in a product manual. The right half can be disassembled into: Frontal with parietal lobes Brain stem with temporal and occipital lobes Half of cerebellum On removable base. 14x14x17.5 cm; 0.9 kg
C16

55
W19026 Brain Section

An enlarged and very detailed section through the right half of the brain, including a portion of the skull. The pia mater has been removed. This model is double sided and finely coloured. One surface is on the median line, including a section of the falx cerebri. A sagittal cut on the reverse exposes the lateral ventricle. There are 49 references on the model, identified in English in an accompanying key card. Mounted on a stand. 25x18x12 cm; 0.9 kg
W19026 C29 Rat Brain Comparative Anatomy
W19027 W19027 Cerebrospinal Fluid Circulation

Enlarged, detailed model of a section through the right half of the brain showing the cut pia mater, arachnoid and dura mater. The model has the cerebrospinal fluid areas clearly identified and the direction of flow indicated by arrows. Bright colours to distinguish important features; identified in English in an accompanying key card. Mounted on stand. 25x18x12 cm; 0.9 kg
sE W42565
B r a i n / N e r vo u s S y s tem
W42565 Regional Brain, 4-part

The following lobes and regions of this 2-times life-size brain are represented in different colours and labeled in English: Frontal lobe, parietal lobe, occipital lobe, temporal lobe Motor cortex, somatosensory cortex, limbic cortex Cerebellum, Brain stem The twelve cranial nerves and additional features are numbered. Supplied with wooden stand. 23x20x30 cm; 2.38 kg
sE
The C29 model shows a rat brain in approx. 6-fold enlargement. Sectioned medially, it can be disassembled into two halves. The right half of the model shows the structures of the cerebrum, cerebellum and brain stem, each of which is colour-coded for didactic purposes (cerebrum = pink, cerebellum = blue, brain stem = yellow), both externally and in the median section. The left half of the model is largely transparent, thus revealing a view of the coloured left lateral ventricle and hippocampus, which can also be seen in the median section. For purposes of comparison, a natural cast of a rat brain and a didactic, small-scale illustration of a human brain in median section are shown on the base, with the same colour coding used for the various regions. 14x10x16 cm; 0.24 kg
sE
C29
! un ique
C30 Nervous System, 1/2 life-size

This relief model shows a schematic representation of the central and peripheral nervous system. An excellent model to study the structure of the human nervous system. Delivered on baseboard. 80x33x6 cm; 3.5 kg
VH410 Brain Ventricle

This model shows both side ventricles, the 3rd and 4th ventricle and the Aquaeductus cerebri (Sylvius). On stand. 14x11x14 cm; 0.6 kg

C30 VH410
56
C40/1
C40 Physiology of Nerves Series, 5 Magnetic Models on Illustrated Metal Board

Displaying the basic structures of the human nervous system. Each of the five sections shows a plastic coloured relief model of the main synapse variations. All sections can magnetically attach to the illustrated base which depicts the neural components in vivid colours. Each section is also available separately. 68x51x10 cm; 4.2 kg s E/D/S/F/P www.
C40/2
C40/3
C40/1 Neuron Cell Body

Typical neuron body with cell organelles, for example mitochondria and many other characteristics of human cell, are visible through a removable transparent cover. The edge of the cell body also shows the synapses of connected neurons. 12.2x11.7x6.2 cm; 0.2 kg
C40/2 Myelin Sheaths of the CNS C40

This model shows the glial cells which build the insulating layer around the axons of the central nervous system. 12.2x11.7x3.6 cm; 0.2 kg
Ner vo u s S y s t e m
C40/5
C40/4
C40/3 Schwann Cells of the PNS

Depicts a Schwann cell with sectioned core. 12.2x11.7x3.2 cm; 0.2 kg
C40/4 Motor End Plate

Neuromuscular junction with striated muscle fibre is depicted. 12.0x11.5x3.2 cm; 0.2 kg
C41
C40/5 Synapse
Featuring the endoplasmic reticulum, mitochondria and the membranes of the synaptic gap. Also depicts 5 smaller relief models of the main synapse variations. 12.0x11.5x2.7 cm; 0.2 kg
C41 Spinal Cord with Nerve Endings

The model illustrates the composition of the spinal cord, magnified to a scale of about 5:1.The spinal cord is formed by a central channel surrounded by grey matter with an outer layer of white matter. The base features illustrations of various cross-sections through the white and grey matter at the neck, torso, lumbar and sacral regions. Supplied on a base. 26x19x13 cm, 0.4 kg
W42537 Motor Neuron Diorama

Magnified more than 2,500 times, this model represents a fully three dimensional reproduction of a motor nerve cell situated within a milieu of interacting neurons and a skeletal muscle fibre. The membranous envelope has been cut away from the neuron to expose the cytological ultrastructure, organelles and inclusions within the cell body. Branching dendrites, communicating synapses and a myelin-wrapped axon with node of Ranvier, project from the neuronal surface. A section of the axon lifts off to let you view the tightly wound layers of the enveloping myelin sheath and neurolemma, as well as the Schwann cell which formed them. Mounted on a wooden base. 43x20x28 cm

sE W42537
57
F10 Eye, 5 times full-size, 6-part

Removable parts include: Upper half of the sclera with cornea and eye muscle attachments Both halves of the choroid with iris and retina Lens Vitreous humour On base. 13x14x21 cm; 0.6 kg
eller BEsts
F10
Eye
F11

On base of bony orbit. Same features as F10. 18x18x20 cm; 1.0 kg
F12
F13

Shows eyelid, lachrymal system, and other features around the eyeball, otherwise the same as F10. On base of bony orbit. 20x18x21 cm; 1.2 kg
s L/D/E/F F13 Eye, 3 times full-size, 7-part

As F15, but additionally with the optic nerve in its natural position in the bony orbit of the eye (floor and medial wall). On base. 18x26x19 cm; 1.1 kg

This model dissects into: Both halves of sclera with cornea and eye muscle attachments Both halves of the choroid with iris and retina Lens Vitreous humour On base. 9x9x15 cm; 0.1 kg
F15
s L/D/E/F
e BEsts
ller

58
VJ500A
VJ500A Eye, 5 times full-size, 12-part

Both halves of the sclera Optic nerve M. rectus superior M. rectus lateralis Cornea half Lens Lachrymal system Vitreous humour Tear gland Associated structures 33x30x38 cm; 4.9 kg
VJ457 Eye in Orbit, 3.5 times full-size, 8-part

This model shows the eye with optic nerve in its position in the bone orbit (floor and medial wall). Dissectible into: Both halves of the sclera with optic nerve and eye muscles Cornea Lens Vitreous humour M. rectus superior M. rectus lateralis On base. 19x20x28 cm; 1.5 kg
Eye
s L/D/E/F/S
s L/D/E/F/S
VJ457
VJ500C Eye, 5 times full-size, 6-part

Removable are: Upper half of the sclera with eye muscle attachments Upper half of the choroids with iris and retina Cornea Lens Vitreous humour On base. 20x14x14 cm
VJ500C
W11851 Physical Eye Model

This model can be used to demonstrate the optical functions of the eye, e.g. representation of an object on the retina, accommodation (change in the lens curvature), short-sightedness and far-sightedness. The model comprises: Half eyeball with adjustable iris diaphragm, lens holder and 2 convex lenses (f = 65 mm and 80 mm), on a rod Half eyeball with retina (transparent screen), on a rod Lens holder with one concave and one convex corrective lens, on a rod Candle holder with 2 candles, on a rod Aluminium rail, 50 cm long, with 4 clamp slides Storage case 49x5.5x18 cm; 2.0 kg
W11851

59
s E/D
SENSORy ORgaNS & NERVOuS SySTEM HuMaN
W16002 Functional Eye

With this model the functions of the human eye can be taught very effectively. By moving the retina, the shape of the eye can be changed. The lens and ciliary body are made of silicone to allow the change of form and thickness of the lens. Pictures can be projected on the retina that allows you to demonstrate: Accommodation of the lens Near point of vision Myopia (near sightedness) Hypermetropia Presbyopia How to correct these problems with glasses Supplied with detailed instruction manual. 45x30 cm; 2.0 kg
W16002
W16003
sE
W16003 Functional Eye Small Version

Same features as model W16002. 32x18 cm; 1.5 kg
sE F16 3B MICROanatomy Eye

This model illustrates the microscopic structure of the retina with choroid and sclera. The left block-like, layered side of the model side shows the complete structure of the retina including the vascular layer and parts of the sclera from a light microscopic view. The right part of the model is a sectional enlargement. It shows the microscopic structure of the photoreceptors and the cells of the pigmented layer. 25x23x18.5 cm; 1.2 kg
nique! u
E ye s / E a r s, N o s e & T h roat
F16
NEW
E20
E20 Nose with Paranasal Sinuses, 5-part

This model illustrates the structure of the nose with the paranasal sinuses in the upper right half of a face in 1.5-fold enlargement. The following structures can be seen from the outside, differentiated by colour (also visible through the removable transparent skin): The outer nasal cartilages The nasal, maxillary, frontal and sphenoidal sinuses The opened maxillary sinus when the zygomatic arch is removed The following structures are shown in a median section: The nasal cavity, lined with mucosa, with the nasal conchae (removable) The arteries of the mucous membrane The olfactory nerves The innervation of the lateral wall of the nasal cavity, the nasal conchae and the roof of mouth (palate)
W42506
W42506 Nose and Olfactory Organ, 4 times full-size

The nose halves are medially divided, from the base of the skull to the gum. This model shows the nasal septum with vessels and nerves (right side), all structures of the inner nasal cavity (left side), sinus and the opening of the Eustachian tube (left side). Parts are numbered and described on the outside. On a rotating base. 41x25.5x18 cm; 3.0 kg

sE
60
nique! u
Ear s, N o s e & T h ro at
VJ510
VJ510 The Worlds Largest Ear, 15 times full-size, 3-part

At 15 times life-size, this 3-part ear is suitable for museums and special collections as well as large lecture halls and conferences. Representation of outer, middle and inner ear. The auditory ossicles and the labyrinth with cochlea and vestibulocochlear nerve can be removed and studied in detail. On base. 130x120x60 cm; 52 kg
VJ513 giant Ear, 5 times full-size, 3-part

This version is a whopping 5 times life-size for easy viewing from anywhere in the classroom! Representation of outer, middle and inner ear. Removable auditory ossicles and labyrinth with cochlea and vestibulocochlear nerve. Delivered on base. 25x41x25 cm; 3.0 kg

s L/D/E/F/S
VJ513
61
E10 Ear, 3 times life-size, 4 part

Representation of outer, middle and inner ear. Removable eardrum with hammer, anvil and stirrup as well as 2-part labyrinth with cochlea and auditory/balance nerve. On base. 34x16x19 cm; 1.25 kg
eller BEsts
E11 Ear, 3 times life-size, 6 part
Same as E10, additionally with two removable bone sections to close the middle and inner ear. On base. 34x16x19 cm; 1.55 kg
E10
E13 Life-size auditory Ossicles

The human auditory ossicles, both individually and connected in natural position, embedded in transparent plastic.
E a r s, N o s e & T h roat
E11
E13
E12
W42514 Ear, 5 times full-size, 8-part

Representation of outer, middle and inner ear. Removable are: Outer ear Petrosal bone Mastoid process Tympanic membrane and auditory ossicles Labyrinth Cochlea and vestibulocochlear nerve (3-part) The transparent semicircular canals are filled with fluid, each with one bubble to demonstrate their balance function. On wooden base. 43x25.5x20 cm; 4.1 kg
E12 Desktop Ear Model, 1.5 times enlarged

Representation of the outer, middle, and inner ear. On base. 14x10x14.7 cm; 0.35 kg
W42514
sE W16010 Functional Ear Model

This model shows how the tympanic membrane, ossicles, the complex internal ear with the cochlea and the oscillations of the basilar hearing membrane operate/interact. The enclosed mirror enables operation of the model for the studying of various ear-functions from different angles at the same time. One single model may be studied by several students simultaneously in an action-oriented learning situation. Includes a four-colour explanatory chart. 30x20x15 cm; 1.0 kg
W16010

sE
62
J14 J10 J11
J10 Skin Section, 70 times full-size

This relief model shows a section through the three layers of the hair-covered skin of the head. Delivered on base it shows: Representation of hair follicles with sebaceous glands Sweat glands Receptors Nerves Vessels 26x33x5 cm; 1.0 kg
J11 Skin Section, 40 times full-size

The two halves of this relief model show the three layers of hairy and hairless skin in order to make the differences clear. In detail with hair follicles, sebaceous glands, sweat glands, receptor, nerves and vessels. Delivered on base. 24x15x3.5 cm; 0.2 kg
J14 Skin Section

This model shows the microscopic structure of the skin in great detail. With the help of the different skin sections of the hairless skin (for example palm of hand) and the hairy skin (for example forearm) the different cell layers as well as the embedded sweat glands, touch receptor, blood vessels, nerves and a hair with root can be seen. Furthermore a nail section model on the base shows the nail plate, nail bed and the nail root. The representation of a hair root with all its cell layers completes the skin model. 10x12.5x14 cm; 0.35 kg
s L/E/D/S/F/P www.
Skin
J15 6 Different Stages of Skin Cancer Model, enlarged 8 times J13

Healthy Malignant cells are found at the surface, within the epidermis Malignant cells fill the epidermis, a few invade the papillary layer Malignant cells fill the papillary layer Malignant cells invade the reticular layer Malignant cells have reached the subcutaneous fatty tissue, satellite cells approach a vein In the top view, the individual stages of externally visible skin changes are shown, allowing for an assessment according to the ABCDE criteria. The sides of the model show the various levels of invasion into the skin layers according to Clark (I-V) and the tumour thickness according to Breslow (in mm). 5 original colour illustrations on the base show various types of malignant melanomas. Mounted on a base. 14x10x11.5 cm; 0.2 kg
s E/D/S/F/P/J www.
e BEsts
ller
J13 Skin, Block Model, 70 times full-size

This unique model shows a section of human skin in three dimensional form. Individual skin layers are differentiated, and important structures such as hair, sebaceous and sweat glands, receptors, nerves and vessels are shown in detail. Mounted on baseboard. 44x24x23 cm; 3.6 kg
J15
W42533 Human Skin Series with Burn Pathologies, 75 times life-size

Six models in one. The front face, compares and contrasts the normal healthy skin from three different body regions; the palm or sole (totally hairless), the axilla or armpit (sparsely endowed with hair), and the scalp (completely hirsute). The back of the model illustrates the progressive severity of injury caused by burns from the painful reddening and transitory damage of the first degree burn, to the blistering, often permanent damage of the second degree burn, to the deep charring and permanent tissue destruction of the third degree burn. 46 features are coded for identification in accompanying key. Delivered on wooden stand. 46x25x8 cm; 2.75 kg

W42533 s E
63
STRuCTuRE & FuNCTION aNIMaL
Cross sections of real specimens provide insight into the perfect interplay between the systems and structures of the human body. Embracing everything from an aesthetic overview to the finest detail, every single plastinate reveals an unaltered and credible basic understanding of life science and anatomical contexts. The Tissue Tracing Technique allows us to view complex anatomical structures and provides a completely new understanding of fundamental functional interconnections. High-grade plastic materials, each with a defined refraction index adapted to the respective tissue, are applied to penetrate the tissue, making it transparent. To ensure practically unlimited durability, the plastinated slices are cast between acrylic protection layers. Each acrylic layer is 10 mm thick and protects the plastinate against UV rays, scratches and other damage. Customized items are available upon request.
W29000
W29002
W29000 Plastinated slices horses hoof W29001 Plastinated slices pigs foot
W29003
W29002 Plastinated slices chick
W29003 W29002 Plastinated slices fish W29004 W29001 W29004 W29002 Plastinated slices rat
R50 Castor-Bean Tick (Ixodes ricinus)

Accurately detailed replica of the castor-bean tick; scale: 25:1. 12x12x2 cm; 0.035 kg
W59568 W59568 Monarch - Danaus genutia (Cramer)
W59563
R50 W40238 32 Full Colour Dissectograms

Large laminated sets provide detailed information for the following standard lab study animals: Frog Crayfish Perch Clam Earthworm Foetal Pig Grasshopper Cat Students are guided step-by-step through the dissection process. Each dissectogram depicts correct dissecW40238 tion procedures, necessary dissection tools, as well as proper scientific terminogy. Exceptional aid for reviewing dissection. Description in English. 48x28 cm
Monarchs are the only butterflies that migrate. They fly south each autumn and return north in spring when the weather is warmer. This is why they are also called "wanderers". A monarch butterfly has large, colourful wings and small front legs. Its wingspan is about 10 cm across. Monarchs are brown or orange-brown, with black and white markings. These Real Monarch Butterfly specimens (10 cm) are encased in a clear circular acrylic. Supplied with storage box. 100x25 mm; 150 g
W59563 Crab - Nectocarcinus intigrifrons

Real Crab specimen encased in a rectangular block of acrylic. You can study the crab from every angle. Clear enough for microscope observation it is an ideal learning aid. Length of the Crab is 43 mm. Supplied with a cardboard box for easy storage. 110x43x30 mm; 150 g

64
W59550 Case with 27 Different Embedded Specimens

This high quality set is an excellent substitute for original living specimens. The natural appearance, shimmering colours and lifelike 3D view makes working with these unique and inexpensive specimens a fascinating experience for your students. These fine specimens are not generally hunted or caught by us, but originate from legal breeding or pest control sources. Each specimen is prepared with great care before encasement in a high quality transparent acrylic block. Teaching can hardly get more fascinating and true-to-life! Common Name 1- Chafer Beetle 2- Lady bug 3- Mole Cricket 4- Praying Mantis 5- Paper Wasp 6- Honey bee 7- Ant 8- Dung beetle 9- Rhinoceros beetles 10- Monarch 11- Long-horned Beetle 12- Cicada 13- Shield bug 14- Wespspin Spider 15- Dragonfly 16- Cricket 17- Cockroach 18- Scorpion 19- Centipede 20- Walking stick 21- Onion Fly 22- Chinese shrimp 23- Silkworm 24- Crab 25- Star fish 26- Grasshopper 27- Stag beetle 42x33x8cm; 5 kg Scientific Name Anomala Cuprea Hope Synonycha grandis (Thunberg) Gryllotalpa orientalis Burmeister Hierodula petellifera (Serville) Polistes olivaceus (De Geer) Apis cerana Pheidologeton latinodus Zhou et Zeng Catharsius molossus (Linnaeus) Xylotrupes Gideon (Linnaeus) Danaus genutia (Cramer) Anoplophora chinensis (Forster) Cryptotympana atrata (Fabricius) Eusthennes cupreus (Westwood) Argiope bruennichii (Scopoli) Brochythemis coutaminata Teleogryllus emma (Ohmachi et Mastsumura) Periplaneta australasiae (Fabricius) Urodaus novae-hollandiae Scolopendra Diapheromera femorata Delia antqua Meigen Penaeus chinensis (Osbeck) Bombyx mandarina moore Nectocarcinus intigrifrons Asterias amurensis Lutken Catantops splendens Odontolabis cuvera fallaciosa
W59550
NEW
W59558 The Life of the Honeybee - apis cerana

These vividly illustrative embedded specimens give your students an excellent insight into the world of the honeybee. Included are high quality specimens of 1. Egg, 2. Larva, 3. Pupa, 4 Adult (Worker), 5 Adult (Drone), 6. Adult (Queen), 7. The Base of Nest, 8. Worker Comb, 9. Queen Comb, 10. Bee Pollen, 11. Honey, 12. Wax. 165x80x25 mm; 150 g
W59558
T30046 Fish Skeleton african Catfish (Clarias lazera)

On wooden base. 70x30x30 cm; 6 kg
T30001 Fish Skeleton Carp (Cyprinus carpio)

In showcase. 70x30x54 cm; 4 kg
T30001

65
T30046
The following 3B Scientific Products depict common amphibians and reptiles in their natural size and are great supporting aids for an exciting Biology lesson. Each is modelled and detailed as if moving through their natural habitat. The smallest details of making and colouration allows students to recognize the characteristics of the different species on these amazingly realistic works of art. Unless otherwise stated, all models are mounted on a nature like base.
ed d-paint han ! nature o true t
Ve r teb rate s: am p h i b i a n s & Rep t iles
VN701/1 Tree Frog, male (Hyla arborea)
VN701/2 Tree Frog, female (Hyla arborea)
VN709/1 VN708/2 Common Spadefoot Toad, male (Pelobates fuscus)
VN709/2 VN708/2 Common Spadefoot Toad, female (Pelobates fuscus)
VN703 Moor Frog (Rana arvalis)
VN712 VN708/2 Fire-Bellied Toad (Bombina bombina)
VN708/1 Common Toad, male (Bufo bufo)
VN708/2 Common Toad, female (Bufo bufo)
VN702/1 Common Frog, male (Rana temporaria)
VN702/2 Common Frog, female (Rana temporaria)
VN710/1 VN708/2 green Toad, male (Bufo viridis)
VN710/2 VN708/2 green Toad, female (Bufo viridis)

66
VN704/1 Edible Frog, male (Rana esculenta)
VN704/2 Edible Frog, female (Rana esculenta)
VN711 VN708/2 Natterjack Toad (Bufo calamita)
VN707 agile Frog (Rana dalmatina)
VN705 Midwife Toad (alytes obstetricans)
VN700 Fire Salamander (Salamandra salamandra)
VN719 Viviparous Lizard (Lacerta vivpara)
VN720/1 Sun Lizard, male (Lacerta agilis)
VN720/2 Sun Lizard, female (Lacerta agilis)
Ver t e b r at e s : a m p h i b i a n s & Rep ti l es
VN715 Slow Worm (anguis fragilis)
VN724 Smooth Snake (Coronella austriaca)
VN721 grass Snake (Natrix natrix)
VN723 Dice Snake (Natrix tesselata) VN722 Common Viper or adder (Vipera berus)

67
Unless otherwise stated all animal skeletons are constructed from natural bones. The individual bones of the animal skeletons are sturdily mounted and durable. Some animal skeletons have flexibly mounted joints and thus all natural postures can be seen and demonstrated. All animal skeletons have been obtained legally and may occasionally require longer delivery times due to supply and demand.
T30002 Chicken Skeleton (gallus gallus)

In showcase.
T30035 Duck Skeleton (anas platyrhynchos)

In showcase.
T30035
Ve r t e b r at e s : B ird s
T30002
T31005 T30007 T30044
T31005 Dove Skeleton and Stuffed Dove (Columba palumbus)

In showcase.
T30007 Dove Skeleton (Columba palumbus)

In showcase. 32,5x31,5x32,5 cm; 2 kg
T30044 Pheasant Skeleton (Phasianus colchicus)

Flexibly mounted, in showcase.
T30033 Wing and Feathers of a Dove (Columba palumbus)

In showcase, labelling in English.
T30045
T30033
T30045 Domestic goose (anser anser)

Flexibly mounted, on wooden base.

68
T30027 T31001
T30027 Rat Skull (Tattus rattus) T30019 T30019 Hare Skull (Lepus europaeus)
Flexibly mounted.
T31001 Mouse Skeleton and Stuffed Mouse

In showcase.
T30011
Mam m e l s : R o d e n t s
T30008
T30011 Rat Skeleton (Tattus rattus)

In showcase.
T30029 Types of animal Teeth T30008 Hare Skeleton (Lepus europaeus) In showcase.
This series shows the different types of teeth of cows (ruminant), pigs, dogs, cats (terrestrial carnivores), rabbits, rats (rodents). 1. Pig: Incisors 9. Rat: Molars 2. Pig: Canine teeth 10. Cat: Incisors 3. Pig: Molars 11. Dog: Incisors 4. Cow: Incisors 12. Cat: Canine teeth 5. Cow: Molars 13. Dog: Canine teeth 6. Hare: Incisors 14. Cat: Molars 7. Rat: Incisors 15. Dog: Molars 8. Hare Molars
T30029
1
T30024
3 11 15 13 10 12
T30024 Mammal Feet

This series graphically shows the different types of mammalian feet. Consisting of foot skeletons of: Horse or cow, pig and sheep with separately mounted hooves as well as leg skeletons with shoulder blade of: cat, hare and dog. Mounted on a wooden base. Please note that the leg may be supplied without the scapula bone. 72x44x60 cm; 7 kg
6 8 7 9
14

69
T30009 Dog Skeleton (Canis domesticus)

On wooden base.
W19010 W19010 Dog Skull (Canis domesticus)

Medium sized dog skull, cast from nature, with removable lower jaw. Made of unbreakable plastic. sE
T30040 Dog Skeleton (Canis domesticus)

Flexibly mounted, on wooden base, not shown.
T30009
T30028
T30028 Cat Skeleton (Felis catus)

On wooden base.
T30039 Cat Skeleton (Felis catus)

Flexibly mounted, in showcase, not shown.
M a mma l s: O dd-t oe d/E ven -t oe d u n g u l at e s / P r i m ates
T30020 Cat Skull (Felis catus)

Flexibly mounted.
T30020
T30021 T30032 Dog Leg (Canis domesticus)

Please note that the dog leg may be supplied without the scapula bone.
T30021 Dog Skull (Canis domesticus)

Flexibly mounted.
T30032
T30023
T30031
T30015 Cow Skull (Bos taurus) T30012 Cow Skeleton (Bos taurus) T30016 Pig Skull (Sus scrofa)
Flexibly mounted. On wooden base, not shown.
T30023 Horse Foot (Equus caballus)
T30031 Cow Foot (Bos taurus)
T30016
T30015
T30022 Pig Foot (Sus scrofa)

Not shown.

70
T30014 Horse Skeleton (Equus caballus) T30014

On wooden base, delivery time on demand.
T30017 Horse Skull (Equus caballus)

Delivery time on demand.
T30036
T30017
Mam m a l s : P re d at o r s, O dd-t o ed/ E ven -to ed un gul ate s
T30018 T30018 Sheep Skull (Ovis aries)

Flexibly mounted.
W19011 Sheep Skull (Ovis aries)

Fully developed sheep skull, cast from nature, with removable lower jaw. Made of unbreakable plastic.
sE
T30036 Sheep Skeleton (Ovis aries)

On wooden base.
W19011
T30013 Pig Skeleton (Sus scrofa)

On wooden base.
VP760/1 Chimpanzee Skull (Pantroglodytes), female T30013

This model was cast from an original from the Collection of the Johann Wolfgang Goethe University of Frankfurt am Main, Institute of Anthropology and Human Genetics for Biologists. 17x11,5x14 cm; 0.5 kg
VP761/1 Orang-Outang Skull (Pongopygmaeus), male

This model was cast from a replica of the original skull from the Senckenberg Research Institute and Natural History Museum in Frankfurt/Main. 22x16x18 cm; 0.6 kg
VP762/1 gorilla Skull (gorilla gorilla), male

Cast from nature, with movable lower jaw. 26x16.5x19.5 cm; 0.8 kg

VP761/1 VP760/1 VP762/1
71
STrucTurE & FuncTion PLAnT
Monocotyledonous Plants
The family of monocotyledonous plants includes grasses, orchids, lily plants and palms. There are more than 66,000 different species worldwide.
Grasses
The narrow, sharp and parallel running leaves are typical of the germineae genus. The air pollinated and generally androgynous flowers are arranged in heads.
Lily Grasses (Liliaceae)

Lilly grasses are characterized by bulbs and their large, funnel shaped flowers.
T21009 Wheat (Triticum aestivum)

Model of a spicule magnified 15 times, with removable and dissectible single flower. 52 cm; 0.8 kg
T21010 Tulip (Tulipa gesneriana)

The section of stamen and pistils is removable, 3 times magnification. 51 cm; 0.4 kg
M o n o c o t y l e d o n o u s P l ants
T21010
T21009
T21010
Dicotyledonous Plants
The family of dicotyledonous plants includes the majority of angiosperms and all woody plants. There are more than 174,000 species world-wide.
W42519 Dicotyledonous Flower

The pollination of the angiosperms can be taught using this magnified model of an idealized flower with, torus, ovary, and style. Removable are: 3 petals 4 sepals 4 filaments 2 anthers and the ovary are cut partly to show the inner structures. 6 pollen grains that are mounted on the style can be easily identified.
sE W42519

72
composite Flowers (Asteroideae)

Typical of the asteroideae species is the torus mostly featuring many single flowers, which are surrounded by a mutual involucre. Asteroideaes are often useful or medicinal plants.
T21023
T21022
Dico t y l e d o n o u s P l a n t s
T21022 Dandelion (Taraxum officinale)

These models show: The inflorescence at 10 times magnification One seed with flight organ One single flower
T21013
T21013 Sunflower (Helianthus annuus)

The model shows the inner tubular corolla magnified 10 times and the outer ray flower magnified 3 times. The tubular corolla can be dissected into 2 halves. 24 cm; 0,5 kg
T21023 Genuine chamomile (Matricaria chamomilla)

Model of the inflorescence (10 x lifesize) with a single tubular floret (approx. 50 x lifesize). 23x25x30 cm
s E/D/S/F/P/i/J
s E/D/H
Labiates (Lamiaceae)
The four sided stalks and the lip shaped flowers are characteristic of the labiates species. Labiates often are spice, perfume or medicinal flowers.
r tselle Bes
T21024 Meadow clary (Salvia pratensis)

This model shows the detailed structure of a single flower with its pollination mechanism (magnified approx. 15 times). For purposes of better illustration, it is possible to detach the detailed model into four components. The typical barrier mechanism can be moved mechanically. 18x28x30 cm
T21024

73
Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)
The name of the papilionaceae species is attributed to their butterfly shaped corolla. The corolla consists of petals, 2 wings and the keel comes from two petals which have grown together.
crowfoot Plants (ranunculaceae)

The crowfoot species includes many herbs. The flowers are often yellow.
T21026 Pea (Pisum sativum)

This model shows the detailed structure of a single flower with its pollination mechanism (magnified approx. 8-fold). For purposes of better illustration, it is possible to detach the detailed model into 12 components. In addition, the cross-section of a ripe pea pod (magnified 8-fold) is depicted on the base of the model.
T21017 celandine (Ficaria verna)

Magnified 10 times. 39 cm; 0.4 kg
T21026
T21017
D i c o t y l e d o n o u s P l ants
cruciferous Plants (capparaceae)

The cruciferous plants species have earned their name because of the grape shaped flowers with 4 cross shaped sepals and petals. The fruit is often a silique.
Primrose Plants (Primulaceae)

Hardies featuring rosette like, ground petals, a leafless stalk and umbel like flowers are typical of primrose species. The sepals and petals are partly grown together.
T21020 oilseed rape (Brassica napus ssp. oleifera)

This model of a single flower (magnified 12 times) shows the typical structure of a crucifer in every detail. In addition, the cross-section of a ripe rape pod (magnified 3 times) is depicted on the base of the model. 18x18x36 cm
T21008
T21020
T21012 Wild rape (Sinapis arvenis) T21012

Model at 12 times magnification. The 2-part carpel area can be taken out for detailed study. 35 cm; 0.3 kg
T21008 Primrose (Primula veris)

This model shows the complete flower and a longitudinal section. 39 cm; 1.2 kg

74
T21012
Woody Plants (Hamamelididae) and rose Plants (rosaceae)

The species of woody plants and rose plants include trees, bushes and hardies. The rosaceae species are subdivided into 4 subfamilies: Spiraeoideae, Rosoideae, Maloideae (pomaceous fruit, e.g. apple) and Prunoideae (stone fruits, e.g. cherry). The flowers mostly feature a pentameric perianth and numerous stamen.
r tselle Bes
T21019 T21016
Dico t y l e d o n o u s P l a n t s
T21019 cherry Blossom with Fruit (Prunus Avium)

This model shows the blossom of the sweet cherry (3-parts) enlarged 7 times as well as a cherry fruit enlarged 3 times. The cherry blossom can be split into two halves to reveal the removable ovary with style and stigma. 32.5 cm; 0.6 kg
T21016 Apple Flower (Malus pumila)

Model at 5 times magnification showing sepals, petals, carpels and stamen. 40 cm; 0.4 kg
s E/D Solanum (Solanaceae) T21011 oak Tree Stem (Quercus robur)

This model shows male and female flowers at 25 times magnification, the section of stamen and pistils is removable. 30 cm; 1.2 kg The solanum species usually features large, bell-shaped flowers in different colours.
T21014 Potato Flower (Solanum tuberosum)

8 times magnified. The part that features petals and stamen can be removed for a detailed view of the carpel. 39 cm; 0.25 kg
T21014
T21011

75
cELL BioLoGY
W19206 relief Model of Leaf Structure

Representation of the histological structure of a leaf (Ligustrum), magnified 500 times. 6.5x24x26 cm; 1.4 kg
sE
W19206
T21001 Block Model of Leaf Sructure Cube-shaped detail of the pedate, bifacial deciduous leaf of the Christmas Rose (Helleborus niger) enlarged by a factor of 1500, with stoma on the underside. 30x30x9cm 1,4kg s L/D/E/F/i/S/P/J/r/c T21001 T21002 Absorption Zone of the root
With the example of the white mustard (sinapis alba) this relief model shows the absorption zone of a dicotyledonous plant. 43x43x8 cm; 1.5 kg
T21003 Dicotyledons stem crosssection

Cross-section of a Creeping Buttercup stem with collateral open vascular bundles. The model shows the typical stem structure of a dicotyledon enlarged by a factor of 250. 28x7cm 0,8kg
s E/D/H T21003
T21002
s L/D/E/F/i/S/P/J/r/c
Pl a n t c e l l / A n i m a l cell
W19208 Tissue Structure of the Buttercup root (ranunculus)

Longitudinal and lateral view at 400 times magnification.
W19207 Tissue Structure of the Sunflower Stem (Helianthus annuus)

Detailed longitudinal and lateral view 200 times magnified.
sE W19207 W19208
sE
r05 The Plant cell, magnified 500,000-1,000,000 times

The two-piece model presents the structure of a typical plant cell with cytoplasm and cell organelles, as viewed from an electron microscope. For better illustration, all important organelles are raised and displayed in colour, e.g.: Cell wall Cell membrane Nucleus Smooth Endoplasmic Reticulum Rough Endoplasmic Reticulum Ribosomes Chloroplasts Mitochondria Dictyosomes/Golgi apparatus 20x14x32 cm; 0.8 kg
r04 The Animal cell

The two-piece model shows the form and structure of a typical animal cell as viewed from an electron microscope. For better illustration, all important organelles are raised and displayed in colour, e.g.: Nucleus Mitochondrion Smooth Endoplasmic Reticulum (ER) Rough Endoplasmic Reticulum (ER) Basal membrane Collagen fibres Golgi apparatus Microvilli Lysosome 21x11x31 cm; 0.8 kg
s E/D/S/F/P/i/J
s E/D/S/F/P/i/J
r05
r04 W19201 comparison Models Animal and Plant cell

These enlarged models of an animal cell and a plant cell enable visual teaching about their structures, as well as their similarities and differences. The cell structures are numbered and identified, and the product manual also includes reproducible illustrations for use in testing. Furthermore, the set contains 12 electron microscopic illustrations of different cell structures. Supplied with teachers notes in English. 16x15x9 cm; 1 kg
W19201
sE

76
! un ique
VL650
cELL BioLoGY
H um a n c e l l
VL650 Glass cell, 40,000 times full-size

This worldwide unique model represents an undifferentiated human cell at an enlargement of 40,000 times. It provides a means of studying the structure of the smallest unit of any living creature capable of independent life, as seen through an electron microscope. The model shows the essential function bearing cell organelles. Their arrangement in the model provides a momentary snapshot of the dynamic balance of a cell. The cell nucleus, a few mitochondria and the lysosomes are shown in section, so that their internal structure is visible. The glass cell is an eye-catcher for exhibitions and has received several distinctions such as World Didac Gold Award 1990. Mounted on bar stand. 60x46x46 cm; 13 kg
s D/E/F/S

77
EVoLuTion
new Anthropological Skulls from 3B Scientific

These models are finest castings produced from scientifically made copies of specimens featured in the collection at the Institute of Anthropology and Human Genetics for Biologists at the Johann-Wolfgang-Goethe University, Frankfurt/Main, Germany. This means that all the details are reproduced absolutely accurately. The unique replicas are enhanced by being displayed on a pedestal that contains a relief map* of the geographical area where the specimen was found.
VP750/1 Anthropological Skull Sinanthropus

This skull is an accurate casting of a Sinanthropus skull reconstructed by Weinert and modelled from drawings by Black and Weidenreich after all the original bone specimens had been lost. Sinanthropus belongs to the genus Homo erectus pekinensis (Sinanthropus pekinensis) and can be seen as a typical example of early man. Discovered at: Zhoukoudian 40 km south west of Peking; Discovery: 1929-1936; Age: 400,000 years. 21x14.5x21.5 cm; 0.9 kg
VP751/1 Anthropological Skull La chapelle-aux-Saints

Cast from a reconstruction of the La Chapelle-aux-Saints skull, the model skull is an accurate copy of one belonging to a 50-55 year old male Neanderthal from ancient Europe of the species des Homo (sapiens) neanderthalensis. Early man. Discovered at: southern France Discovery: 1908; Age: Approximately 35,000 to 45,000 years. 22x16x22.5 cm; 0.9 kg
s L/D/E/F/P/S/i/J
H u man
s L/D/E/F/P/S/i/J
VP752/1 Anthropological Skull cr-Magnon

This wonderful casting is a reconstruction of an early hominid called Cr-Magnon man. The age of the original is dated to be 20,000 to 30,000 years old. The skull itself belonged to an early modern man of the species Homo sapiens sapiens from the ice age of the neo-Palaeolithic era. Early man (neo-Palaeolithic). Discovered at: a cave in Vzretal / southern France; Discovery: 1868; Age: 20,000 to 30,000 years. 21.5x15x24.5 cm; 0.9 kg
VP753/1 Anthropological Skull Steinheim

This Steinheim model is a detailed casting from Berkhemers reconstruction (1936, skull with no jawbone). The original of this skull from a forerunner of Neanderthal man was a Homo (sapiens) steinheimensis aged between about 25 and 35 and was discovered in a gravel in Steinheim, southern Germany, in 1933. Forerunner of a Neanderthal man or an ancient Homo sapiens. Discovered at: a gravel pit near Steinheim an der Mur, Germany; Discovery: 1933; Age: approximately 250,000 years. 19x12.5x21.5 cm; 0.7 kg
s L/D/E/F/P/S/i/J
s L/D/E/F/P/S/i/J VP754/1 Anthropological Skull Broken Hill or Kabwe

An accurate casting of a skull reconstructed from an original that was discovered in a iron ore working at Broken Hill, in north west Rhodesia (modern-day Kabwe in Zambia). It is an example of the early man, Homo sapiens rhodesiensis or a Homo erectus rhodesiensis, and indications exist to point to both these classifications. For this reason, there is also a wide range in the estimates of the specimens age based on differing scientific assumptions. An early example of an ancient Homo sapiens (as classified by Henke and Rothe 1994) or a Homo erectus rhodesiensis. Discovered at: a cave in an ore working at Broken Hill, modern-day Kabwe in Zambia. Discovery: 1921. Age: probably 150,000 to 300,000 years old. Previous estimates were of 40,000 to 60,000 years. 21x15.5x23.5 cm; 0.8 kg
VP755/1 VP754/1 Anthropological Skull KnM-Er 406, omo L. 7a-125

This model is a high-quality casting of a reconstruction of the Kalvarium skull (KMN-ER 406) with a partial mandible (Omo L. 7a-125). The Kalvarium skull is approximately 1.7 million years old and was discovered at Lake Rudolph (now called Lake Turkana) in 1970. The partial mandible comes from a different dig but is clearly from the same species. The classification of the species has not yet been indisputably clarified. Discussions continue as to whether the specimen is an Australopithecus boisei or a Paranthropus boisei. Example of a pre-human hominid. Discovered at: Lake Turkana, formerly Lake Rudolph; Discovery: 1970; Age: about 1.7 million years. 18x18x22.5 cm; 0.8 kg

s L/D/E/F/P/S/i/J s L/D/E/F/P/S/i/J
et ail
d
ple *E x a m
of b
a se
78
GEnETicS
3B Scientific Model Series

The three dimensional relief models are painted according to the usual colouring methods of microscopy, making the process of cell division easy to understand. The cell organelles are shown as if opened up in the lower part of the models. The models are equipped with magnets on the back so that for teaching purposes they can be easily arranged on a magnetic board in the classroom. The model series is supplied in a storage system (40 x 60 cm) which can be fastened to the wall. A detailed description and handouts for your lessons are included.
r01 Mitosis Model

This newly developed 3B Scientific model series shows the following 9 phases of mitosis on the basis of a typical mammal cell at an enlargement of approx. 10,000 times: 1. Interphase 2. Prophase 3. Early prometaphase 4. Later prometaphase 5. Metaphase 6. Early anaphase 7. Later anaphase 8. Telophase 9. Cytokinesis 60x40x6 cm; 1.5 kg
r01
c ell D i v i s i o n s
s E/D/S/F/P/J
Tip: As a useful addition and permanent eye catcher in the classroom we recommend the matching wall chart Mitosis (page 136, product number V2049M, V2049U).
e Bests
ller
r02 Meiosis Model
This newly developed 3B Scientific model series shows the 10 stages of meiosis on the basis of a typical mammal cell at an enlargement of approx. 10,000 times: 11. Interphase (stage of G1-phase) 12. Prophase I (leptotene) 13. Prophase I (zygotene and pachytene) 14. Prophase I (diplotene) 15. Prophase I (diakinesis) 16. Metaphase I 17. Anaphase I 18. Telophase I, cytokinesis I, interkinesis, prophase II and metaphase II 19. Anaphase II 10. Telophase II and cytokinesis II 60x40x6 cm; 1.7 kg
r02
s E/D/S/F/P/J
Tip: As a useful addition and permanent eye catcher in the classroom we recommend the matching wall chart Meiosis (page 136, (V2051M, V2051U).
W19202 Mitosis, 8 Models

This set explains the stages of mitosis with 8 enlarged models. Supplied with teachers notes in English. 16x15x9 cm; 1 kg
W19203 Meiosis, 10 Models W19203

With 10 models the stages of meiosis are explained. Supplied with teachers notes in English. 16x2x12 cm; 1 kg
sE

W19202 sE
79
GEnETicS
W19780
W19780 DnA Double Helix Structure Model

When assembled, students can understand the basic structure of DNA. By assembling the model, students will understand the biological terms. Easy to assemble and disassemble and can even be used as a decorative model The model is grouped by 6 colours One can observe the complete product by spinning the model. Deoxyribose & 4 bases (A:Adenine, G:Guanine, C:Cytosine & T:Thymine) model types are properly used. The description of colours and symbols of sugar, phosphoric acid & 4 bases are well defined and distinguished. Size of the purine base (Adenine, Guanine) and the pyrimidine base (Cytosine, Thymine) are different. Assembled bases pairs (Adenine - Thymine, Guanine - Cytosine) are well defined. In one turn of the DNA, 10 pairs of base are seen. Size 12,5 x 35cm
S t ruc t u re & F u n c t i o n o f DnA
New
Matched corresponding shapes
W19760
New
W19760 miniDnA 22 Layer Molecular Model

The miniDNA system comprises abstract shaped colour coded parts to represent the nitrogenous bases, pentagonal sugar & pyramidal phosphate parts required to make the Double helix model of DNA. Contents: 11 Thymine (orange) 11 Adenine (blue) 11 Guanine (green) 11 Cytosine (yellow) 44 Deoxyribose (red) 44 Phosphate (purple) Supplied with assembly instructions and its own stand. Packed in a plastic box. 44 cm; diam 11 cm
sE
W19759 miniDnA 12 Layer Molecular Model

The miniDNA system comprises abstract shaped colour coded parts to represent the nitrogenous bases, pentagonal sugar & pyramidal phosphate parts required to make the Double helix model of DNA. Contents: 6 Thymine (orange) 6 Adenine (blue) 6 Guanine (green) 6 Cytosine (yellow) 24 Deoxyribose (red) 24 Phosphate (purple) Supplied with assembly instructions and its own stand. Packed in a plastic box. 24 cm; diam. 11 cm

sE
W19759
80
W42580 Giant DnA Model

At nearly 90 cm in height, this DNA Molecule is ideally suited to the classroom environment. Magnetic connectors, representing hydrogen bonds, permit the two strands of the double helix to unzip completely, evoking the mechanism of DNA replication, and RNA synthesis (genetic transcription). Removable nucleotides let students experience first hand why a larger purine base must always pair with a smaller pyrimidine W42580 base, and that base pairs are complementary adenine pairing with thymine and guanine pairing with cytosine. Non-separable atoms connected by permanent flexible bonds form the sugar-phosphate backbone of the molecule. Encompassing six base pairs the double helix is mounted on a wooden base and can be rotated. 86x41 cm; 8.0
W19205 DnA Double Helix

3 coils of the DNA double helix, consisting of nucleic acids, to demonstrate base pairing. At the top end is attached one RNA cord, to show the basis of transcription. On base. 31x9x9 cm; 0.2 kg
GEnETicS
sE W19205
Stru c t u re & F u n c t i o n o f DnA
W19763
sE
W19764 Advanced miniDnA 12 Base rnA

Easily assemble this single strand molecule which consists of the 4 bases, as in DNA, and Uracil. This kit contains 12 bases, equivalent to 4 codons in a single strand model of messenger RNA as well as 2 clover leaf shaped Transfer RNA parts and 2 amino-acid parts. Together with the 12 layer Advanced miniDNATM kit it can be used to model the creation of RNA by TRANSCRIPTION. Furthermore, it provides hands-on investigation into protein synthesis known as TRANSLATION. Contents: 3 Uracil (light blue) 3 Adenine (blue) 3 Guanine (green) 3 Cytosine (yellow) 12 Ribose (red) 12 Phosphate (purple) 14.5x14.5x3 cm; 0.13 kg
W19762
sE W19764
This right handed double helix self assembly kit with 12/22 (1/2 turns) base pairs can be used to model DNA REPLICATION and complementary base pairing. It contains colour coded parts to represent the nitrogenous bases, pentose sugars and phosphate components that make up DNA. Special features: Connected by 2 and 3 Hydrogen bonds for Thymine/Adenine & Cytosine/ Guanine respectively Clearly demonstrating the major and minor grooves Differently sized pyrimidines to purines Special features of the Advanced kit Connected by 2 and 3 Hydrogen bonds for Thymine/Adenine & Cytosine/ Guanine respectively Clearly demonstrating the major and minor grooves Differently sized pyrimidines to purines Delivered with instructions and stand.
W19762 Advanced miniDnA (22 layer)

Contents: 11 Thymine (orange), 11 Adenine (blue), 11 Guanine (green), 11 Cytosine (yellow), 44 Deoxyribose (red), 44 Phosphate (purple). 17x23.5x6 cm; 0.7 kg
W19763 Advanced miniDnA (12 layer)

Contents: 6 Thymine (orange), 6 Adenine (blue), 6 Guanine (green), 6 Cytosine (yellow), 24 Deoxyribose (red), 24 Phosphate (purple) 17x23.5x3 cm; 0.5 kg
W19204 W19204 nucleic Acid Building Blocks

Coloured units (representing phosphoric acids, purines and pyrimidines) for constructing DNA, t-RNA and RNA helices. Also useful for explaining replication and transcription. 31.5x24x5 cm; 1 kg
sE

81
L10/5
rEProDucTion & DEVELoPMEnT
L10/4 L10/3 L10/2 L10/1
L10/6 L10/7
Bests
eller
L10/8
L10/1 1st Month Embryo L10 L10 3B Scientific Pregnancy Series

Our most popular series includes 8 models to show the complete stages of development. All models are mounted separately on a stand. 12x12x19 cm; 3.2 kg 0.2 kg
L10/4 4th Month Foetus, transverse lie

0.4 kg
s L/D/E/F/P/S/J L10/2 2nd Month Embryo

0.3 kg
s L/D/E/F/P/S/J L10/5 5th Month Foetus, breech position

0.4 kg
L10/7 5th Month Twin Foetuses, normal position

0.6 kg
s L/D/E/F/P/S/J L10/3 3rd Month Embryo

0.3 kg
s L/D/E/F/P/S/J L10/6 5th Month Foetus, transverse lie

0.4 kg
s L/D/E/F/P/S/J L10/8 7th Month Foetus 15x32x27 cm

0.6 kg
H u man
s L/D/E/F/P/S/J
s L/D/E/F/P/S/J
s L/D/E/F/P/S/J
s L/D/E/F/P/S/J
L11 Deluxe 3B Scientific Pregnancy Series, 9 Models

All features from our series L10 plus the Embryo L15. 12x12x19 cm 15x32x27 cm; 3.4 kg
s L/D/E/F/P/S/J
L15
L15 Embryo, 25 times life-size

Showing embryo approx. 4 weeks old. 12x12x23 cm; 0.3 kg
s L/D/E/F/P/S/J
L11/9
L20
L20 Pregnancy Pelvis, 3-part

Representation of a median section through the female pelvis during the 40th week of pregnancy with a removable foetus. A model to study the normal position of child before birth. A uterus with embryo in 3rd month of pregnancy mounted on base for added detail. 38x25x40 cm; 3.8 kg
L11/9 3B Scientific Pregnancy Series, 5 Models

This series consists of L10/1, L10/2, L10/3, L10/5 and L10/8 with embryo or foetus to show the most important stages of development in the womb. All models are mounted together on a base. 13x41x31 cm; 2.1 kg
s L/D/E/F/P/S/J
s L/D/E/F/P/S/J

82
VG390 Embryonic Development, 12 stages

This enlarged model represents the following stages of embryo development: Ovule shortly after fertilization Two-cell stage Four-cell stage Seven-cell stage Morula stage Blastocyst with trophoblast and embryoblast Blastocyst with early formation of embryo process Blastocyst with start of implantation Embryo (approx. 12th day) Embryo (approx. 20th day) Embryo (approx. 28th day) Embryo (approx. 2nd month) The first 8 models are enlarged approx. 4,000 times, the other 4 models are enlarged approx. 4-5 times. The first 8 stages can be removed from the baseboard for closer study. Delivered in storage carton. 12x59x41 cm; 3.35 kg
rEProDucTion & DEVELoPMEnT
VG390
s L/D/E/F/S
H um a n / A n i m a l / P l a n t
T12009
T12009 Embryo Development, 12 stages VG393

With the common frog as an example (Rana temporaria), the different stages of the embryo development are shown 30 times magnified.
VG393 Labour Stages Model

As VG392, but reduced 50% in size. Supplied on baseboard. 5 stages, mounted individually on bases: Foetus in womb, cervix closed. Foetus in womb, cervix open. Foetus in womb, start of head passage. Foetus in womb and pelvis, finish of head passage. Placenta in the womb 40x31x13 cm; 1.4 kg
ique! un
W10604 Placenta
The corrosion cast specimen of a human placenta is embedded into crystal-clear plastic. Detailed spatial portrayal of vessel arborisation and progression as well as the placental villi is achieved by injecting different coloured plastics in the placental vessels: red in the placental arteries and blue in the placental veins. The specimens vary in shape as each is unique. 21x17x4 cm; ca. 0.5 kg

W10604
83
SEx & DruG EDucATion
L42
L43 L41 L41 Training Model for a Female condom

This model shows the labia and vagina up to the cervix in a very simplified representation for didactic reasons, and serves for demonstrating and learning the insertion of a female condom. The model is supplied without condoms. 12 cm; 0.15 kg
W43001 L42 condom Training Model, white skin tone

This model of an erect penis with testicles can be used to learn how to use a condom safely. The anatomical structures and its firmness are absolutely realistic, so that your students can practice putting on and removing a condom in a realistic way. Supplied with 12 dry training condoms and a carrying bag. 7.5x7.5x19.5 cm; 0.35 kg
W19101 W19101 condom Training Models

This economic set consists of 20 Styrofoam penis models, and provides a means of practicing the correct use of condoms, even in large groups. The reusable models can be fixed to the desktop with adhesive tape, so that both hands are free for rolling the condom into position. Supplied without condoms. 14.5 cm
W43001 condom Training Model

Demonstrate the proper use of condoms by using this realistic model. Consists of an erect penis, 12 condoms, syringe and artificial semen (UV-fluorescent fluid) to simulate ejaculation. Mounted on a stand with suction cups and delivered with carrying bag. 35.5x15x16.5 cm; 2.3 kg
sE
S ex E d u c ation
L40 AiDS Virus

This model of the HI-Virus, enlarged millions of times, shows the outer lipid membrane with protein structures, and the internal nucleus which contains the viral hereditary matter (RNA). The nucleus is removable and condoms can be put underneath to provide a message regarding measures to take in protecting against HIV. Delivered without condoms. Mounted on base. 18x13x13 cm; 0.7 kg
L43 condom Training Model, coloured skin tone

Like L42
options and replacements for L42, L43, W19101 and W43001 W43003 12 Dry condoms options and replacements for W43001 and W45009
W45154 W45154 Female condom Model

This model represents an anteverted uterus in a simulated pelvic cavity with soft vulva and vagina and a soft plastic stomach cover. A perfect tool to demonstrate the use of a female condom, contraceptive sponge and cervical cap. Supplied with carrying bag. 17.8x24x14 cm
L40
W43002 Artificial Semen

(UV-fluorescent fluid)
sE
W45009 Family Planning Educator

Desktop simulator for training and demonstration of: Introduction and removal of a diaphragm, an IUD or sponge contraceptive devices Normal and abnormal uterine positions Bi-manual examination technique Supplied with: One anteverted uterus with clear upper half to illustrate correct position of IUD One uterus to illustrate normal anteversion and retroversion Cervix with patent os attaches to uterus suspended within pelvic cavity Soft plastic stomach cover Carrying bag 25.4x25.4x25.4 cm; 2.3 kg
W44615 i.u.D Trainer

Hand held trainer which is a suitable aid for understanding correct positioning of I.U.D. (Intrauterine Device) in the uterus. Made of durable plastic, the trainer features a transparent cover which allows easy visualization of insertion and placement of I.U.D. (I.U.D. not included). 6x40x45 cm
W45152
sE W44615
W45152 i.u.D Trainer

This anatomically accurate model represents a section of the uterus, ovaries and fimbrae. The uterus is covered by a clear plastic window to allow easy visualization of insertion and placement of I.U.D. (I.U.D. not included).
sE
sE

W45009
84
W15020 Magnet board pelvis sex education female/male

The magnet board with 37 magnets is ideal for your sex education course. You can explain the female sexual cycle, the anatomy of the penis, sexual intercourse or a variety of contraceptive methods (chemical, diaphragm, femidom, spiral) graphically and impressively with this table. You can also use it to explain the anatomy of the male and female reproductive organs, various stages of pregnancy (insertion of the egg up to the 40th week), the use of condoms and sterilisation. Contents: 1 metal board 37 diagrams, magnetic 1 plastic model/diagram of the uterus with spiral (IUD), magnetic 1 display rack (wooden) 1 transport bag 37 x 49 cm
s E/F
W15001
Sex E d u c at i o n
options for W15000 W15001 Plastic speculum W15002 Material for menstruation hygiene
W15020
W15002
W15000 contraceptive case

Graphic teaching material for sex education in schools, out of school youth employment and adult education. The contraceptive case was designed and developed from practical experience. It is suitable for educating about current contraceptives. Replacement teaching material can be ordered at any time. The contraceptive case contains the following items: Condom Steroper penis Diaphragm, gel, applicator Cervical cap Intrauterine device Sample packages of pills Tables for temperature methods Nuvaring The components of the contraceptive case can deviate from the list on delivery because individual visual aids can be updated or replaced by other products. 45 x 32 x 11 cm

W15000
85
W43047 The consequences of Smoking 3D Display

Show the consequences of smoking on various organs of the body with life-sized, hand painted models. Each model is permanently mounted in a carrying case display, and the accompanying text clearly communicates its health message in simple terms. Ideal for health fairs, schools, hospitals, smoking-cessation programs, or the workplace, 71x67 cm. 71x34 cm; 8.3 kg
W43043
D ru g E d u c ation
W43047 W43043 A Years Worth of Tar

This graphic, sealed exhibit, containing a pack of cigarettes and cigarette butts submerged in gooey tar, represents the amount of carcinogenic liquid a one-pack-a-day smoker put into his/her lungs over the course of a year. 13.x14x8 cm
W43010 Smokey Sue The Dangers of Smoking

Smokey Sue dramatically demonstrates the quantity of tar collected in the lungs when one single cigarette is smoked. The tar, normally inhaled directly into the lung, is collected in a transparent tube, and thus shows the quantity of tar which reaches the lung with each cigarette very clearly. Delivered with stand, 3 collection tubes, and carrying bag. 15x36x17 cm; 1 kg
sE
W43042 Smoker Model

This small hand-held model actually smokes a cigarette and collects its tars and nicotine on a photo of a real chest X-ray of a lung cancer victim. Stained prints fit into plastic bags, keeping stains intact when they are passed around for closer inspection. 13x29x6 cm
W43042
W43010
sE
sE W55723 Effects of Smoking Activity Model

Graphically demonstrate the impact of smoking on the lungs. Give your students a firsthand view of how tar and other pollutants accumulate in the lungs during smoking. Simply place a lit cigarette in the mouth of the Smoking Man and draw smoke into his lungs using the syringe pump included. The results will amaze you as you watch his lungs start to darken W55723 after only a few short puffs! Includes detailed teacher and student guides that provide extensive background information on the dangers of smoking. 13x10x23 cm; 1 kg
W43013 Tobacco Mouth W43013

This hinged model of the teeth, flexible tongue and oral cavity shows the effects of smokeless tobacco. Mounted on base, supplied with a bottle of simulated tobacco juice. 15x20x10 cm
sE

86
sE
W43053 The consequences of Alcohol Abuse 3D Display

This display shows what actually happens to organs of the body when alcohol is abused. Permanently mounted life-size, hand painted models are graphic and accurate. Each model is described in easy-to-understand terms. Contained within its own sturdy wooden carrying case. 71x67 cm; 8.3 kg
W43041 Drunk & Dangerous Glasses

This teaching tool will give any alcohol education program an added dimension, allowing the instructor to deliver a powerful message quickly and clearly. Drinking and driving can be a deadly combination a thesis graphically demonstrated, especially with young people, through the Drunk & Dangerous glasses. Because the glasses simulation of drunkenness is so real and intense, wearers cant help but be struck by the reality that alcohol really does make driving dangerous. Supplied with case.
Dru g E d u c at i o n
sE W43053 W43054 The consequences of Drug Abuse 3D Display

This detailed display shows what actually happens to the body when drugs are abused. Life-size, hand painted models of the bodys organs are graphic and accurate. Brief descriptions make this educational tool ideal for health fairs and schools. 71x34 cm; 8.3 kg
eller Bests
W43054
W43041
W43048 Mr. Dip Lip

This one-of-a-kind product makes anyone question what dipping is really about. The mouth opens and closes from the rear, and flesh-like lips may be retracted to show the effects dipping can have on the inner lip, gums, and teeth. Comes with carrying case. 15x13x15 cm; 0.2 kg
W43048

87
Information About Microscopes

Wide field eyepieces Seidentopf head Tube Revolving quadruple nosepiece with objectives Object guide Coaxial adjustment for coarse and fine focussing x-y cross-table adjustment Mains switch Base Stand
Object stage
M i cros cop e
Abb condenser Illumination
Course Microscope
Course microscopes are robust, low-cost microscopes with basic optical features that are ideally suited for lessons in school or for beginners in microscopy.
Resolution of Objectives
The resolution of an objective is given by the following formula l d= 2A where d = distance between two points, l = wavelength of the light, A = numerical aperture Example: numerical aperture = 0.65, l = 0.55 m, resolution d = 0.423 m.
Barrel
The barrel is the tube in which the oculars can be placed. Monocular barrel: for observation with a single eye. Binocular barrel: for stereo observation. This makes the work easier and less tiring than with a monocular microscope. Trinocular barrel: for stereo observation but also allowing for addition of a camera.
Object Stage
The object stage is the shelf upon which slides are placed for observation through a microscope. Using an x-y cross-table allows the slide to be moved by specific distances along the x and/or y axes. The scales mean that once a specific location on the slide has been found, it is easy to locate it again.
Ocular
The ocular magnifies the real image thrown by the microscopes objective. The diameter of the field of vision, i.e. the area of the slide that can be viewed at one time, is calculated by dividing the field number by the scaling factor. Thus for a 10x 18 mm ocular, the viewing field has a diameter of 1.8 mm.
Condenser
The function of a condenser is to allow for careful adjustment of the aperture to ensure an optimum compromise between image contrast and resolution. As the aperture is made smaller, the contrast increases but the resolution is simultaneously reduced.
Objective Revolver
The objective revolver accommodates between 3 and 5 objectives and makes it possible to change the magnification rapidly when viewing a slide.
Coarse and Fine Focussing

Coarse and fine adjustment gears allow for optimum focussing of an image. They are mostly fitted along a common axis on either side of the column leading up from the base.
Objective
An objective produces a real image of the object. The size of the image is given by the scaling factor (e.g. 10x) and the resolution is determined by the numerical aperture (e.g. 0.65). The larger the numerical aperture the more detailed the image produced. Achromatic objectives provide only a limited amount of correction for lens aberrations but this is nevertheless sufficient for most uses that arise in schools. Planar achromatic objectives eliminate image field curvature and throw an image that is uniformly focussed from the centre of the field of vision to the edge.
Illumination
Microscope slides can be illuminated by means of incandescent tungsten lamps, fluorescent tubes, LEDs or halogen lamps. Halogen lamps are best suited to the task because they provide such intense light. Fluorescent tubes and LEDs eliminate the problem of slides warming up due to the heat from the light during longer periods of observation.

88
U30722
U30723
MICROSCOpe
New
pola r i s at i o n M i c ro s c o p es
High-quality mechanics and optics along with ease of operation are the stand-out features of the polarisation microscopes U30722 and U30723. Their compact and ergonomic design makes it easier to work with them. The main application for these microscopes is in biology, for instance when studying the structure of starch grains, the texture of cellulose fibres in cell walls or the position of rod-like viruses in cells (e.g. tobacco mosaic virus). They are also used in mineralogy to study rock specimens, identify minerals and investigate crystals.
product name Stand
Tube polarisation equipment eyepieces Objectives enlargement Object stage Illumination Condenser Dimensions Weight Supplied
U30722 Monocular polarisation Microscope Robust, all metal stand with arm permanently connected to the base. Focussing by means of separate knobs for coarse and fine adjustment located on either side of the stand and operated by rack and pinion drive with ball bearings and retaining lever, adjustable stopper for protecting the object slides and objective. Monocular inclined 30, head rotation 360 Polariser with scale and analyser, which can be inserted into the tube. Wide field eyepiece WF 10x 18 mm Inverted objective revolver with 3 achromatic objectives 4x / 0.10, 10x / 0.25, 40x / 0.65, (oil) 40x 400x Circular object stage 120 mm in diameter, which can be rotated 360, scale with Vernier and 2 specimen clips Adjustable 6 V, 20 W halogen lamp incorporated into the base, universal 85 to 265 V, 50/60 Hz power supply Abbe condenser N.A.1,25 with iris diaphragm, focussed via rack and pinion drive 240 mm x 190 mm x 385 mm 5,5 kg Complete with dust cover
U30723 Binocular polarisation Microscope Robust, all metal stand with arm permanently connected to the base. Focussing by means of separate knobs for coarse and fine adjustment located on either side of the stand and operated by rack and pinion drive with ball bearings and retaining lever, adjustable stopper for protecting the object slides and objective. Binocular Seidentopf head, 30 viewing angle, 360 rotatable head, viewing distance adjustable between 54 and 75 mm, 5 dioptric compensation for both eyepieces Polariser with scale and analyser, which can be inserted into the tube. Pair of wide field eyepieces WF 10x 18 mm Pair of wide field eyepieces WF 10x 18 mm Inverted objective revolver with 3 achromatic objectives 4x / 0.10, 10x / 0.25, 40x / 0.65 (oil) 40x 400x Circular object stage 120 mm in diameter, which can be rotated 360, scale with Vernier and 2 specimen clips Adjustable 6 V, 20 W halogen lamp incorporated into the base, universal 85 to 265 V, 50/60 Hz power supply Abbe condenser N.A.1,25 with iris diaphragm, focussed via rack and pinion drive 240 mm x 190 mm x 425 mm 6 kg Complete with dust cover

89
BIOLOgIC MICROSCOpeS
W30600-115 W30600-230
W30610-115 W30610-230
W30605-115 W30605-230
with camera
C o u r s e m i c ro s c op es
eller Bests
cordle
ss
The monocular course microscopes W30600, W30605 and W30610 are distinguished by their robust construction and ease of operation. They are equipped with three achromatic objectives as used in common practice and have a simple object stage with two clips for holding slides. They can be supplemented by means of a variety of spare parts and accessories. The LED lighting of the W30605 and W30610 makes for uniform illumination of the object and avoids the problem of heat affecting the slide when viewed for extended periods. The microscopes are equipped with rechargeable batteries and can be used without a mains connection. Digital curriculum microscope W30605 is additionally equipped with a 300 kilopixel camera. The user-friendly Photolib software allows for Full screen real time video False colour image display Image processing 3D representation Image plane processing Extensive evaluation and measurement options Noise reduction filter for image enhancement, user-defined filter W30600-115, W30600-230 Monocular Course Microscope Model 100 All-metal stand, arm firmly connected with base, pinion knobs attached on both sides of the stand for coarse and fine focusing Monocular inclined 45, head rotation 360 Wide field eyepiece WF 10x 18 mm with pointer and eyepiece lock Revolving nosepiece with 3 achromatic objectives 4x / 0.10, 10x / 0.25, 40x / 0.65, 40x, 100x, 400x 110 mm x 120 mm with 2 specimen clips 115 V resp. 230 V, 20 W tungsten lamp integrated in base, with blue filter in lamp shaft and a converging lens, power supply 115 V resp. 230 V 50/60 Hz Bright-field condenser N.A. 0.65, iris diaphragm and filter holder 175 mm x 135 mm x 370 mm 2.9 kg Complete with dust cover W30610-115, W30610-230 Monocular Course Microscope Model 100, LeD W30605-115, W30605-230 Digital Course Microscope Model 100, LeD with built-in Camera Basic apparatus as per W30600 with the following differences: W30610 / W30605 Illumination: With adjustable LED lighting incorporated into the base and a focussing lens in the lighting shaft, power supplied by rechargeable battery, 115 V or 230 V, 50/60 Hz charger. W30605 Camera sensor: 1/3 CMOS, 300 kpixel, colour prints power supply: Via USB 2.0 System Requirements: WIN95, WIN98, WIN2000 and WINXP
product Name product Name Stand Tube eyepieces Objectives enlargement Object stage Illumination Condenser Dimensions Weight Supplied

90
U30700-115 U30700-230
U30701-115 U30701-230
Cou r s e m i c ro s c o p e s
Course microscopes U30700 and U30701 are especially robust microscopes for educational purposes. They are simple to use and their mechanical and optical quality stands out. Separate adjustment knobs for fine and coarse setting allow the microscopes to be focussed quickly. The low-temperature lighting provides for uniform illumination of the object and avoids the problem of heat affecting the slide when observed for long periods. Seidentopf head and 30 viewing angle for comfortable observation of the object.
product name Stand
Tube eyepieces Objectives enlargement Object stage Illumination Condenser Dimensions Weight Supplied
U30700-115, U30700-230 Monocular Course Microscope Model 200 Robust, all metal stand with arm permanently connected to the base. Focussing by means of separate knobs for coarse and fine adjustment located on either side of the stand and operated by rack and pinion drive with dovetail teeth, adjustable stopper for protecting the object stage and objective. Monocular inclined 45, head rotation 360 Wide field eyepiece WF 10x 18 mm Revolving nosepiece with 3 achromatic objectives 4x, 10x, 40x 40x, 100x, 400x 127 mm x 132 mm with 2 specimen clips 5 W fluorescent lamp incorporated in the base, power supply 115 V resp. 230 V 50/60 Hz NA 0.65 with iris diaphragm , filter holder and blue filter 220 mm x 148 mm x 356 mm 4 kg Complete with dust cover
U30701-115, U30701-230 Binocular Course Microscope Model 200 Robust, all metal stand with arm permanently connected to the base. Focussing by means of separate knobs for coarse and fine adjustment located on either side of the stand and operated by rack and pinion drive with dovetail teeth, adjustable stopper for protecting the object stage and objective. Binocular Seidentopf head, 30 viewing angle, 360 rotatable head, viewing distance adjustable between 54 and 75 mm, 5 dioptric compensation for both eyepieces Pair of wide field eyepieces WF 10x 18 mm Revolving nosepiece with 3 achromatic objectives 4x, 10x, 40x 40x, 100x, 400x 127 mm x 132 mm with 2 specimen clips 5 W fluorescent lamp incorporated in the base, power supply 115 V resp. 230 V 50/60 Hz NA 0.65 with iris diaphragm , filter holder and blue filter 282 mm x 148 mm x 357 mm 4.69 kg Complete with dust cover

91
U30705-115 U30705-230
U30706-115 U30706-230
C ou r se mi c rosc o p e s fo r a d v a n c e d u ser s
Course microscopes U30705 and U30706 are suitable for any applications that may arise in the course of advanced biology lessons. The microscopes are equipped with a cross table, a 4-way objective revolver with DIN achromatic objectives, a focussing Abbe condenser and the coaxial drive knobs are arranged as per common practice. The low-temperature lighting provides for uniform illumination of the object and avoids the problem of heat affecting the slide when viewed for extended periods. Accessories include planar and semi-planar achromatic objectives and a dark-field condenser.
product name Stand
U30705-115, U30705-230 Monocular Course Microscope Model 300 Robust, all metal stand with arm permanently connected to the base. Focussing by means of separate knobs for coarse and fine adjustment located on either side of the stand and operated by rack and pinion drive with ball bearings, adjustable stopper for protecting the object slides and objective. Monocular inclined 45, head rotation 360 Wide field eyepiece WF 10x 18 mm Revolving nosepiece with 4 achromatic objectives 4x, 10x, 40x, 100x (oil) 40x, 100x, 400x, 1000x x-y cross table, 125 mm x 130 mm, with object guide and coaxial adjustment knobs perpendicular to the object stage, adjustment range 70 mm x 30 mm 5 W fluorescent lamp incorporated in the base, power supply 115 V resp. 230 V 50/60 Hz Abb condenser N.A.1,25 NA 0.65 with iris diaphragm , filter holder and blue filter, focussed via rack and pinion drive 220 mm x 154 mm x 359 mm 4.5 kg Complete with dust cover
U30706-115, U30706-230 Binocular Course Microscope Model 300 Robust, all metal stand with arm permanently connected to the base. Focussing by means of separate knobs for coarse and fine adjustment located on either side of the stand and operated by rack and pinion drive with ball bearings, adjustable stopper for protecting the object slides and objective. Binocular Seidentopf head, 30 viewing angle, 360 rotatable head, viewing distance adjustable between 54 and 75 mm, 5 dioptric compensation for both eyepieces Pair of wide field eyepieces WF 10x 18 mm Revolving nosepiece with 4 achromatic objectives 4x, 10x, 40x, 100x (oil) 40x, 100x, 400x, 1000x x-y cross table, 125 mm x 130 mm, with object guide and coaxial adjustment knobs perpendicular to the object stage, adjustment range 70 mm x 30 mm 5 W fluorescent lamp incorporated in the base, power supply 115 V resp. 230 V 50/60 Hz Abb condenser N.A.1,25 NA 0.65 with iris diaphragm , filter holder and blue filter, focussed via rack and pinion drive 282 mm x 148 mm x 357 mm 5.2 kg Complete with dust cover

92
U30710
U30711
Micro s c o p e s fo r a d v a n c ed u ser s
Microscopes U30710, U30711, U30712 and U30713 are characterised by their robust design, excellent mechanical and optical quality and ease of operation. They are equipped with a large cross-stage and a 4-way objective revolver with 4 DIN achromatic objectives. U30710, U30711 and U30712 are also supplied with a second wide-field WF15x eyepiece as standard, allowing for various magnifications of a slide. A halogen lamp incorporated into the base makes for bright and uniform illumination of the object. Seidentopf head and 30 viewing angle for comfortable observation of the object.
product name Stand
U30710 Monocular Microscope Model 400 Robust, all metal stand with arm permanently connected to the base. Focussing by means of separate knobs for coarse and fine adjustment located on either side of the stand and operated by rack and pinion drive with ball bearings and retaining lever, adjustable stopper for protecting the object slides and objective. Focus range: 15mm Resolution of fine focussing adjustment: 0.002 mm Monocular inclined 30, head rotation 360 Wide field eyepieces WF 10x 18 mm and WF 15x 13 mm Revolving nosepiece with 4 achromatic objectives 4x, 10x, 40x, 100x (oil) 40X 1500X x-y mechanical stage, 132 mm x 145 mm, with object guide and coaxial adjustment knobs perpendicular to the object stage, adjustment range 50 mm x 76 mm Adjustable 6 V, 20 W halogen lamp incorporated into the base, universal 85 to 265 V, 50/60 Hz power supply Abb condenser N.A.1,25 NA 0.65 with iris diaphragm , filter holder and blue filter, focussed via rack and pinion drive 291 mm x 214 mm x 356 mm 5.6 kg Complete with dust cover
U30711 Binocular Microscope Model 400 Robust, all metal stand with arm permanently connected to the base. Focussing by means of separate knobs for coarse and fine adjustment located on either side of the stand and operated by rack and pinion drive with ball bearings and retaining lever, adjustable stopper for protecting the object slides and objective. Focus range: 15mm Resolution of fine focussing adjustment: 0.002 mm Binocular Seidentopf head, 30 viewing angle, 360 rotatable head, viewing distance adjustable between 54 and 75 mm, 5 dioptric compensation for both eyepieces Pair of wide field eyepieces WF 10x 18 mm and WF 15x 13 mm Revolving nosepiece with 4 achromatic objectives 4x, 10x, 40x, 100x (oil) 40X 1500X x-y mechanical stage, 132 mm x 145 mm, with object guide and coaxial adjustment knobs perpendicular to the object stage, adjustment range 50 mm x 76 mm Adjustable 6 V, 20 W halogen lamp incorporated into the base, universal 85 to 265 V, 50/60 Hz power supply Abb condenser N.A.1,25 NA 0.65 with iris diaphragm , filter holder and blue filter, focussed via rack and pinion drive 328 mm x 214 mm x 394 mm 6.1 kg Complete with dust cover

93
M i crosc op e s fo r a d v a n c e d u ser s
U30713
U30712
Microscopes U30712 and U30713 provide for binocular or monocular viewing as well as allowing simultaneous fitting of a camera for photographic or video recording of the image.
product name Stand
Tube
U30713 Monocular Microscope Model 400 with Vertical Viewing Robust, all metal stand with arm permanently connected to the base. Focussing by means of separate knobs for coarse and fine adjustment located on either side of the stand and operated by rack and pinion drive with ball bearings and retaining lever, adjustable stopper for protecting the object slides and objective. Focus range: 15 mm Resolution of fine focussing adjustment: 0.002 mm Head with double viewing capability, one tube with 30 viewing angle, one with vertical viewing, head rotation 360 Pair of wide field eyepieces WF 10x 18 mm Revolving nosepiece with 4 achromatic objectives 4x, 10x, 40x, 100x (oil) 40x, 100x, 400x, 1000x x-y mechanical stage, 132 mm x 145 mm, with object guide and coaxial adjustment knobs perpendicular to the object stage, adjustment range 50 mm x 76 mm Adjustable 6 V, 20 W halogen lamp incorporated into the base, universal 85 to 265 V, 50/60 Hz power supply Abb condenser N.A.1,25 NA 0.65 with iris diaphragm , filter holder and blue filter, focussed via rack and pinion drive 291 mm x 214 mm x 415 mm 5.8 kg Complete with dust cover
eyepieces Objectives enlargement Object stage Illumination Condenser Dimensions Weight Supplied
U30712 Trinocular Microscope Model 400 Robust, all metal stand with arm permanently connected to the base. Focussing by means of separate knobs for coarse and fine adjustment located on either side of the stand and operated by rack and pinion drive with ball bearings and retaining lever, adjustable stopper for protecting the object slides and objective. Focus range: 15 mm Resolution of fine focussing adjustment: 0.002 mm Trinocular Seidentopf head, 360 rotatable, binocular tubus with 30 viewing angle, viewing distance adjustable between 54 and 75 mm, 5 dioptric compensation for both eyepieces, one tube with vertical viewing angle Pair of wide field eyepieces WF 10x 18 mm and WF 15x 13 mm Revolving nosepiece with 4 achromatic objectives 4x, 10x, 40x, 100x (oil) 40x 1500x x-y mechanical stage, 132 mm x 145 mm, with object guide and coaxial adjustment knobs perpendicular to the object stage, adjustment range 50 mm x 76 mm Adjustable 6 V, 20 W halogen lamp incorporated into the base, universal 85 to 265 V, 50/60 Hz power supply Abb condenser N.A.1,25 NA 0.65 with iris diaphragm , filter holder and blue filter, focussed via rack and pinion drive 328 mm x 214 mm x 449 mm 6.2 kg Complete with dust cover

94
U30720
U30721
top y Qualit
Micro s c o p e s fo r a d v a n c ed u ser s
Microscopes U30720 and U30721 are suitable for any applications that may arise in the course of advanced biology lessons. Their compact and ergonomic design facilitates ease of working with the microscope. They are equipped as standard with a polarisation fitting and have a large cross table, 2 pairs of wide-field eyepieces (WF 10x, WF 15x) and a four-way objective revolver with planar achromatic objectives, for outstanding observation of tiny details with uniform focus from centre to edge of field of view.
product name Stand
Tube polarisation equipment eyepieces Objectives enlargement Object stage Illumination Condenser Dimensions Weight Supplied
U30720 Monocular Microscope Model 500 with polarisation equipment Robust, all metal stand with arm permanently connected to the base. Focussing by means of separate knobs for coarse and fine adjustment located on either side of the stand and operated by rack and pinion drive with ball bearings and retaining lever, adjustable stopper for protecting the object slides and objective. Focus range: 15 mm Resolution of fine focussing adjustment: 0.002 mm Monocular inclined 30, head rotation 360 Polariser and analyser Wide field eyepieces WF 10x 18 mm and 15x 13 mm Inverted and angled objective revolver with 4 plan achromatic objectives 4x, 10x, 40x, 100x (oil) 40x 1500x x-y mechanical stage, 155 mm x 145 mm, with object guide and coaxial adjustment knobs perpendicular to the object stage, adjustment range 50 mm x 76 mm Adjustable 6 V, 20 W halogen lamp incorporated into the base, universal 85 to 265 V, 50/60 Hz power supply Abb condenser N.A.1,25 NA 0.65 with iris diaphragm , filter holder and blue filter, focussed via rack and pinion drive 256 mm x 190 mm x 378 mm 6 kg Complete with dust cover
U30721 Binocular Microscope Model 500 with polarisation equipment Robust, all metal stand with arm permanently connected to the base. Focussing by means of separate knobs for coarse and fine adjustment located on either side of the stand and operated by rack and pinion drive with ball bearings and retaining lever, adjustable stopper for protecting the object slides and objective. Focus range: 15 mm Resolution of fine focussing adjustment: 0.002 mm Binocular Seidentopf head, 30 viewing angle, 360 rotatable head, viewing distance adjustable between 54 and 75 mm, 5 dioptric compensation for both eyepieces Polariser and analyser Pair of wide field eyepieces WF 10x 18 mm and 15x 13 mm Inverted and angled objective revolver with 4 plan achromatic objectives 4x, 10x, 40x, 100x (oil) 40x 1500x x-y mechanical stage, 155 mm x 145 mm, with object guide and coaxial adjustment knobs perpendicular to the object stage, adjustment range 50 mm x 76 mm Adjustable 6 V, 20 W halogen lamp incorporated into the base, universal 85 to 265 V, 50/60 Hz power supply Abb condenser N.A.1,25 NA 0.65 with iris diaphragm , filter holder and blue filter, focussed via rack and pinion drive 306 mm x 190 mm x 407 mm 6.6 kg Complete with dust cover

95
STeReO MICROSCOpeS
W30660-115 W30660-230
W30661-115 W30661-230
W30665-115 W30665-230
ght old li C
S t e re o m i c ro s c o p es
ess Cordl
Stereo microscopes W30660 , W30661 and W30665 are robust microscopes that are distinguished by their ease of operation and excellent mechanical and optical quality. They can be used in numerous applications within the fields of biology and geology. They are equipped with quick-change fitting that allows for rapid replacement of the objective. With the aid of accessories, a magnification of up to 120x can be achieved. Model W30660 is lit from the top, while W30661 and W30665 can be illuminated by top light, by transmitted light, or by a combination of both. The large object stage of the W30661 and W30665 also allows large objects to be observed. Stereo microscope W30665 features low temperature lighting (LED) to ensure even illumination of the object while preventing heat damage to the specimen during prolonged observations. It also eliminates the risk of burning if the lighting unit is touched inadvertently. Power is provided by rechargeable batteries so that the microscope can be used without needing to plug in a main lead W30660-115, W30660-230 W30661-115, W30661-230 W30665-115, W30665-230 product name Stereo Microscope, 20x, Top Light Stereo Microscope, 20x, Top, Stereo Microscope, 20x, LeD Illumination Transmitted and Mixed Light Illumination Stand Metal stand, column firmly connected Metal stand, column firmly connected Metal stand, column firmly connected with base, pinion knobs attached on with base, pinion knobs attached on with base, pinion knobs attached on both sides of the stand for coarse and both sides of the stand for coarse and both sides of the stand for coarse and fine focusing fine focusing fine focusing Binocular inclined 45, interocular disBinocular inclined 45, interocular disBinocular inclined 45, interocular disTube tance adjustable between 55 and 75 mm tance adjustable between 55 and 75 mm tance adjustable between 55 and 75 mm Exchangeable pair of wide field eyepiece Exchangeable pair of wide field eyepiece Exchangeable pair of wide field eyepiece eyepieces WF 10x with eyepiece lock and rubber WF 10x with eyepiece lock and rubber WF 10x with eyepiece lock and rubber eyepiece cups, diopter compensation 5 eyepiece cups, diopter compensation 5 eyepiece cups, diopter compensation 5 on the left eyepiece on the left eyepiece on the left eyepiece Objectives Lens 2x with slide and quick-change Lens 2x with slide and quick-change Lens 2x with slide and quick-change device device device 20x 20x 20x enlargement Base with detachable object plate (plasBase with detachable object plate (plasBase with detachable object plate Object plate tic, black/white) tic, black/white and glass) (plastic, black/white and glass) 95 mm 60 mm and 2 specimen clips 95 mm and 2 specimen clips dia. and 2 specimen clips Illumination Top light illumination,12 V/10 W, with toggle switch, power supply 115 V resp. 230 V 50/60 Hz 170 mm x 300 mm x 115 mm 2.4 kg Complete with dust cover Top , transmitted and mixed light illumination, 12 V/10 W lamp, toggle switch to turn ON, rotary switch to select light combination, power supply 115 V resp. 230 V 50/60 Hz 190 mm x 300 mm x 115 mm 2.9 kg Complete with dust cover LED, top , transmitted and mixed light illumination, toggle switch to turn ON, rotary switch to select light combination, power supplied by rechargeable battery, 115 V or 230 V, 50/60 Hz charger 190 mm x 300 mm x 115 mm 2.9 kg Complete with dust cover
Dimensions Weight Supplied

96
W30662-115 W30662-230
W30663-115 W30663-230
W30664-115 W30664-230
STeReO MICROSCOpeS
ing Revolv head
Stere o m i c ro s c o p e s
eller Bests
Stereo microscopes W30662, W30663 and W30664 are robust microscopes that are distinguished by their ease of operation and excellent mechanical and optical quality. They can be used in numerous applications within the fields of biology and geology. Simply by rotating the objective from the 2x setting to 4x, the overall magnification can be set to 20x or 40x. With the aid of accessories, a magnification of up to 80x can be achieved. Model W30662 is lit from the top, while W30663 and W30664 can be illuminated by top light, by transmitted light, or by a combination of both. The large object stage of W30663 and W30664 also allows large objects to be observed. Stereo microscope W30664 differs from W30662 and W30663 in that its stereo head can be rotated by 360. W30662-115, W30662-230 Stereo Microscope, 40x, Top Light Illumination Metal stand, column firmly connected with base, pinion knobs attached on both sides of the stand for coarse and fine focusing Binocular inclined 45, interocular distance adjustable between 55 and 75 mm Exchangeable pair of wide field eyepiece WF 10x with eyepiece lock and rubber eyepiece cups, diopter compensation 5 on the left eyepiece Revolving nosepiece with objective 2x / 4x 20x/40x Base with detachable object plate (plastic, black/white) 60 mm and 2 specimen clips Top light illumination,12 V/10 W, with toggle switch, power supply 115 V resp. 230 V 50/60 Hz 170 mm x 300 mm x 115 mm 2.4 kg Complete with dust cover W30663-115, W30663-230 Stereo Microscope, 40x, Top, Transmitted and Mixed Light Illumination Metal stand, column firmly connected with base, pinion knobs attached on both sides of the stand for coarse and fine focusing Binocular inclined 45, interocular distance adjustable between 55 and 75 mm Exchangeable pair of wide field eyepiece WF 10x with eyepiece lock and rubber eyepiece cups, diopter compensation 5 on the left eyepiece, one eyepiece with pointer Revolving nosepiece with objective 2x / 4x 20x/40x Base with detachable object plate (plastic, black/white and glass) 95 mm and 2 specimen clips Top , transmitted and mixed light illumination, 12 V/10 W lamp, toggle switch to turn ON, rotary switch to select light combination, power supply 115 V resp. 230 V 50/60 Hz 190 mm x 300 mm x 115 mm 2.9 kg Complete with dust cover W30664-115, W30664-230 Stereo Mikroskop, 40x, Rotatable Head Metal stand, column firmly connected with base, pinion knobs attached on both sides of the stand for coarse and fine focusing Binocular inclined 45, interocular distance adjustable between 55 and 75 mm, head rotatable by 360 Exchangeable pair of wide field eyepiece WF 10x with eyepiece lock and rubber eyepiece cups, diopter compensation 5 on the left eyepiece Revolving nosepiece with objective 2x / 4x 20x/40x Base with detachable object plate (plastic, black/white and glass) 95 mm dia. and 2 specimen clips Top , transmitted and mixed light illumination, 12 V/10 W lamp, toggle switch to turn ON, rotary switch to select light combination, power supply 115 V resp. 230 V 50/60 Hz 190 mm x 300 mm x 115 mm 2.9 kg Complete with dust cover
product name Stand
Tube eyepieces
Objectives enlargement Object plate
Illumination

97
Dimensions Weight Supplied
MICROSCOpeS
W30613 W30617 W30640 W30643
U30748 U30753
A c c e s s o r ies
W30618 W306201
Options and Replacements for: W30600, W30605 W30610

Art. No. Designation Specification
U30730 U30731
Wide field eyepieces WF 10x 18 mm W30640 Wide field eyepieces WF 10x 18 mm with pointer W30641 Wide field eyepieces WF 15x 13 mm W30642 Wide field eyepieces WF 20x 11 mm W30643 Achromatic objectives 4x / 0,10 W30613 Achromatic objectives 10x / 0,25 W30614 Achromatic objectives 40x / 0,65 W30615 Achromatic objectives 60x / 0,85 W30616 Achromatic objectives 100x / 1,25 W30617 Abb condenser N.A.1,25 and iris diaphragm W30618 Object holder Moveable W30619 polarization device W306201 Spare lamps 20 W for 115 V mains supply W30621-115 Spare lamps 20 W for 230 V mains supply W30621-230 U30700, U30701, U30705, U30706, U30710, U30711, U30712, U30713, U30720, U30721, U30722, U30723

Semiplan achromatic objectives Semiplan achromatic objectives 10x 40x
U30730 U30731 U30732 U30733 U30748 U30749 U30750 U30751 U30752 U30753 U30735 U30736 U30737
Wide field eyepieces Wide field eyepieces Wide field eyepieces Wide field eyepieces Achromatic objectives Achromatic objectives Achromatic objectives Achromatic objectives Achromatic objectives Achromatic objectives Semiplan achromatic objectives
WF 10x-18 mm with pointer WF 10x-18 mm with scale WF 10x-18 mm WF 15x-13 mm 4x 10x 20x 40x 60x 100x (Oil) 4x
98
MICROSCOpeS
U30735 U30738 W30670 W30673 and W30679
U30739 U30743
U30746 U30747
Acce s s o r i e s
U30745 W30674 W30678 Options and Replacements for: U30700, U30701, U30705, U30706, U30710, U30711, U30712, U30713, U30720, U30721, U30722, U30723
Art. No. Designation Specification 100x (Oil) 4x 10x 20x 40x 60x 100x (Oil) 76 mm x 26 mm 1 mm / 100 div. / 0,01 mm 5 W for 115 V mains supply 5 W for 230 V mains supply Semiplan achromatic objectives U30738 plan achromatic objectives U30739 plan achromatic objectives U30740 plan achromatic objectives U30741 plan achromatic objectives U30742 plan achromatic objectives U30743 plan achromatic objectives U30744 Micrometer slide U30745 U30700, U30701, U30705, U30706 Spare fluorescent lamp U30755-115 Spare fluorescent lamp U30755-230 U30710, U30711, U30712, U30713, U30720, U30721 Dark field condenser U30746 Dark field condenser (Oil) U30747 Spare lamps W30651 W30660, W30661, W30662, W30663, , W30664, W30665 Wide field eyepiece, pair W30670 Wide field eyepiece, pair W30671 Wide field eyepiece, pair W30672 Wide field eyepiece, pair W30673 eyepiece cups W30679 Spare lamps W30682 W30660, W30661, W30665 , W30665
Halogen, 6 V, 20 W WF 5x 18 mm WF 10x 20 mm WF 15x 13 mm WF 20x 10 mm Pair 12 V, 10 W 1x 2x 3x 4x 6x

Achromatic Objectives Achromatic Objectives
W30674 W30675 W30676 W30677 W30678
Achromatic Objectives Achromatic Objectives Achromatic Objectives
99
CAMeRAS
New
Ca m e r a s fo r M i c ro s c op es
Microscope not included
U30110
Bests
eller
U30110 Student Digital Camera for Microscope, 1.3 Mpixel

Inexpensive digital colour camera for use in class which can be placed directly on any modern microscope tube. The user friendly MiniSee software allows for real-time video and still pictures to be recorded and stored in all formats currently in use.
U30100 U30100 Digital Camera for Microscope, 1.3 Mpixel

High resolution colour digital camera for connecting directly to a PC or laptop via the USB interface. The camera can be mounted directly onto the eyepiece of every conventional microscope. The camera is fed via the USB connection, thereby making external power supply superfluous. Separate software for image pickup and recording, display and processing. The software is characterised by being particularly user friendly and is responsible for making possible, among other things: Full screen real time video Still picture recording Recording films in AVI format Adjusting image sequence and recording time Zoom function Image processing (similar to conventional image processing programs) Brightness and contrast control Real-time image printing Memory function (jpeg, bmp, tiff etc.) Gradation curves Tonal value correction FFT function Image plane processing Comparison of two adjacent images Noise reduction filter for image enhancement, user-defined filter False colour image display 3D representation Extensive evaluation and measurement options
U30111 Student Digital Camera for Microscope Classroom Set, 1,3 Mpixel
The set consists of 10 x U30110 digital cameras.
U30100C8 Digital Camera Classroom Set for Microscope, 1.3 Mpixel

The set consists of 8 x U30100 digital cameras.
U30101-230 U30101-230 Video Camera for Microscope, pAL, 350 kpixel

Easy-to-use colour video camera which can be directly mounted onto the eyepiece of a conventional microscope. Image display takes place on a television screen. Television connection via a cinch connector. Power supply via mains supply unit. NTSC version available on request.
U30101

100
CAMeRAS
U30105 Digital Camera for Microscope, 2 Mpixel

Digital colour camera for microscopes with higher resolution than U30100. One advantage of the camera is that when the viewing field of the microscope is too dark to see with the naked eye, the camera can still provide a bright, highly detailed image. It is thus highly suited to dark-field microscopy and for microscopes equipped with fluorescent illumination. For software specification see U30100.
Cam e r a s fo r M i c ro s c o p e s
U30105
U30100 Camera sensor pixel size Resolution Minimum illumination TV system Output Application Data format exposure Shutter control power supply System requirements Camera housing Dimensions Weight Accessories 1/2" CMOS, 1,3 Mpixel, colour image 5,2 m X 5,2 m 1280 X 1024 (1,3 Mpixel)
U30105 1/2" CMOS, 2 Mpixel, colour image 1600 X 1200 (2 Mpixel) Direct mounting onto the microscope eyepiece BMP, TIFF, JPG, PNG, PSD etc. Automatic Automatic Via USB interface 2.0, USB cable 1.5 m in length Windows 2000 / XP / Vista; USB connection 2.0
U30110 1/4" CMOS, 1,3 Mpixel, colour image 1280 X 1024 (1.3 Mpixel)
U30101-230 VGA, colour image 628X582 (350 kpixel) < 5 lux @ F 1,4 3000 K PAL AV Automatic, Auto white balance via push button on camera housing Via mains power supply unit 220 V, 50/60 Hz
2,8 m X 2,8 m
Cylindrical, oxidised metal housing 98 mm x 55 mm dia 160 g approx.
Oxidised metal housing 110 mm x 50 mm x 50 mm 260 g approx.
Cylindrical, oxidised metal housing 27 mm x 45 mm dia 40 g approx 84 mm x 52 mm dia 180 g approx. 2 Adapters 30 mm dia. and 30.5 mm dia., mains power supply unit

2 Adapters 30 mm dia. and 30.5 mm dia
101
CAMeRAS
U42100-230 Video Flex

High-resolution, desktop colour video camera for a variety of applications. Thanks to the balland-socket bearing, video head that can pivot and swivel via its flexible gooseneck, the camera can be easily and accurately connected, e.g. to microscopes and telescopes, or directed towards visual material, running processes or items of scientific or technical interest so that they can be viewed on a monitor or TV screen. The heavy, triangular base with the integrated controls ensures the necessary stability. Audio recordings are possible with the microphone integrated in the base. The high-quality optics cover a range from 6 mm to infinity, allowing for magnifications of up to 50:1. The camera has normal cinch sockets for video and audio outputs. It can be connected to a video recorder for recording or to a monitor or TV-set (PAL) for viewing. Includes microscope adapter, plugin power supply, connecting leads and Euro-Scart plug. NTSC version available on request.
Cameras for obser vations and for use with microscope
U42100-230
de ultitu or a m ca tions F li of app

U421051 Digital Video Flex
Robust, ultra-high-resolution desktop digital colour camera for direct connection to a PC or notebook via a USB interface. The design of the Digital Video Flex corresponds largely to that of the Video Flex. U42100-230, and differs only in terms of the optical features. Audio recordings are possible via a microphone equipped computer. An external power supply is not necessary as the camera is powered via the USB connection. Includes microscope adapter, Discovery Scope Kit, Applied Vision software and carrying case. The Applied Vision software for picture recording, reproduction and processing is characterized by its user friendliness and features: Full-screen, real-time video Still frame recording Recording of films in AVI format Time-lapse recording Internet streaming Can be used in local network Zoom function Image processing Brightness, contrast control and positive/ negative image display Drawing tools Organiser/memo function Printout of real-time images Memory function (jpeg, bmp, tiff) Choice of background Creation of image collages Comparison of two adjacent images Measurement of the distance between 2 points or the area of a circle Exporting data to an Excel spreadsheet

U421051
102
CAMeRAS
U42103 Vision Viewer

Lighter version of the Digital Video Flex U421051 with similar optical properties and for similar applications. The difference is that the video head is directly attached to the swan-neck arm (with no universal joint). Includes a microscope adapter, observation set (Discovery Scope Kit), Applied Vision software and carry case.
U42103
Cameras for obser vations and for use with microscope
U421101 physicsCAM
High-resolution, hand-held camera which can be connected directly via a USB interface to a PC or notebook. For a variety of applications in natural science classes, e.g. in experiments which are difficult to observe or which take place over long periods of time. The PhysicsCAM is equipped with a flexible adapter and can therefore be mounted on equipment with varying size of eye. The Applied Vision software offers a variety of functions for displaying and processing images (see U421051).
U421101
U42100-230 photosensitivity Image digitization Output signal exposure Resolution Live video TV system Audio Lens Focal distance Magnification Microscope adapter power supply Cable gooseneck Base Weight 1.5 lux " CCD video automatic 500 lines -PAL mono 8 mm Glass 6 mm to infinity 50:1 34,5 mm built-in and 28 mm 5 V DC/800 mA via plug-in power supply A/V cable 365 cm 650 mm x 15 mm dia 180x180x180 mm approx. 2.7 kg
U421051 20 lux digital CMOS Digital / USB 2.0 adjustable via software 1280x960 SXGA up to 30 images per second --8 mm Glass, C-Mount 6 mm to infinity 50:1 34,5 mm built-in and 28 mm via USB USB connecting cable, approx. 150 cm 650 mm x 15 mm dia 180x180x180 mm approx. 2.7 kg
U42103 20 lux digital CMOS digital adjustable via software 1280x960 SXGA up to 30 images per second --6 mm Glass 8 mm to infinity 30:1 34,5 mm built-in and 28 mm via USB USB connecting cable, approx. 150 cm 510 mm x 13 mm dia 180x180x180 mm approx. 1.7 kg
U421101 3 lux digital CMOS digital adjustable via software 640x480 VGA up to 30 images per second --6 mm Glass 8 to infinity 30:1 24 to 32 mm via USB USB connecting cable, approx. 150 cm 510 mm x 13 mm dia -approx. 400 g

103
MicroScope SlideS
M i c roS c o p e S lide S
The individual slides are characterized by excellent workmanship, clear portrayal and long life. We have selected the most interesting and most popular ones for you. order your favorite ones and delve into the fascinating world of the microcosm with your students! please note that microscope slides can only be supplied in our special storage boxes (see p. 118). please add box to your purchase order. When ordering, please include the appropriate language code in addition to the item number: en = english, de = german, Fr = French, pt = portugese, es = Spanish, p.ex. W13900-en Minimum order quantity 25
Art.-No. Topic Art.-No. Topic
Human blood smear, stained for red and white W58433
i n di vi d u a l M i c ro s c o p e S l id es
Zoology
W13900 pseudopodia
Amoeba proteus, w.m. showing nucleus and
W13917 corpuscles
W13918 Artery and vein of mammal, t.s. W13919 Lung of cat, t.s. showing alveoli, bronchial tubes W13920 epithelium, muscular layers W13921 gastric glands W13922 membrane
Oesophagus of cat, t.s. with stratified squamous Stomach of cat, t.s. through fundic region showing Small intestine of cat, t.s. showing mucous Large intestine (colon), t.s. special stained for the Liver of pig, t.s. showing well developed
W13901 Euglena, a common flagellate with eyespot W13902 Paramaecium, nuclei stained W13903 body, mouth, and tentacles W13904 entoderm
Hydra, w.m. extended specimen to show foot,
Hydra, t.s. of body in different levels. Ectoderm,
W13923 mucous cells
W13905 tellum showing muscular wall, intestine,

typhlosole, nephridia etc.
Lumbricus, earthworm, typical t.s. back of cli-
W13924 connective tissue
W13906 water
Daphnia and Cyclops, small crustaceans from fresh Musca domestica, house fly, head and mouth parts
W13925 Pancreas of pig, sec. showing islets of Langerhans W13926 Kidney of cat, t.s. through cortex and medulla W13927 Graafian follicles W13928 all stages
Ovary of cat, t.s. with primary, secondary, and Testis of mouse, t.s. showing spermatogenesis in
W13907 (proboscis) w.m.
W13908 Musca domestica, leg with clinging pads (pulvilli) W13909 wing
Apis mellifica, honey bee, anterior and posterior Apis mellifica, honey bee, mouth parts of worker Apis mellifica, hind leg of worker with pollen
W13910 w.m.
W13929 Sperm of bull (spermatozoa), smear W13930 matter, nerve cells

Spinal cord of cat, t.s. showing white and grey Cerebrum, human, t.s. of cortex showing
W13911 basket w.m.
W13912 Apis mellifica, sting and poison sac w.m. W13913 eyes and brain t.s.
Apis mellifica, honey bee, head with compound
W13931 pyramidal cells and fibrous region
W13932 Retina of cat, t.s. for detail of rods and cones W13933 abundant taste buds
Tongue of rabbit, t.s. of papilla foliata with Human skin from palm, v.s. showing cornified
W13914 t.s. of body with gills, liver, and gonads
Branchiostoma lanceolatum (Amphioxus), typical
HiSTology ANd A NTHropology

W13915 lamellae, and canaliculi
Compact bone, t.s. special stained for cells,
W13934 epidermis, germinative zone, sweat glands
BAcTeri A ANd lo Wer pl ANTS

W13935 showing bacilli, cocci, spirilli, spirochaetes
Bacteria from mouth, smear Gram stained

W13916 Striated muscle, l.s. showing nuclei and striations
104
MicroScope SlideS
Art.-No.
Topic
Streptococcus lactis, milk souring organisms,
Art.-No.
Topic
W13936 smear showing chains
cyTology AN d geN eTic S , eMBr yology

W13965 special staining technique W13966 staining technique
Mitochondria, in thin sec. through liver or kidney, DNA in cell nuclei, demonstrated by Feulgen Giant chromosomes from the salivary gland of observed
W13937 Diatoms, strewn slide of mixed species W13938 within gelatinous sheaths W13939 chloroplasts W13940 w.m.
Nostoc, blue green alga, filamentous colonies Spirogyra, vegetative filaments with spiral Volvox, with daughter colonies and sexual stages,
W13967 Chironomus. Individual genes and puffs can be W13968 metaphase, for counting chromosomes W13969 fibres
Human chromosomes, spread in the stage of Spinal cord of cat, t.s. silvered for nerve cells and Allium cepa, l.s. of root tips showing cell divisions Chloroplasts, in leaf of Elodea or Mnium, special Sea-urchin development (Psammechinus miliaris), com-
W13941 Saccharomyces, yeast, budding cells w.m. W13942 algae t.s.

Physcia, foliose lichen, thallus with symbiotic Sphagnum, peat moss, w.m. of leaf showing chlo-
W13943 rophyll-bearing and hyaline cells.
W13970 (mitosis) in all stages, carefully stained W13971 stained
Flo WeriNg pl ANTS

W13944 bacteria t.s.
Lupinus, lupin, root nodules with symbiotic
W13972 posite slide with two cell, four cell and eight cell stages W13973 posite slide with morula, blastula and gastrula stages W13974 blastula stage showing the blastocoel
Frog embryology (Rana spec.), sec. trough the Frog embryology (Rana spec.), sag. sec. through of organs Sea-urchin development (Psammechinus miliaris), com-
W13945 Root tip and root hairs W13946 Zea mays, corn, typical monocot root t.s. W13947 central stele W13948 bundles t.s. W13949 stem t.s. W13950 growth
Ranunculus, buttercup, typical dicot root t.s., Zea mays, corn, monocot stem with scattered
i nd i v i d u a l M i c ro s c o p e Sl i des
W13975 young larva in the tail bud stage, with primordia

Chicken embryo, 48 hour, t.s. with neural tube
W13976 and chorda
Helianthus, sunflower, typical herbaceous dicot Aristolochia, older stem t.s. shows secondary Cucurbita, pumpkin, l.s. of stem with sieve tubes, Pinus, pine, three sections of wood: transverse, radial, tangential Tilia, lime, three sections of wood: transverse, radial, tangential Tulipa, tulip, epidermis of leaf with stomata and guard cells w.m., surface view
W13977 showing all organs in situ
Embryo of mouse, sagittal l.s. of entire specimen
pArASiTeS ANd pATHoge NS

W13978 pathogenic, smear Gram stained W13979 from culture, Gram stained W13980 smear
Escherichia coli, bacteria from colon, probably Eberthella typhi, causing typhoid fever, smear Plasmodium berghei, malaria parasite, blood Trypanosoma gambiense, causing sleeping Culex pipiens, mosquito, head and piercingTuberculous lung, t.s. of diseased human lung Coal dust lung (Anthracosis pulmonum), t.s. of Liver cirrhosis of man caused by alcohol abuse, t.s. Arteriosclerosis, t.s. of diseased human coronary
W13951 annular and reticulate vessels, sclerenchyme fibres W13952 W13953 W13954
W13955 Iris, typical monocot isobilateral leaf, t.s. W13956 W13957 W13958 W13959
Syringa, lilac, leaf t.s. showing epidermis, palisade parenchyma, spongy parenchyma, vascular bundles Fagus, beech, sun and shade leaves, two t.s. for comparison Nerium, oleander, xerophytic leaf with sunken stomata, t.s. Lilium, lily, anthers with pollen grains and pollen sacs t.s.
W13981 disease, blood smear
W13982 sucking mouth parts of female, w.m. W13983 showing miliary tubercles in tissue W13984 human smokers lung
W13985 showing degeneration of liver cells
W13960 Lilium, ovary t.s. showing arrangement of ovules W13961 embryo and endosperm
Triticum, wheat, grain (seed) sagittal l.s. with
W13986 artery showing sclerotic changes in the arterial wall
ecology ANd eNviro NMeNT, peSTS iN AgriculTure

W13987 Varroa, parasitic mite of bees w.m. W13988 healthy and damaged by environmental
influences (acid rain) Leaf (needle) of fir (Abies), two t.s. of leaves,
W13962 Taraxacum, dandelion, composite flower l.s. W13963 Pinus, pine, male cone with pollen l.s. W13964 Pinus, female cone with ovules l.s.

W13989 and damaged by environmental influences (acid
rain)
Leaf of beech (Fagus), two t.s. of leaves, healthy
105
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
SCHOOL SETS
The biology school sets consist of four series A, B, C and D that are arranged in a systematic way and are based on each other. Of course, each part of a series can be used individually. The multimedia program comprises the following media: 1. Microscopic preparations (School Sets A, B, C, D) 2. Accompanying manual with texts and graphic illustrations 3. Transparent atlas with colour photos of the micropreparations 4. CD ROM for interactive learning (next page)
School Set A (General Biology)

25 Slides Zoology: 1(e) Amoeba proteus, w.m. showing nucleus and pseudopodia 2(e) Hydra, w.m. extended specimen to show foot, body, mouth, and tentacles 3(c) Lumbricus, earthworm, typical t.s. back of clitellum showing muscular wall, intestine, typhlosole, nephridia etc. 4(c) Daphnia and Cyclops, small crustaceans from fresh water 5(d) Musca domestica, house fly, head and mouth parts (proboscis) w.m 6(b) Musca domestica, leg with clinging pads (pulvilli) 7(c) Apis mellifica, honey bee, anterior and posterior wing Histology of Man and Mammals: 8(c) Squamous epithelium, isolated cells from human mouth 9(d) Striated muscle, l.s. showing nuclei and striations 10(d) Compact bone, t.s. special stained for cells, lamellae, and canaliculi 11(d)Human scalp, vertical section showing l.s. of hair follicles, sebaceous glands, epidermis 12(c) Human blood smear, stained
1
W13336 German W13337 German W13338 German
W13436 English
W13336F French
W13336S Spanish
W13336P Portuguese
S c h o o l S e t s A , B, C , D
for red and white corpuscles Bacteria and Cryptogams: 13(d) Bacteria from mouth, smear Gram stained showing bacilli cocci, spirilli, spirochaetes 14(c) Diatoms, strewn slide of mixed species, 15(c) Spirogyra, vegetative filaments with spiral chloroplasts 16(c) Mucor or Rhizopus, mold, w.m. of mycelium and sporangia 17(c) Moss stem with leaves w.m. Phanerogams: 18(c) Ranunculus, buttercup, typical dicot root t.s., central stele 19(c) Zeamays, corn, monocot stem with scattered bundles t.s. 20(c) Helianthus, sunflower, typical herbaceous dicot stem t.s. 21(c) Syringa, lilac, leaf t.s. showing epidermis, palisade parenchyma, spongy parenchyma, vascular bundles 22(d) Lilium, lily, anthers with pollen grains and pollen sacs t.s. 23(d) Lilium, ovary t.s. showing arrangement of ovules 24(c) Allium cepa, onion, w.m. of epidermis shows simple plant cells with cell walls, nuclei, and cytoplasm 25(d) Allium cepa, l.s. of root tips showing cell divisions (mitosis) in all stages, carefully stained
W13437 English
W13337F French
W13337S Spanish
W13337P Portuguese
School Set B (Supplement for A)

50 preparations on the subject areas of zoology, histology and anthropology, spermatophytes. For details, please go to www.3bscientific.co.uk.
W13438 English
W13338F French
W13338S Spanish
W13338P Portuguese
School Set C (Supplement for A and B)

50 preparations on the subject areas of zoology, histology and anthropology, spermatophytes. For details, please go to www.3bscientific.co.uk.
W13339 German
W13439 English
W13339F French
W13339S Spanish
W13339P Portuguese
School Set D (Supplement for A, B, C and D)

50 preparations on the subject areas of histology and anthropology, zoology, cytology and genetics, pathogens and diseased organs, embryology, ecology and the environment, botany. For details, please go to www.3bscientific.co.uk.
Manual for School Set with 175 Drawings
Transparency-Atlas with the Pictures of Sets A, B, C, D

New, extended version 2002. Contents: 45 overhead transparencies sized 22 x 28 cm, now with 252 pictures of microscopic preparations, matching the micropreparations school sets A, B, C and D as part of the Media System. Includes a detailed 80-

106
2 3
W13133 German W13126 German
W13233 English
W13133F French
W13133S Spanish
W13133P Portuguese
W13226 English
page guide and 175 semi-diagrammatic illustrations. Comes in a durable plastic ring binder. Text: Dr. Karl-Heinrich Meyer on the subject areas of: zoology, histology and anthropology, bacteria and flowerless plants, seed plants, cytology and genetics, embryology, pathogens and diseased organs, ecology and the environment.
4. CD with Micro images

This CD contains colour images of all micro sections and additional specimens at various enlargements and detail views contained in the matching school series. Identification of important structures and explanatory texts (can be hidden for test purposes) A virtual microscope can be used for 3 5 different enlargements Colour drawings help to quickly find the structures in the specimen Additional representation of anatomic and diagrammatic illustrations and photos Drawing sheets and worksheets can be printed out An image database can be used to select individual combinations Test program with recorded grade assignment Index of all images Images can be displayed in full screen size All images and texts can be printed out 5-language version: English, German, Spanish, Portuguese, French System requirements: Pentium PC, WINDOWS 95/98 or NT, at least 16 MB RAM, double-speed CD ROM drive, VGA graphic card (65000 colours). Will also run on a PowerMac G4 (or later) with WINDOWS emulation.
W13450 CD with Micro images for School Series A

Contains approx. 440 images Text not in French.
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13451 CD with Micro images for School Series B

Contains approx. 700 images
W13452 CD with Micro images for School Series C

W13453 CD with Micro images for School Series D

M iC RO S C O P E SLi DES
Our microscope slides are made under rigorous scientific control. They are the product of long experience combined with the most up to date techniques. The prerequisite for excellent preparations is good material, well preserved and fixed so that the finer structures are as life-like as possible. Microtome sections are cut from this material by highly skilled and experienced staff. They are of a thickness which will result in slides from which the maximum resolution of the structural components can be obtained. Particular attention is paid to the staining technique and in each case the selected method for a particular specimen will ensure the best possible differentiation combined with clear definition and permanency of staining. These prepared microscope slides are supplied on the best glass with fine ground edges of the size 26x76 mm (1 x 30) and are mailed in rigid boxes. Most sets are supplied with comprehensive explanatory brochures. All slides can be purchased either in complete sets and series or individually at a minimum quantity of 25 mixed slides. We reserve the right to make minor alterations to the sets and compilations. The delivery time is between 6 8 weeks.
Ser i e s fo r S e c o n d a r y S ch ool s i a nd i i / Hi st ol og y
S E Ri E S F O R S E CONDAR Y SCHOOLS
W13300 German W13400 English W13300F French W13300S Spanish W13300P Portuguese
Series i. Cells, Tissues and Organs

13 Microscope Slides 1(d). Simple animal cells in sec. of salamander liver 2(d). Mitosis, l.s. from Allium root tips 3(c). Ranunculus, buttercup, t.s. of a typical dicot root 4(e). Monocot and dicot stems, two t.s. for comparison 5(c). Syringa, lilac, t.s. of a typical mesophytic dicot leaf
6(c). Columnar epithelium, t.s of blind gut from rabbit 7(e). Bone and hyaline cartilage, t.s. 8(d). Striated muscles of mammal, l.s. 9(d). Smooth muscles of mammal, l.s. and t.s. 10(c). Lung of cat, t.s. 11(c). Human blood smear 12(d). Human body skin, l.s. 13(f). Young mouse, sag. s. of entire specimen for all structures.
W13301 German
W13401 English
W13301F French
W13301S Spanish
W13301P Portuguese
Series ii. Metabolism

15 Microscope Slides 1(e). Hydra, fresh water polyp, t.s. with ectoderm and entoderm 2(d). Carabus, ground beetle, gizzard 3(c). Salivary gland of cat, t.s. 4(c). Oesophagus of cat, t.s. 5(d). Fundic stomach of cat, t.s. 6(c). Small intestine of cat, t.s. routine stained 7(f). Small intesti-
ne, t.s. blood vessels injected 8(d). Appendix of human, t.s. 9(c). Large intestine of cat, t.s. 10(c). Liver of pig, t.s. 11(f). Malpighian tubules of insect, t.s. 12(c). Primordial kidney (mesonephros) of frog, t.s. 13(d). Hind-kidney (metanephros) of rabbit, t.s. 14(d). Kidney of mouse with pelvis, l.s. 15(f). Kidney of mouse, t.s. injected to show storage
W13302 German
W13402 English
W13302F French
W13302S Spanish
W13302P Portuguese
Series iii. Organs of Sense

16 Microscope Slides 1(e). Paramaecium, silvered to show the neuroformative system 2(d). Lumbricus, earthworm, t.s. with ventral nerve cord 3(e). Insect brain, frontal l.s. 4(e). Planaria, sec. through ocelli 5(f). Haliotis, marine snail, pinhole camera eye l.s. 6(e). Helix, snail, eye l.s. 7(e). Alloteuthis, cuttlefish, camera eye l.s. 8(e). Com-

107
pound eye of an insect, l.s. 9(e). Young rat, head with eyes t.s. 10(d). Retina of cat, t.s. showing rods and cones 11(e). Internal ear (cochlea) from guinea pig, l.s. 12(e). Taste buds from tongue of rabbit, t.s. 13(e). Peripheral nerve fibres, osmic acid material showing Ranviers nodes 14(c). Spinal cord of cat t.s. with large motor nerve cells 15(c). Cerebellum of cat, t.s. routine stained 16(f). Cerebrum of cat, t.s. silvered to show the pyramid cells
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13303 German
W13403 English
W13303F French
W13303S Spanish
W13303P Portuguese
Series iV. Hormone Organs and Hormonal Function

7 Microscope Slides 1(d). Ovary of cat, with follicles and corpus luteum t.s. 2(d). Testis of mouse, t.s. showing Leydigs cells 3(d). Adrenal (suprarenal)
gland of cat, t.s. 4(d). Pancreas of cat, t.s. with islets of Langerhans, 5(f). Thyroid gland, normal function t.s. 6(f). Thyroid gland, over-activity of the gland t.s. 7(f). Hypophysis (pituitary body) sagittal l.s.
W13304 German
W13404 English
W13304F French
W13304S Spanish
W13304P Portuguese
Series V. Genetics, Reproduction and Embryology

19 Microscope Slides 1(g). DNA and RNA stained in different colours, l.s. onion root tips 2(e). Lilium, young anthers, meiosis, early prophase stage, t.s. 3(e). Lilium, young anthers, diplotene stage, t.s. 4(d). Lilium, ovary with embryosac t.s. 5(d). Capsella bursa pastoris, l.s. of embryos 6(h). Human chromosomes, spread in the metaphase stage, w.m. 7(g). Lamp brush chromosomes 8(e). Hydra with testis t.s. 9(e). Hydra with ovaries t.s. 10(f). Tapeworm (Taenia), mature
proglottid, w.m. 11(f). Ascaris, sec. of uteri showing maturation of ova 12(e). Cockchafer (Melolontha), ovaries t.s. 13(d). Frog (Rana), testis t.s. showing spermatogenesis 14(f). Frog embryology: four cell stage t.s. 15(f). Frog: morula stage l.s. 16(f). Frog: neurula stage t.s. 17(f). Chicken (Gallus) embryology: 24 hour t.s. 18(f). Chicken embryology: 72 hour t.s. 19(d). Mouse, uterus containing embryo t.s.
HiSTOLOGY D ETAi L SETS
Ser ies fo r Se co nda r y Sc ho o l s i a n d i i / H i s t o log y
W13305 German
W13405 English
W13305F French
W13305S Spanish
W13305P Portuguese
Histology of Vertebrata Excluding Mammalia

Fishes, Amphibians, Reptiles, Birds 25 Microscope Slides 1(c). Cyprinus, carp, liver t.s. 2(c). Cyprinus, testis t.s. showing spermatozoa 3(c). Cyprinus, small intestine t.s. 4(c). Cyprinus, kidney t.s. 5(c). Cyprinus, gills t.s. 6(c). Cyprinus, skin t.s. 7(f). Fish scales, cycloid, ctenoid, and placoid scales w.m. 8(c). Salamandra, skin with poison glands t.s. 9(d). Salamandra, t.s. through thorax and forelegs of larva 10(c). Rana, frog, lung t.s., a simple bag-like lung 11(c). Rana, blood smear, with nucleated corpuscles 12(c).
Rana, stomach t.s. 13(c). Rana, large intestine t.s., with goblet cells 14(c). Rana, liver t.s. showing bile ducts 15(c). Rana, kidney t.s. 16(c). Rana, testis t.s. to show spermatogenesis 17(c). Rana, skin t.s. showing glands 18(d). Lacerta, lizard, skin with scales, sagittal l.s. 19(c). Gallus, chicken, blood smear, with nucleate red corpuscles 20(c). Gallus, lung t.s. 21(c). Gallus, glandular stomach t.s. 22(d). Gallus, ovary with developing eggs t.s. 23(d). Gallus, skin with developing feathers t.s. or l.s. 24(c). Gallus, unfeathered skin of foot t.s. 25(c). Gallus, wing and down feathers w.m.
W13306 German
W13406 English
W13306F French
W13306S Spanish
W13306P Portuguese
Histology of Mammalia, Elementary Set

25 Microscope Slides 1(c). Squamous epithelium, isolated cells 2(e). Fibrous connective tissue, w.m. from pig mesentery 3(e). Adipose tissue of mammal, fat stained 4(c). Hyaline cartilage of calf, t.s. 5(e). Compact bone of cow, t.s. 6(d). Striated muscles of cat, l.s. 7(d). Smooth muscles of cat, t.s. and l.s. 8(c). Blood smear, human 9(d). Artery of cat or rabbit, t.s. 10(d). Vein of cat or rabbit, t.s. 11(c). Lung of cat, t.s. 12(c). Pancreas of pig with islets of Langerhans t.s. 13(c). Tongue
of cat, t.s. with cornified papillae 14(d). Stomach of cat, fundic region t.s. 15(c). Small intestine of cat or rabbit, t.s. 16(d). Liver of pig, t.s. 17(d). Kidney of cat, t.s. 18(d). Ovary of rabbit, t.s., developing follicles 19(d). Testis of mouse, t.s., spermatogenesis 20(d). Cerebrum of cat, t.s. 21(d). Cerebellum of cat, t.s. 22(c). Spinal cord of cat, t.s. 23(e). Nerve fibres isolated, Ranviers nodes 24(e). Motor nerve cells, smear from spinal cord 25(d). Scalp, human, l.s. of hair follicles
W13307 German
W13407 English
W13307F French
W13307S Spanish
W13307P Portuguese
Histology of Mammalia, Supplementary Set

50 Microscope Slides 1(c). Columnar epithelium of mammal 2(c). Ciliated epithelium of mammal 3(d). White fibrous tissue, l.s. of tendon of cow 4(d). Mucous tissue, t.s. of navel string 5(d). Elastic cartilage, sec. stained for elastic fibres 6(d). Bone development, l.s. of foetal finger 7(d). Striated muscle of cat, t.s. 8(c). Heart muscle of cat, l.s. and t.s. 9(d). Red bone marrow of cow, sec. or smear 10(f). Heart of mouse, sagittal l.s. 11(d). Trachea of rabbit, t.s. 12(c). Spleen of cat, t.s. 13(c). Lymph gland of cat or rabbit, t.s. 14(d). Adrenal (suprarenal) gland of rabbit, t.s. 15(e). Epiphysis (pineal body) of cow or pig, t.s. 16(e). Hypophysis (pituitary body) of cow or pig, l.s. 17(d). Thyroid gland of cow, t.s. 18(d). Thymus gland of cow, t.s. with Hassall bodies 19(d). Parotid gland of cat, t.s. 20(d). Tooth, t.s. through root or crown 21(c). Oesophagus of rabbit, t.s. 22(c). Vermiform appendix of rabbit, t.s. 23(c). Large intestine (colon) of rabbit, t.s. 24(c). Gall bladder of rabbit, t.s.
25(f). Kidney t.s., vital stained with trypan blue showing storage 26(c). Ureter of rabbit, t.s. 27(c). Urinary bladder of rabbit, t.s. 28(d). Ovary with corpus luteum t.s. 29(c). Fallopian tube of pig, t.s. 30(c). Uterus of rabbit, t.s. 31(c). Placenta of rabbit, t.s. 32(d). Uterus of rat, containing embryo t.s. 33(d). Vagina of rabbit, t.s. 34(c). Epididymis of rabbit, t.s. 35(d). Sperm smear of bull 36(d). Penis of rabbit, t.s. 37(d). Prostate gland of pig, t.s. 38(e). Brain of mouse, entire organ l.s. 39(f). Cerebellum, t.s. silver stained for Purkinje cells 40(e). Sympathetic ganglion, t.s. multipolar nerve cells 41(c). Peripheral nerve of cat or rabbit, l.s. 42(e). Eye of cat, anterior part with cornea t.s. 43(e). Eye of cat, posterior part with retina t.s. 44(e). Cochlea (internal ear) of Guinea pig, l.s. shows organ of Corti 45(d). Olfactory region of dog or rabbit, t.s 46(e). Taste buds in tongue of rabbit (Papilla foliata), t.s. 47(d). Skin of human palm, t.s. 48(d). Scalp, human, t.s. of hair follicles 49(d). Nail development of embryo, sagittal l.s. 50(c). Mammary gland of cow, t.s.

108
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13308 German
W13408 English
W13308F French
W13308S Spanish
W13308P Portuguese
Normal Human Histology, Basic Set

40 Microscope Slides When compiling the series only top quality, histologically fixed material was used for the preparation of the slides. The cutting thickness of the microtome sections is normally 6 8 mm. The use of special staining methods guarantees a clear, multicoloured representation of all tissue structures. This slide series occupies a special position due both to the quality of the original material because of the carefulness of the preparation. 1(c). Squamous epithelium, human, isolated cells 2(f). Areolar connective tissue, human w.m. 3(f). Hyaline cartilage, human t.s. 4(f). Compact bone, human t.s. 5(f). Striated muscle, human l.s. 6(f). Heart muscle, human l.s. and t.s. 7(f). Artery, human t.s. 8(f). Vein, human t.s. 9(f). Lung, human t.s. 10(c). Blood smear, human 11(f). Spleen, human t.s. 12(f). Thyroid gland, human t.s.
13(f). Thymus gland from human child t.s. 14(f). Tongue, human t.s. 15(f). Tooth, human l.s. 16(f). Parotid, human gland t.s. 17(f). Oesophagus, human t.s. 18(f). Stomach, human, fundic region t.s. 19(f). Duodenum, human t.s. (small intestine) 20(f). Colon, human t.s. (large intestine) 21(f). Pancreas, human t.s. 22(f). Liver, human t.s. 23(e). Vermiform appendix, human t.s. 24(f). Kidney, human t.s. 25(f). Adrenal (suprarenal) gland, human t.s. 26(f). Ovary, human t.s. 27(f). Uterus, human t.s. 28(f). Placenta, human t.s. 29(f). Testis, human t.s. 30(f). Epididymis, human t.s. 31(f). Cerebrum, human t.s. 32(f). Cerebellum, human t.s. 33(f). Spinal cord, human t.s34(f). Sympathetic ganglion, human t.s. 35(e). Skin of palm, human t.s. 36(e). Scalp, human, l.s. of hair follicles 37(e). Scalp, human, t.s. of hair follicles 38(f). Retina, human t.s. 39(e). Finger tip from foetus with nail development l.s.
W13309 German
W13409 English
W13309F French
W13309S Spanish
W13309P Portuguese
Normal Human Histology, Large Set, Part i.

50 Microscope Slides 1(c). Isolated squamous epithelium, human 2(e). Connective tissue, human, sec. 3(e). Columnar epithelium, human gall bladder, t.s. 4(e). Ciliated epithelium, human trachea, t.s. 5(e). Smooth muscles, human, l.s. and t.s. 6(e). Striated muscles, human, l.s. 7(e). Heart muscles, human, l.s. and t.s. 8(e). Hyaline cartilage, human, sec. 9(e). Elastic cartilage of epiglottis, human, t.s. 10(e). Bone, compact substance, human, t.s. 11(e). White fibrous tissue (tendon), human, l.s. 12(e). Red bone marrow, human, t.s. 13(d). Scalp, human, l.s. of hair follicles 14(e). Artery, human, t.s. 15(e). Vein, human, t.s. 16(c). Blood smear, human, Giemsa stain 17(e). Lung, human, t.s. 18(f). Larynx of human foetus, t.s. 19(e). Lymph gland, human, t.s. 20(e). Thyroid gland, human, t.s. 21(f). Pituitary gland, human,
t.s. 22(e). Spleen, human, t.s. 23(e). Tongue, human, t.s. 24(e). Oesophagus, human, t.s. 25(e). Sublingual gland, human, t.s. 26(e). Stomach, pyloric region, human, t.s. 27(e). Pancreas, human, t.s. 28(e). Small intestine, human, t.s. 29(e). Large intestine, human, t.s. 30(e). Liver, human, t.s. 31(e). Kidney, human, t.s. 32(f). Adrenal gland, human, t.s. 33(e). Ureter, human, t.s. 34(e). Urinary bladder, human, t.s. 35(f). Ovary, human, t.s. 36(e). Uterus, human, t.s. 37(e). Uterine tube, human, t.s. 38(e). Placenta, human, t.s. 39(e). Umbilical cord, human, t.s. 40(e). Mammary gland, human, sec. 41(f). Testis, human, t.s. 42(e). Epididymis, human, t.s. 43(f). Olfactory epithelium, human, t.s. 44(f). Retina, human, t.s. 45(g). Internal ear, human foetal, t.s. 46(f). Touch corpuscles in human skin, t.s. 47(e). Nerve, human, l.s. 48(e). Spinal cord, human, t.s. 49(e). Cerebellum, human, t.s. 50(e). Cerebrum, cortex, human, t.s.
H is t o l o g y
W13310 German
W13410 English
W13310F French
W13310S Spanish
W13310P Portuguese
Normal Human Histology, Large Set, Part ii.

50 Microscope Slides 1(e). Soft palate, human t.s. 2(e). Adipose tissue, human, sec. stained for fat 3(f). White fibrous cartilage, human intervertebral disc, sec. 4(e). Striated (skeletal) muscle, human t.s. 5(e). Spongy (cancellous) bone, human t.s. 6(e). Bone development, vertical l.s. of foetal skull-cap 7(e). Bone development, l.s. of foetal finger 8(e). Joint of human foetus, l.s. 9(e). Tooth, human, t.s. of crown 10(f). Tooth, human, complete l.s. 11(f). Tooth development from human foetus, l.s. 12(e). Aorta, human, t.s. routine stained 13(e). Trachea from human foetus t.s. 14(f). Thymus from human child, t.s. 15(f). Parathyroid gland (Gl. parathyreoidea), human t.s. 16(e). Tonsil (Tonsilla palatina), human t.s. 17(e). Parotid gland (Gl. parotis), human t.s. 18(e). Submaxillary gland (Gl. submandibularis), human t.s. 19(e). Stomach, fundic region, human t.s. 20(e). Stomach, cardiac region, human t.s. 21(e). Jejunum, human t.s. 22(f). Small intestine (Duodenum) t.s. colouring of goblet cells, PAS-HE 23(e). Vermiform appendix, human t.s. 24(e). Rectum, human t.s. 25(e). Gall bladder, human t.s. 26(e). Liver of hu-
man foetus sec., developing blood cells 27(e). Urethra, human, t.s. 28(e). Seminal vesicle (Gl. vesiculosa), human t.s. 29(e). Spermatic cord (Ductus deferens), human t.s. 30(e). Prostate, human, t.s. 31(e). Sperm smear, human 32(f). Corpus luteum in t.s. of human ovary 33(e). Vagina, human t.s. 34(g). Cerebral cortex, human, t.s. silvered (Golgi or Palmgren) 35(g). Cerebral cortex, human, t.s. stained for neuroglial cells after Held 36(g). Cerebellum, human, t.s. silvered (Golgi or Palmgren) 37(f). Thalamus, human, stained after Klver Barrera 38(f). Medulla oblongata, human, t.s. routine stained 39(g). Spinal cord, human, t.s. silvered (Golgi or Palmgren) 40(f). Sympathetic ganglion, human t.s. routine stained 41(e). Peripheral nerve, human t.s. 42(e). Optic nerve, human t.s. 43(e). Cornea from eye, human t.s. 44(e). Eyelid, human, t.s. 45(e). Skin from finger tip, human, vertical l.s. 46(d). Scalp, human, horizontal l.s. shows t.s. of hair follicles, 47(e). Nail development, sagittal l.s. finger tip of human foetus 48(h). Human chromosomes in smear from culture of blood, male 49(i). Human chromosomes in smear from culture of blood, female 50(f). Barr bodies (human sex chromatin) in smear from female squamous epithelium
W13311 German
W13411 English
W13311F French
W13311S Spanish
W13311P Portuguese
Human Pathology
50 Microscope Slides 1(e). Parenchymatous and fatty degeneration of liver 2(e). Hemosiderosis of liver 3(e). Glycogenosis of liver 4(e). Pigmentary cirrhosis of liver 5(e). Necrotic oesophagitis 6(e). Foreign body granuloma with hemosiderin and giant cells 7(e). Tonsillitis 8(e). Liver cirrhosis Injury of circulatory organs and blood-forming organs 9(e). Adiposis of heart 10(e). Cardiac callosity 11(e). Myocarditis chronica acute recidivans 12(e). Organized venous thrombosis of muscle 13(e). Infarct of spleen 14(e). Chronic myeloid leukemia of spleen 15(g). Malarial melanemia of spleen Pathologic alterations of lung and liver, tuberculosis, pneumonia 16(e). Anthracosis of lung 17(e). Hemorrhagic infarct of lung 18(e). Influenzal pneumonia 19(e). Croupous pneumonia 20(e). Chronic pneumonia 21(e). Necrotic (cheesy) pneumonia 22(e). Miliary tuberculosis of lung 23(e). Chronic tuberculous pulmonary cavity with bacteria 24(e). Icterus hepatis Reaction of kidney after arteriosclerosis, disturbance of metabolism, and inflamma-

109
tion; colitis 25(e). Glomerular atrophy of kidney 26(e). Amyloid degeneration of kidney 27(e). Acute hemorrhagic nephritis 28(e). Chronic glomerulonephritis 29(e). Septic embolic nephritis 30(e). Colitis dysenterica Shiga-Kruse Specific inflammations after infection with syphilis spirochaetes 31(g). Congenital syphilis of liver, spirochaetes silvered after Levaditi 32(f). Congenital syphilis of liver (feuerstein liver), routine stained 33(f). Gumma of testicle Progressive alteration of injured tissues and organs (Hypertrophy and hyperplasia) 34(e). Atheroma of head 35(e). Struma colloides 36(f). Undescended testicle showing hyperplasia of Leydigs cells 37(e). Hypertrophy of prostate Benignant and malignant tumors 38(f). Giant cell sarcoma of maxilla 39(e). Chondroma of pubic bone 40(e). Myoma of uterus 41(e). Fibroadenoma of breast 42(e). Fibroepithelial mixed tumor of parotid gland 43(e). Melanosarcoma of skin 44(e). Spindle cell sarcoma 45(e). Carcinoma cervicis uteri 46(e). Sarcoma of testicle 47(e). Cystadenoma papilliferum of ovary 48(e). Gelatinous carcinoma of rectum 49(e). Lymphosarcoma mediastini 50(e). Metastatic carcinoma of liver
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
HiSTOLOGY COMPREHENS i VE SET

Tissues
15 Microscope Slides 1(c). Squamous epithelium, scrapings from human mouth, w.m. 2(e). Columnar epithelium, human gall bladder, t.s. 3(e). Ciliated epithelium, human trachea, t.s. 4(d). Skin, human, from general body surface showing sweat glands 5(d). Human scalp, l.s. of hair 6(d). Developing of nail, human embryo, l.s. 7(e). Hyaline
cartilage, human, t.s. 8(d). Elastic cartilage, ear of pig, t.s. 9(e). Developing cartilaginous bone, joint of human foetus, l.s. 10(e). Compact bone, c.s. and l.s. 11(f). Striated muscle, human, l.s., staining of striations 12(e). Striated muscle, human, t.s. 13(e). Smooth muscle, human, t.s. and l.s. 14(e). White fibrous tissue, human tendon, l.s. 15(e). Adipose tissue, human, t.s.
W13343 German
W13443 English
W13343F French
W13343S Spanish
W13343P Portuguese
Human Scalp and Hair.

12 preparations. For details, please go to www.3bscientific.co.uk.
W13313 German
W13413 English
W13313F French
W13313S Spanish
W13313P Portuguese
Respiratory and Circulatory System
H i s t o log y
10 Microscope Slides 1(d). Trachea, cat, t.s. 2(e). Lung, human t.s. 3(c). Blood, human, Wright stained smear 4(c). Artery, human, t.s., elastica stained 5(e). Vein, human, t.s., elastica stained 6(e). Artery and vein,
human, t.s., elastica stained 7(e). Aorta, human, t.s. 8(e). Heart muscle, human t.s. and l.s. intercalated discs 9(e). Lymph gland, human, t.s. 10(e). Red bone marrow, human rib, t.s. Giemsa stained
W13314 German
W13414 English
W13314F French
W13314S Spanish
W13314P Portuguese
Digestive System
11 preparations with accompanying guide. For details, please go to www.3bscientific.co.uk.
W13315 German
W13415 English
W13315F French
W13315S Spanish
W13315P Portuguese
Urinary System
W13316 German
W13416 English
W13316F French
W13316S Spanish
W13316P Portuguese
Genital System
W13317 German
W13417 English
W13317F French
W13317S Spanish
W13317P Portuguese
Endocrine System
W13318 German
W13418 English
W13318F French
W13318S Spanish
W13318P Portuguese
Sensory Organs
W13319 German
W13419 English
W13319F French
W13319S Spanish
W13319P Portuguese
Nervous System
11 Microscope Slides 1(e). Cerebrum, human, cortex, t.s. 2(e). Cerebellum, human, t.s. 3(f). Cerebellum, human, t.s., Weigert stained 4(e). Spinal cord, human, t.s. for general structure 5(e). Nerve, human, l.s.
6(e). Nerve, human, t.s. 7(f). Spinal cord, cat, t.s., Klver-Barrera stained 8(e). Spinal cord, cow, t.s., Nissl stained 9(f). Cerebrum, cat, t.s., Golgi stained 10(e). Brain, rat, median l.s. 11(d). Vertebra with spinal cord, rat, t.s.

110
Z O O LO G Y D ETAi L SETS
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
invertebrata, Elementary Set

25 Microscope Slides The most important representatives of Protozoa, Sponges, Coelenterata, Vermes, Arthropoda, Insecta, Mollusca, Echinodermata, Acrania. 1(e). Amoeba proteus, w.m. 2(c). Euglena, a common flagellate with eye spot 3(d). Paramaecium, a common ciliate 4(c). Sycon, marine sponge, t.s. of body 5(e). Hydra, extended specimen w.m. 6(e). Dicrocoelium lanceolatum, sheep liver fluke, w.m. 7(c). Planaria, t.s. of body 8(c). Taenia saginata, tapeworm, proglottids in different stages t.s. 9(d). Trichinella spiralis, l.s. of muscle with encysted larvae 10(c). Lumbricus, earthworm,
t.s. of body in region of typhlosole 11(c). Daphnia, water flea w.m. 12(c). Cyclops, copepod w.m. 13(b). Spider, leg with comb w.m. 14(c). Spider, spinneret w.m. 15(c). Musca domestica, house fly, head and mouth parts w.m. 16(e). Periplaneta, cockroach, biting mouth parts w.m. 17(e). Apis mellifica, honey bee, mouth parts of worker w.m. 18(b). Musca domestica, house fly, leg with pulvilli w.m. 19(b). Apis mellifica, wings w.m. 20(b). Trachea from insect w.m. 21(b). Spiracle from insect w.m. 22(d). Drosophila, fruit fly, sagittal l.s. of adult specimen 23(d). Snail, radula w.m. or section 24(d). Snail, t.s. through body 25(d). Asterias, starfish, t.s. of arm (ray)
W13321 German
W13421 English
W13321F French
W13321S Spanish
W13321P Portuguese
invertebrata, Supplementary Set

50 Microscope Slides 1(d). Radiolaria, mixed species 2(d). Foraminifera, mixed species 3(c). Ceratium, dinoflagellates 4(f). Trypanosoma, causing sleeping disease, blood smear 5(f). Plasmodium, malaria parasite, blood smear 6(d). Eimeria stiedae, in t.s. of rabbit liver with parasites 7(b). Spongilla, fresh water sponge, gemmulae (winter bodies) 8(c). Hydra, t.s. of body 9(d). Obelia hydroid, w.m. of colony 10(e). Obelia medusa, jellyfish. w.m. 11(d). Actinia, sea anemone, t.s. young specimen 12(c). Fasciola hepatica, beef liver fluke, t.s. of body 13(c). Fasciola, ova w.m. 4(d). Ascaris, roundworm, t.s. of female in region of gonads 15(d). Ascaris, t.s. of male in region of gonads 16(e). Lumbricus, earthworm, l.s. of anterior region with gonads 17(c). Lumbricus, sperm smear 18(d). Hirudo medicinalis, leech, t.s. of body 19(d). Sagitta, arrow worm, entire specimen w.m. 20(c). Astacus, crayfish, gills t.s. 21(c). Astacus, liver t.s. 22(e). Astacus, testis t.s. showing spermatogenesis 23(d). Astacus, ovary t.s. showing developing ova 24(c). Astacus, intestine t.s. 25(d). Spider, abdomen with internal organs l.s. 26(d). Dermanyssus gallinae, chicken mite w.m. 27(e). Pieris, butterfly,
head and mouth parts w.m. 28(e). Vespa, wasp, biting mouth parts w.m. 29(f). Carabus, ground beetle, biting mouth parts w.m. 30(d). Culex pipiens, mosquito, piercing-sucking mouth parts w.m. 31(b). Melolontha, cockchafer, antenna w.m. 32(b). Apis mellifica, honey bee, anterior leg with eye brush w.m. 33(b). Apis mellifica, posterior leg with pollen basket w.m. 34(b). Pieris, butterfly, portion of wing with scales w.m. 35(b). Apis mellifica, cornea from eye w.m. 36(d). Apis mellifica, sting with poison sac w.m. 37(d). Culex pipiens, mosquito, t.s. of abdomen 38(e). Apis mellifica, honey bee, head with compound eyes t.s. 39(d). Apis mellifica, abdomen of worker t.s. 40(e). Ctenocephalus, dog flea, w.m. of adult 41(c). Chironomus, gnat, larva w.m. 42(d). Bombyx mori, silkworm, t.s. of caterpillar, spinning glands 43(d). Helix, snail, hermaphrodite gland (ovotestis) t.s. 44(c). Helix, snail, liver t.s. 45(e). Helix, snail, eye l.s. 46(d). Mya arenaria, clam, gills t.s. and l.s. 47(e). Asterias, starfish, horizontal section of young specimen 48(d). Psammechinus, sea urchin, pluteus larva w.m. 49(d). Branchiostoma lanceolatum (Amphioxus), t.s. of body with testis 50(d). Branchiostoma , t.s. of body with ovaries.
Zoo l o g y
Z O O LO G Y C OMPREHENS iVE SETS

Protozoa
10 Microscope Slides 1(e). Amoeba proteus, Rhizopoda, w.m. 2(d). Radiolaria, mixed species, fossil 3(d). Foraminifera from Mediterranean sea, mixed species, recent 4(c). Euglena viridis, a green flagellate, w.m. 5(c). Ceratium hirundinella, fresh-water dinoflagellate w.m.
6(f). Trypanosoma gambiense, causes African sleeping sickness, blood smear 7(f). Plasmodium, causes human malaria, blood smear 8(d). Eimeria stiedae, causing coccidiosis, t.s. of infected liver 9(d). Paramecium, a common ciliate, nuclei stained 10(e). Vorticella, a coloniate ciliate.
W13002 German
W13031 English
W13002F French
W13002S Spanish
W13002P Portuguese
Coelenterata and Porifera

10 Microscope Slides 1(e). Sycon, a small marine sponge of the sycon type, l.s. and t.s. on one slide 2(d). Spongilla, fresh-water sponge, t.s. 3(d). Euspongia, commercial sponge, t.s. 4(c). Sponge spicules of different
kinds, mixed w.m. 5(e). Hydra, fresh water polyp, extended and w.m. 6(d). Hydra, t.s. in different levels 7(d). Laomedea, w.m. of colony, vegetative and reproductive polyps 8(e). Obelia, w.m. of medusa 9(e). Aurelia, jellyfish, w.m. of ephyra 10(e). Actinia, sea anemone, l.s. and t.s.
W13003 German
W13032 English
W13003F French
W13003S Spanish
W13003P Portuguese
Vermes (Helminthes)
20 Microscope Slides 1(f). Planaria, (Turbellaria) w.m. 2(c). Planaria, t.s. for general structure 3(f). Fasciola hepatica, large liver fluke, w.m. 4(c). Fasciola, t.s. of middle region of body 5(f). Taenia sp., tapeworm, proglottids, w.m. 6(c). Taenia sp., mature proglottids, t.s. 7(g). Taenia or Moniezia, tapeworm, scolex and proglottides, w.m. 8(f). Echinococcus multilocularis, infected liver, sec. 9(f). Enterobius

111
vermicularis, pinworm, w.m. 10(d). Trichinella spiralis, encysted larvae in muscles, l.s. 11(e). Ascaris, roundworm, adult male and female, t.s. 12(d). Nemertine, marine species, t.s. of body 13(d). Nereis, sea-worm, t.s. 14(d). Tubifex, oligochaete, w.m. 15(d). Hirudo medicinalis, leech, t.s. 16(e). Lumbricus, earthworm, anterior end, l.s. 17(c). Lumbricus, region of seminal vesicles, t.s. 18(d). Lumbricus, t.s. with stomach 19(c). Lumbricus, t.s. with intestine and nephridia 20(d). Lumbricus, t.s. with setae.
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13004 German
W13033 English
W13004F French
W13004S Spanish
W13004P Portuguese
Crustacea
W13005 German
W13034 English
W13005F French
W13005S Spanish
W13005P Portuguese
Arachnoidea and Myriapoda

12 preparations with accompanying guide. For details, please go towww.3bscientific.co.uk.
W13006 German
W13035 English
W13006F French
W13006S Spanish
W13006P Portuguese
insect (insecta)
40 Microscope Slides 1(d). Musca domestica, housefly, leaking-sucking mouth parts w.m. 2(e). Pieris, butterfly, sucking mouth parts w.m. 3(f). Carabus, ground beetle, biting mouth parts (carnivore) w.m. 4(f). Melolontha, cockchafer, chewing mouth parts (herbivore) w.m. 5(e). Pyrrhocoris, bug, piercing sucking mouth parts w.m. 6(d). Bombyx mori, silkworm moth, chewing mouth parts 7(e). Apis mellifica, honey bee, leaking sucking mouth parts of worker w.m. 8(e). Vespa vulgaris, wasp, biting mouth parts of carnivore w.m. 9(f). Periplaneta or Blatta, cockroach, chewing biting mouth parts w.m. 10(e). Culex pipiens, mosquito, piercing sucking mouth parts w.m. 11(b). Melolontha, cockchafer, antenna with sense organs w.m. 12(b). Bombyx mori, silkworm moth, feathered antenna w.m. 13(b). Pieris, butterfly, clubbed antenna w.m. 14(b). Apis mellifica, anterior leg with eye brush w.m. 15(b). Apis mellifica, posterior leg with pollen basket w.m. 16(b). Musca domestica, house fly, leg with pulvilli w.m. 17(c). Apis mellifica, wings w.m. 18(b). Pieris, butterfly, portion of wings with scales
w.m. 19(b). Trachea from insect w.m. 20(b). Spiracle from insect w.m. 21(b). Cornea isolated from insect eye w.m. 22(d). Apis mellifica, honey bee, sting and poison sac w.m. 23(e). Apis mellifica, head with compound eyes and brain t.s. 24(d). Bombyx mori, silkworm, t.s. showing silk spinning glands 25(d). Carausius, walking stick, abdomen t.s. 26(e). Melolontha, cockchafer, ovaries of insect, sec. shows developing ova 27(f). Grasshopper, testis t.s. to show spermatogenesis and cell division 28(f). Drosophila, fruit fly, sagittal l.s. for general insect anatomy 29(d). Drosophila, fruit fly, w.m. of adult 30(e). Ctenocephalus canis, dog flea, w.m. of adult 31(d). Caenis, May fly, larva with tracheal gills w.m. 32(f). Pediculus humanus, human louse, adult w.m. 33(d). Thysanoptera, thrips, adult w.m. 34(c). Aphidae, plant lice adults and larvae w.m. 35(f). Cimex lectularius, bed bug, w.m. of adult 36(d). Culex pipiens, mosquito, w.m. of larva 37(d). Culex pipiens, mosquito, w.m. of pupa 38(f). Culex pipiens, mosquito, w.m. of adult female 39(f). Culex pipiens, mosquito, w.m. of adult male 40(d). Chironomus, gnat, w.m. of larva.
Z o o log y
W13340 German
W13440 English
W13340F French
W13340S Spanish
W13340P Portuguese
The Honey Bee (Apis mellifica).

18 preparations. For details, please go to www.3bscientific.co.uk.
W13007 German
W13036 English
W13007F French
W13007S Spanish
W13007P Portuguese
Mollusca
W13008 German
W13037 English
W13008F French
W13008S Spanish
W13008P Portuguese
Echinodermata, Bryozoa and Brachiopoda

W13009 German
W13038 English
W13009F French
W13009S Spanish
W13009P Portuguese
Cephalochordata (Acrania)
W13322 German
W13422 English
W13322F French
W13322S Spanish
W13322P Portuguese
The Paramaecium (Caudatum)


112
PA R A S i TO LO G Y AND PATHOGEN i C BACTER iA

MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
General Parasitology
50 Microscope Slides Domestic and tropical parasites of humans and animals 1(f). Entamoeba histolytica, amoebic dysentery, smear or section 2(f). Leishmania donovani, causes Kala-Azar, smear or section 3(f). Trypanosoma gambiense, sleeping disease, blood smear 4(f). Trypanosoma cruzi, Chagas disease, blood smear 5(f). Plasmodium falciparum, human malaria, blood smear with ring stages 6(f). Plasmodium berghei, blood smear with vegetative forms and schizogony stages 7(g). Plasmodium sp., malaria melanemia in human spleen 8(f). Toxoplasma gondii, causing toxoplasmosis, smear or section of cyst 9(f). Babesia canis, blood smear 10(f). Sarcocystis sp., section of muscle showing the parasites in Mieschers tubes 11(e). Nosema apis, honey bee dysentery, t.s. of bee intestine 12(d). Monocystis agilis, from earthworm seminal vesicle 13(d). Eimeria stiedae, causes coccidiosis in rabbit liver, t.s. 14(f). Fasciola hepatica, beef liver fluke, w.m. of adult flat mount 15(c). Fasciola, typical t.s. of body in different regions 16(d). Fasciola, ova w.m. 17(h). Fasciola, miracidia w.m. * 18(h). Schistosoma mansoni, bilharziosis, adult male or female w.m. 19(g). Schistosoma, t.s. of snail liver with redia and cercaria * 20(e). Schistosoma mansoni, ova in faeces 21(t). Taenia or Moniezia, tapeworm, scolex w.m. 22(f). Taenia pisiformis, dwarf tapeworm, mature proglottids w.m. 23(d). Taenia saginata,
tapeworm, proglottids in different stages t.s. 24(d). Taenia saginata, ova in faeces w.m. 25(f). Hymenolepis nana, proglottids w.m. 26(f). Echinococcus granulosus, dog tapeworm, scolices from cyst w.m. 27(f). Echinococcus, cyst wall and scolices t.s.. 28(d). Ascaris lumbricoides, roundworm of human, adult female t.s. in region of gonads 29(d). Ascaris lumbricoides, adult male t.s. in region of gonads 30(d). Ascaris lumbricoides, ova from faeces w.m. 31(f). Enterobius vermicularis (Oxyuris), pin worm, adult specimen w.m. 32(d). Trichinella spiralis, muscle with encysted larvae l.s. 33(h). Ancylostoma, hookworm, adult w.m. 34(d). Trichuris trichiura, whip worm, ova w.m. 35(e). Strongyloides, larvae w.m. 36(f). Heterakis spumosa, intestinal parasite of rat, adult 37(g). Ixodes sp., tick, adult w.m. Carrier of relapsing fever and borreliosis 38(d). Dermanyssus gallinae, chicken mite w.m. 39(e). Acarapis woodi, varroa, parasitic mite of honey bee, w.m. 40(e). Sarcoptes scabiei, section of diseased skin with parasites 41(e). Stomoxys calcitrans, stable fly, piercing sucking mouth parts w.m. 42(f). Anopheles, malaria mosquito, mouth parts of female w.m. 43(e). Culex pipiens, common mosquito, mouth parts of female w.m. 44(f). Anopheles, larva w.m. 45(d). Culex pipiens, larva w.m. 46(d). Culex pipiens, pupa w.m. 47(f). Cimex lectularius, bed bug, w.m. 48(f). Pediculus humanus, human louse, w.m. 49(e). Pediculus humanus, louse eggs attached to the hair, w.m. 50(e). Ctenocephalus canis, dog flea, adult w.m.
P ar a s i t o l o g y a n d P at h o ge ni c B ac te ri a
W13341 German
W13441 English
W13341F French
W13341S Spanish
W13341P Portuguese
General Parasitology, Short Set

W13324 German
W13424 English
W13324F French
W13324S Spanish
W13324P Portuguese
Pathogenic Bacteria
25 Microscope Slides 1(e). Diplococcus pneumoniae, croupous pneumonia, smear 2(f). Neisseria gonorrhoeae, gonorrhoea, smear 3(e). Neisseria meningitidis (intracellularis), epidemic meningitidis, smear 4(d). Staphylococcus aureus, pus organism, smear 5(d). Streptococcus pyogenes, smear showing short chains 6(d). Corynebacterium diphtheriae, smear 7(e). Mycobacterium tuberculosis, smear from positive sputum stained after Ziehl-Neelsen 8(e). Bacterium erysipelatos, smear 9(d). Brucella abortus, abortation in cattle (Bang disease), smear 10(d). Proteus vulgaris, inflammation of urinary system, smear 11(d). Escherichia coli, colon bacteria, possibly
pathogen, smear 12(d). Eberthella typhi, typhoid fever, smear 13(d). Salmonella paratyphi, paratyphoid fever, smear 14(d). Hemophilus influenzae (Pfeiffer), smear 15(e). Klebsiella pneumoniae (Friedlander), pneumonia, smear 16(f). Pasteurella (Yersinia) pestis, bubonic plague, smear 17(d). Salmonella enteritidis, meat poisoning, smear 18(d). Shigella dysenteriae, bacillary dysentery, smear 19(d). Bacillus anthracis, wool sorters disease, smear 20(e). Clostridium botulinum, food poisoning, smear 21(d). Clostridium septicum, smear 22(e). Clostridium tetani, lockjaw, smear 23(d). Clostridium perfringens, gas gangrene, smear 24(f). Vibrio comma, Asiatic cholera, smear 25(g). Borrelia duttoni (Spirochaeta recurrentis), Central African relapsing fever, blood smear
W13011 German
W13040 English
W13011F French
W13011S Spanish
W13011P Portuguese
Bacteria Basis Set

25 Microscope Slides The most important pathogenic and non-pathsgenic bacteria 1(d). Staphylococcus aureus, pus organism 2(d). Sarcina lutea, chromogenic rods 3(e). Streptococcus pyogenes, pus organism 4(d). Streptococcus lactis, milk souring organism 5(d). Bacillus subtilis, hay bacillus, smear with bacilli and spores 6(d). Bacillus mycoides, soil organis 7(e). Bacillus anthracis, wool sorters disease 8(e). Mycobacterium tuberculosis, tuberculosis 9(d). Corynebacterium diphtheriae, diphtheria 10(e). Bacterium erysipelatos, red murrain 11(d). Rhizobium radicicola, nitrogen fixing
bacteria 12(d). Proteus vulgaris, putrefaction 13(d). Escherichia coli, colon bacteria 14(d). Eberthella typhi, typhoid fever 15(d). Salmonella paratyphi, paratyphoid fever 16(f). Vibrio comma, Asiatic cholera 17(d). Shigella dysenteriae, bacillary dysentery 18(d). Hemophilus influenzae, Pfeiffer bacillus 19(e). Spirillum volutans, from putrid water 20(d). Rhodospirillum rubrum, chromogenic spirilli 21(e). Clostridium botulinum (botulism), food poisoning 22(g). Spirochaeta duttoni (Borrelia recurrentis), in blood smear 23(d). Bacteria from mouth, with Gram positive and negative rods 24(d). Bacteria from bread 25(d). Bacteria from cheese.

113
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
BOTANY
Cryptogamae, Elementary Set

25 Microscope Slides 1(e). Bacteria type slide shows cocci, bacilli, spirilli 2(c). Oscillatoria, blue green alga 3(c). Pleurococcus, green alga 4(d). Eudorina, small colonies 5(c). Diatoms, mixed species 6(e). Spirogyra in conjugation with zygotes 7(d). Fucus, brown alga, female conceptacle with oogonia t.s. 8(d). Fucus, male conceptacle with antheridia t.s. 9(c). Mucor, black mould, mycelium and sporangia 10(c). Peziza, apothecium with asci t.s. 11(e). Claviceps purpurea, ergot, stroma with perithecia l.s. 12(c). Morchella, morel, fruiting
body t.s. 13(b). Saccharomyces, yeast, budding 14(c). Psalliota, gill fungus, pileus with lamellae t.s. 15(c). Coprinus, mushroom, t.s. typical basidia and spores 16(d). Lobaria pulmonaria, foliose lichen, thallus with symbiotic algae t.s. 17(d). Moss stem with leaves w.m. 18(d). Marchantia, liverwort, thallus with cupule and gemmae l.s. 19(d). Marchantia, antheridia l.s. 20(d). Marchantia, archegonia l.s. 21(d). Polytrichum, moss, capsule with spores t.s. 22(d). Equisetum, horsetail, strobilus with spores l.s. 23(c). Aspidium (Dryopteris), fern, stem t.s. 24(d). Aspidium, leaf with sporangia and spores t.s. 25(d). Fern prothallium w.m.
W13326 German
W13426 English
W13326F French
W13326S Spanish
W13326P Portuguese
Cryptogamae, Supplementary Set i

B o tany
W13327 German
W13427 English
W13327F French
W13327S Spanish
W13327P Portuguese
Cryptogamae, Supplementary Set ii

W13328 German
W13428 English
W13328F French
W13328S Spanish
W13328P Portuguese
Phanerogamae, Elementary Set

25 Microscope Slides 1(c). Simple plant cells, epidermis of Allium w.m. 2(d). Cell division (mitosis) all stages, in Allium root tips l.s. 3(c). Starch grains, t.s. of potato tuber 4(c). Cork cells, t.s. of bark of Quercus 5(d). Stone cells, t.s. of fruit of pear 6(d). Root hairs on root tip 7(c). Zea mays, corn, typical monocot root t.s. 8(c). Ranunculus, buttercup, typical dicot root t.s. 9(c). Zea mays, corn, monocot stem t.s. 10(c). Triticum, wheat, gramineous stem t.s. 11(c). Aristolochia, birthwort, one year stem t.s. 12(c). Aristolochia, older stem t.s. 13(d). Cucurbita, pumpkin, stem with bundles
and sieve tubes l.s. 14(c). Sambucus, elderberry, stem with lenticels t.s. 15(c). Tulipa, tulip, leaf epidermis with stomata w.m. 16(c). Zea mays, corn, leaf t.s., monocot gramineous leaf 17(c). Syringa, lilac, leaf t.s., dicot leaf 18(c). Fagus, beech, leaf bud t.s. shows leaf origin 19(d). Lilium, lily, flower bud t.s. shows flower diagram 20(d). Lilium, anthers t.s. shows pollen chambers and pollen grains 21(d). Lilium, ovary t.s. with embryosac 22(e). Lilium, stigma with pollen and pollen tubes l.s. 23(c). Pinus, pine, leaf (needle) t.s. 24(d). Triticum, wheat, grain (semen) t.s. with embryo and endosperm 25(d). Capsella, shepherds purse, l.s. of embryos in situ.
W13329 German
W13429 English
W13329F French
W13329S Spanish
W13329P Portuguese
Phanerogamae, Supplementary Set

W13012 German
W13041 English
W13012F French
W13012S Spanish
W13012P Portuguese
Algae
30 Microscope Slides Cyanophyceae 1(c). Chroococcus, a single-cell alga, w.m. 2(c). Anabaena, w.m. of filaments with heterocysts 3(d). Nostoc sp., t.s. of colony with hormogonia 4(d). Aphanizomenon, w.m. showing heterocysts 5(c). Scytonema, unbranched filaments with false branching, w.m. 6(d). Stigonema, branching filaments, w.m. Chromophyta 7(c). Diatoms, fresh water, recent, mixed 8(d). Diatoms, showing protoplasmic structure Conjugatae 9(c). Spirogyra, vegetative filaments w.m. 10(e). Spirogyra, scalariform conjugation and zygotes following conjugation, w.m. 11(c). Zygnema, w.m. of vegetative filaments 12(e). Desmids, strewn slide showing several forms Chlorophyceae 13(c). Chlamydomonas, biflagellate cells, w.m. 14(d). Pandorina morum, biflagellate cells in a spherical colony, w.m. 15(e). Volvox, spherical colonies
with daughter cells, w.m. 16(d). Pediastrum, stellate colonies, w.m. 17(d). Oedogonium, w.m. of filaments with sex organs, macrandrous 18(c). Cladophora, with multinucleate cells 19(c). Draparnaldia glomerata, filaments with clusters of branches 20(d). Ulva lactuca, green alga showing thallus of one celled layer 21(d). Vaucheria., w.m. of oogonia and antheridia Charophyceae 22(d). Chara vulgaris, thallus with sex organs Phaeophyceae 23(e). Fucus serratus, antheridia and oogonia t.s. on one slide 24(d). Fucus spiralis, monecious, t.s. of conceptacle with oogonia and antheridia 25(d). Ectocarpus, plurilocular, w.m. 26(c). Laminaria saccharina, thallus with sporangia t.s. Rhodophyceae 27(d). Polysiphonia, thallus with antheridia 28(d). Polysiphonia, thallus with cystocarps 29(d). Polysiphonia, thallus with tetraspores 30(d). Batrachospermum.

114
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13013 German
W13042 English
W13013F French
W13013S Spanish
W13013P Portuguese
Fungi and Lichen

20 Microscope Slides Phycomycetes 1(c). Mucor mucedo, w.m. of hyphae showing sporangia 2(d). Rhizopus nigricans, w.m. of hyphae with developing zygotes (d). Synchytrium endobioticum, potato black wart, t.s. of infected tissue 4(c). Plasmodiophora, t.s. of cabbage rot Ascomycetes 5(c). Claviceps purpurea, t.s. of sclerotium 6(c). Tuber rufum, truffle, t.s. of fruiting body showing asci 7(c). Peziza sp., cup-fungus, t.s. of fruiting body with asci 8(d). Erysiphe sp., mildew, t.s. of leaf with perithecia 9(d). Penicillium sp., blue mould on orange-rind, t.s. of hyphae with conidiophores 10(c).
Aspergillus glaucum, brown-mould, w.m. of hyphae with sporangia 11(b). Saccharomyces sp., yeast, budding, w.m. 12(d). Taphrina pruni (Exoascus pruni), plum pockets, t.s. with haustoria and asci Basidiomycetes 13(d). Puccinia graminis, t.s. of uredinia on wheat 14(d). Puccinia graminis, wheat rust, t.s. of aecidia on infected barberry leaf 15(d). Ustilago zeae, corn smut, infected tissue, t.s. 16(c). Psalliota sp., mushroom, l.s. through pileus and lamellae 17(c). Boletus edulis, pore fungus, l.s. through pores 18(c). Lycoperdon gemmatum, puff-ball, t.s. of fruiting body Lichens 19(d). Xanthoria, lichen, t.s. of thallus showing hyphae with symbiotic algae 20(d). Xanthoria, t.s. of apothecium.
W13014 German
W13043 English
W13014F French
W13014S Spanish
W13014P Portuguese
Bryophyta (Liverworts and Mosses)

W13015 German
W13044 English
W13015F French
W13015S Spanish
W13015P Portuguese
Bota ny
Bryophyta (Liverworts and Mosses)

W13016 German
W13045 English
W13016F French
W13016S Spanish
W13016P Portuguese
Angiospermae i. Gymnospermae
15 Microscope Slides 1(e). Ephedra, male cone l.s. 2(f). Ephedra, female cone at pollination time l.s. 3(c). Ginkgo, young sprout, t.s. 4(c). Ginkgo, leaf t.s. 5(c). Pinus, pine, young root 6(c). Pinus, pine, first year stem 7(e). Pinus, pine, bud showing vascular anatomy and origin of
leaves l.s. 8(d). Pinus, pine, wood, transverse, radial and tangential sections 9(c). Pinus, pine, needles (leaves) t.s. 10(b). Pinus, pine, w.m. of mature pollen grains 11(d). Pinus, pine, male cone l.s. 12(d). Pinus, pine, young female cone l.s. 13(c). Larix, larch, t.s. of needles (leaves) t.s. 14(d). Larix, larch, male cone l.s. 15(e). Larix, larch, female cone with ovules l.s.
W13017 German
W13046 English
W13017F French
W13017S Spanish
W13017P Portuguese
Angiospermae ii. Cells and Tissues

20 Microscope Slides 1(c). Epidermal cells of Allium (onion), flat mount shows typical plant cells with nuclei, cytoplasm and cell walls 2(d). Mitosis, l.s. from Allium root tips showing all stages of plant mitosis 3(f). Meiosis, t.s. of Lilium anthers showing different stages of meiosis 4(d). Stem apex and meristematic tissue of Asparagus l.s. 5(d). Chloroplasts, w.m. of leaf of Elodea or Spinacea showing detail of large chloroplasts 6(c). Chromoplasts, t.s. of root of Daucus (carrot) 7(c). Aleurone grains, t.s. of Ricinus endosperm 8(b). Starch grains, different kinds mixed w.m. 9(d). Fat, t.s. of endosperm of
Corylus (hazel) stained for fat 10(d). Inulin crystals, t.s. of tuber of Dahlia 11(d). Acid tannic, t.s. bark of Rosa 12(b). Calcium oxalate crystals in w.m. of dry Allium scale 13(d). Annular and spiral vessels, isolated and w.m. 14(c). Wood cells, macerated and w.m. 15(c). Lactiferous vessels, l.s. stem of Euphorbia (spurge) 16(b). Cork cells, t.s. bark of Quercus suber (oak) 17(b). Scale-like stellate hairs, isolated from Elaeagnus (olive tree) 18(c). Lysigenous oil glands, t.s. rind of Citrus fruit 19(b). Parenchyma cells, t.s. of marrow of Sambucus (elderberry) 20(d). Stone cells, t.s. fruit of Pyrus (pear).
W13018 German
W13047 English
W13018F French
W13018S Spanish
W13018P Portuguese
Angiospermae iii. Roots

15 Microscope Slides 1(d). Allium cepa, onion, root tips, l.s. showing all stages of mitosis 2(c). Zea mays, corn, t.s. of typical monocot root 3(c). Iris, t.s. of typical monocot root 4(c). Ranunculus, buttercup, t.s. of a typical dicot root 5(c). Sarothamnus, broom, t.s. through woody root 6(c). Taraxacum, dandelion, t.s. through tap root showing lactiferous ducts 7(d). Vicia faba, bean, root nodule t.s.
nitrogen fixing bacteria 8(d). Ranunculus ficaria, tuber during fall season, t.s. showing starch 9(d). Alnus, alder, t.s. of tuber showing actinomycetes 10(d). Neottia, orchid, t.s. of root with endotrophic mycorrhiza 11(d). Cuscuta, dodder, on host, t.s. haustorium 12(d). Root hairs, w.m. of root tip, root cap and root hairs 13(d). Zea mays, root tip, median l.s. showing central pith, cap and starch 14(c). Monstera, aerial root t.s. 15(c). Elodea, Canadian waterweed, t.s. of an aquatic root.

115
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13019 German
W13048 English
W13019F French
W13019S Spanish
W13019P Portuguese
Angiospermae iV. Stems

20 Microscope Slides 1(c). Canna, t.s. of typical monocot stem with scattered bundles 2(f). Aristolochia, t.s. of one year, two years stem and older stem, all 3 in on slide 3(e). Dicot and monocot stem, t.s. of Helianthus and Canna 4(e). Dicot and monocot stem, t.s. of Ranunculus and Zea 5(e). Tilia, lime, two t.s. of stems, first year and two years 6(d). Fagus silvatica, beech, three sections of wood, t.s., r.l.s., t.l.s. 7(d). Fraxinus excelsior, ash, three sections of wood, t.s., r.l.s., t.l.s. 8(c). Quercus, oak, t.s. of stem showing cambium and bark 9(c). Sambucus, elder, t.s. of bark showing lenticells 10(c).
Linum, flax, t.s. of stem showing husk fibres 11(b). Linum, flax, isolated husk fibres, w.m. 12(d). Ranunculus, l.s. of herbaceous stem 13(d). Cucurbita pepo, l.s. of stem with sieve tubes 14(d). Sieve plates in top view, t.s. of Cucurbita stem 15(c). Lamium, t.s. of square stem, collenchyma 16(c). Secale, rye, t.s. of typical grass stem 17(c). Nymphaea, water lily, t.s. of aquatic stem, spicular cells 18(c). Hippuris, t.s. of typical aquatic stem with large central pith 19(d). Urtica, nettle, stinging hairs with poison ducts 20(c). Solanum tuberosum, potato, t.s. of tuber with starch grains and cork.
W13020 German
W13049 English
W13020F French
W13020S Spanish
W13020P Portuguese
Angiospermae V. Leafs
15 Microscope Slides 1(d). Elodea, l.s. of stem tip showing apical meristem and origin of leaves 2(d). Leaves, monocot and dicot, Zea and Ranunculus, t.s. 3(c). Syringa, lilac, t.s. of typical dicot leaf 4(c). Iris, typical isobilateral leaf t.s. 5(c). Eucalyptus, a bifacial foliage leaf with schizogenous oil glands t.s. 6(d). Fagus, beech, t.s. of sun and shade leaves on one slide 7(c). Calluna, ling, t.s. of rolled leaf showing sunken stomata 8(c). Nerium oleander, t.s. of leaf
Bo t any / C y t o l o g y a n d E m b r yo log y
showing sunken stomatal pits lined with protective hairs 9(c). Ficus elastica, rubber plant, t.s. of leaf showing cystoliths 10(c). Elodea, t.s. of leaf showing the simple structure of an aquatic leaf 11(c). Tulipa, tulip, epidermis w.m. showing stomata 12(d). Aesculus, t.s. of leaf bud with squama and embedded folded leaves 13(d). Drosera, sundew, w.m. of leaf with glandular hairs 14(d). Nepenthes, t.s. of pitcher with glands 15(d). Utricularia, bladderwort, w.m. of bladder.
W13021 German
W13050 English
W13021F French
W13021S Spanish
W13021P Portuguese
Angiospermae Vi. Flowers

W13022 German
W13051 English
W13022F French
W13022S Spanish
W13022P Portuguese
Angiospermae Vii. Fruits and Seeds

W13330 German
W13430 English
W13330F French
W13330S Spanish
W13330P Portuguese
Arrangement and Types of Vascular Bundles

C Y TO LO G Y A ND EMBR YOLOGY
The Animal Cell

12 Microscope Slides 1(c). Squamous epithelium, isolated cells from human mouth 2(d). Striated muscle l.s. showing nuclei, striations 3(d). Compact bone and hyaline cartilage t.s., two sections for comparison 4(e). Nerve fibres isolated, fixed and stained by osmic acid to show myelin sheaths and Ranviers nodes 5(d). Liver of Salamandra t.s., simple animal cells 6(f). Kidney of mouse, t.s. vital stained to demonstrate storage 7(d). Ovary of cat, t.s. showing primary,
secondary, and Graafian follicles 8(d). Testis of frog, t.s. showing spermatogenesis 9(e). Salamandra larva, t.s. of skin and other organs selected to show cell division (mitosis) 10(f). Uteri of Ascaris megalocephala, t.s. stained to show meiosis with chromosomes and nuclear spindles 11(f). Salivary gland of Chironomus larva. Giant chromosomes showing large chromomeres. Stained for DNA after Feulgen 12(e). Ova from Psammechinus (sea urchin). Unfertilized ova, fertilized ova, early cleavage stages.
W13024 German
W13053 English
W13024F French
W13024S Spanish
W13024P Portuguese
Plant Cell
12 Microscope Slides 1(c). Epidermis of Allium (onion), w.m. showing simple plant cells with cell walls, nuclei and cytoplasm 2(d). Root tips of Allium cepa l.s. showing cell division (mitosis) in all stages 3(e). Pollen mother cells of Lilium. Prophase of first maturation division (meiosis) 4(f). Pollen mother cells of Lilium. Metaphase and anaphase of first maturation division 5(c). Wood of Tilia macerated

116
and w.m. 6(d). Fruit of Pyrus (pear) t.s. showing stone cells 7(c). Tuber of Solanum (potato) t.s. shows cork and starch grains 8(d). Cucurbita pepo (pumpkin) l.s. of stem showing vascular bundles with sieve tubes, spiral and annular vessels 9(c). Ricinus endosperm t.s. showing aleurone grains 10(d). Anthers of Lilium (lily), t.s. pollen sacs and pollen grains 11(d). Ovary of Lilium (lily), t.s. arrangement of ovules and embryosac 12(e). Spirogyra showing conjugation stages and zygotes.
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13025 German
W13054 English
W13025F French
W13025S Spanish
W13025P Portuguese
Set of Genetic Slides

25 Microscope Slides 1(d). Allium, root tips, l.s. showing all stages of mitosis 2(e). Eschscholtzia, stigma, w.m. showing penetrating pollen 3(e). Lilium, microspore mother cells, first division, leptotene to zygotene 4(e). Lilium, first division, diakinesis to telophase 5(f). Lilium, second division, interkinesis to tetrad stage 6(f). Polytrichum, moss, archegonium, w.m. 7(f). Polytrichum, moss, archegonium, l.s. 8(e). Spirogyra scalariform conjugation showing zygotes following conjugation 9(d). Sea urchin, developing of eggs, w.m. of most stages up to pluteus 10(f). Giant chromosomes from salivary gland of Chironomus, squash preparation stained for chromomeres 11(f). Giant chromosomes, section 12(e). Ascaris,
fertilisation of eggs, t.s. 13(f). Ascaris, male and female pronuclei, t.s. 14(f). Ascaris, meiosis and early cleavage, t.s. 15(e). Testis of crayfish, t.s. showing meiosis 16(d). Testis of mouse, t.s. showing spermatogenesis 17(d). Ovary of rabbit, l.s. showing follicles in various stages 18(f). Embryology of fish, l.s. of embryo showing animal mitosis 19(h). Chromosomes, human, female, of culture of peripheral blood 20(i). Chromosomes, human, male, of culture of peripheral blood 21(f). Drosophila genetics, adult wild type, w.m. 22(f). Drosophila genetics, barr eye mutant, w.m. 23(f). Drosophila genetics, brown eye mutant, w.m. 24(f). Drosophila genetics, vestigial wing mutant, w.m. 25(f). Drosophila genetics, white eye mutant, w.m.
W13026 German
W13055 English
W13026F French
W13026S Spanish
W13026P Portuguese
Sea Urchin Embryology (Psammechinus miliaris)

W13027 German
W13056 English
W13027F French
W13027S Spanish
W13027P Portuguese
Cy to l o g y a n d E m b r yo l o g y / E c ol o g y a nd E n viro nme nt
Frog Embryology (Rana)

W13028 German
W13057 English
W13028F French
W13028S Spanish
W13028P Portuguese
Chicken Embryology (Gallus domesticus)

W13029 German
W13058 English
W13029F French
W13029S Spanish
W13029P Portuguese
Pig Embryology (Sus scrofa)

E C O LO G Y A N D ENV iRONMENT
The Microscopic Life in the Water

25 Microscope Slides 1(e). Amoeba proteus, amoeba 2(c). Ceratium hirundinella, dinoflagellates 3(c). Euglena, green flagellate with eyespot 4(d). Radiolaria, marine rhizopods 5(c). Paramecium, nuclei stained 6(d). Stylonychia, a common ciliate 7(b). Spongilla, fresh water sponge, isolated spicules 8(d). Hydra, w.m. or section 9(d). Rotatoria, rotifers, mixed species 10(c). Daphnia, water flea, a phyllopod 11(c). Cyclops, a copepod 12(d). Chironomus, gnat, larva w.m. 13(d). Putrefaction causing bacteria from hay infusions 14(c). Oscilla-
toria, a filamentous blue green alga 15(c). Diatomeae, diatoms, mixed species 16(d). Desmidiaceae, desmids, mixed species 17(c). Spirogyra, green alga with spiral chloroplasts 18(d). Eudorina, small colonies within gelatinous sheaths 19(c). Cladophora, green alga, branched filaments 20(c). Draparnaldia, main filaments and branchings 21(c). Microcystis, irregular colonies 22(c). Ulothrix, green alga with girdle-shaped chloroplasts 23(d). Oedogonium, vegetative filaments 24(e). Volvox, with daughter colonies and sexual stages 25(d). Mesothaenium, rod-shaped desmids
W13342 German
W13442 English
W13342F French
W13342S Spanish
W13342P Portuguese
The Microscopic Life in the Water, Part ii. Supplementary to Set No. 7000
Microorganisms living in our waters, 25 preparations with accompanying guide. For details, please go to www.3bscientific.co.uk.
W13334 German
W13434 English
W13334F French
W13334S Spanish
W13334P Portuguese
Air Pollution and Allergens

15 Microscope Slides 1(c). Pollen grains of different kinds of grass 2(c). Pollen grains of different deciduous trees 3(c). Pollen grains of different conifers 4(b). Mixed house dust 5(c). Dust mite from a living room 6(b).

Spores of different fungi 7(b). Wood powder 8(b). Asbestos powder (carcinogenic) 9(b). Talcum powder 10(b). Crystals of washingpowder 11(b). Polyamide fibres 12(b). Nylon fibres 13(e). Mucous membrane of human nose, t.s. 14(e). Healthy human lung, t.s. 15(e). Human lung injured with dust particles, t.s.
117
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13331 German
W13431 English
W13331F French
W13331S Spanish
W13331P Portuguese
The Forest, Consequences of Pollution

20 Microscope Slides 1(c). Pine (Pinus), healthy leaves, t.s. 2(c). Pine (Pinus) leaves damaged by acid rain, t.s. 3(c). Fir (Abies), healthy leaves, t.s. 4(c). Fir (Abies), stem tip damaged t.s. 5(c). Beech (Fagus), healthy leaves t.s. 6(c). Beech (Fagus), t.s. of leaves with destroyed epidermis and chloroplasts 7(d). Rhytisma acerinum, tar spot of maples, consequence of single-crop farming 8(d). Early leaf fall, caused by thawing salt 9(d). Healthy lichen, indicator of clean air 10(d).
Damaged lichen, caused by air pollution 11(c). Healthy wood of beech, t.s. 12(d). Wood destroyed by fungus 13(d). Polyporus, wood rot fungus, fruiting body t.s. 14(d). Root nodules of Alnus, with symbiotic bacteria 15(d). Spruce beetle (Cryphalus picea), larva t.s. 16(c). Wood with normal annual rings, t.s. 17(c). Wood with anomalous narrow annual rings caused by drought, t.s. 18(d). Bark with larval galleries of spruce beetle, t.s. 19(d). Pineapple-like gall on spruce caused by lice, t.s. 20(d). Gall nut on oak caused by insects, t.s.
W13332 German
W13432 English
W13332F French
W13332S Spanish
W13332P Portuguese
Water Pollution, Problems and Results

20 Microscope Slides 1(d). Intestinal bacteria (Escherichia coli) from putrid water 2(e). Putrefactive bacteria (Spirillum) from sludge poor in oxygen 3(d). Putrefactive bacteria (Sphaerotilus) bacteria, forming long chains 4(d). Sludge bacteria (Methanobacterium) causing sewer gas 5(d). Sulphur bacteria (Thiocystis) 6(c). Wasserbluthe (Microcystis), blue-green alga blooming in stagnant water 7(c). Anabaena, blue green algae, in eutrophic water 8(c). Spirogyra, filamentous green alga in nutrient-rich water 9(d). Spirulina, corkscrewshaped algae occurring in bitter seas 10(c). Chlamydomonas,
E c o l o g y a n d E n v i ro n ment
one-celled green alga in eutrophic water 11(c). Cladophora, green alga from moderately polluted water 12(c). Diatoms, mixed algae from scarcely polluted water 13(c). Euglena, green flagellates occurring in stagnant eutrophic water 14(d). Ciliates, different species from nutrient-rich water 15(d). Rotifers (Rotatoria), small animals from putrid water 16(d). Tubifex, fresh water oligochaete, living in the sludge 17(d). Carchesium, stalked ciliate from moderately polluted water 18(d). Water mold (Saprolegnia), harmful to plants and animals 19(d). Skin of fish injured by chemicals, t.s. 20(d). Skin ulcer of an amphibian, t.s.
W13333 German
W13433 English
W13333F French
W13333S Spanish
W13333P Portuguese
Life in the Soil

17 Microscope Slides 1(d). Acidophile soil bacteria, solution of heavy metals 2(d). Nitrite bacteria, forming harmful nitrogenous substances 3(d). Root of beech with ectotrophic mycorrhiza, t.s. 4(d). Root of birch with partly endotrophic mycorrhiza, t.s. 5(d). Root of lupin with symbiotic nitrogen fixing bacteria 6(d). Netted venation, portion of rotted deciduous leaf 7(c). Charlock (Sinapis), t.s. of stem. Green
manure plant 8(d). Soil bacteria (Bacillus megaterium), smear 9(d). Hyphae of root fungi, t.s. 10(d). Lichen, indicator of clean air 11(c). Mushroom (Xerocomus), mycelium 12(c). Root of willow (Salix), planting protecting against erosion 13(c). Earthworm (Lumbricus) t.s., causing soil improvement 14(d). Springtails (Collembola), w.m. 15(d). Mite from forest soil, w.m. 16(c). Constituents of humus soil 17(c). Constituents of peaty soil.
W58423 Slide Box for 50 Slides, Blue

209x86x35mm; 0.2 kg
W16158 Microscope Slides, cut edges

cellophane wrapped Approx. 76 x 26 x 1 mm PU: 50 pcs/box
W16159 Microscope Slides, ground edges 90

cellophane wrapped Approx. 76 x 26 x 1 mm. PU: 50 pcs/box
W58433 Slide Box for 25 Slides, Green

Durable plastic storage box 141x88x35mm; 0.16 kg
W16156 Cover Glasses, non-ground

18 x 18 mm, No. 1 (0.13-0.16 mm thickness), Ar-glass, for manual use, not suitable for automated progresses PU = 200 pcs/tropical packing, (vacuum sealed)

18 x 18 mm, No. 1 (0.13-0.16 mm thickness), borosilicate glass, also suitable for automated processes (cover slipper). PU = 200 pcs/ box

W58433 W58423 W16158/W16159
W16156/W16157
118
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
Multimedia-Pack ages
for school and education
Mul t i m e d i a - P a c k a ge s for Te ac he r s a nd S t uden ts
Multimed i a - P a c k a ge s fo r Te a c h e r s a n d S t u d e n t s
LIEDER offers a new range of MULTIMEDIA PACKAGES OF LIFE SCIENCE for interactive learning and teaching in school and education. The new packs aim to give a strictly outlined synopsis of all areas of biology important for teaching at schools, colleges and universities and suitable for working with the microscope. Well selected media packages of 6 and 12 units with microscope slides, overhead transparencies, sketch and work sheets, descriptions and pictures of the drawings to support the teacher during lessons. We offer TEACHER PACKAGES and STUDENT SETS. The teacher packages comprise all necessary media for classroom work: 1. Set of selected prepared microscope slides in plastic box. Prepared Microscope Slides are made under rigourous scientific control; the product of long experience combined with the most up to date techniques. 2. Set of overhead transparencies, large size, full color. Overhead Transparencies immediately show, on the screen, the details of the specimen required for demonstration at the most suitable magnification. The student subsequently finds it easier to locate the relevant part of the microscopic slide under the microscope. The transparencies are printed by a special process and excel by reason of their high projection quality. 3. Set of sketch- and worksheets with drawings for all slides. The Sketch- and Work Sheets serve to facilitate seeing his way through the prepared microscope slides and finding the detail important in the lesson. They start processes of learning and understanding by comparing microscope slides with the diagrammatic drawings, thus to identify and label the details relevant in the lesson. They allow completing or colouring the drawings according to own observations, and finally the sheets can be used for tests. Teacher may take photocopies of the sheets for the number of students. 4. Textbook with detailed description of all slides, drawings and transparencies. The Textbooks are intended to help you make more effective use of our teaching material both in the classroom and during individual study. They provide a description of the morphological structures involved, making it considerably easier to look for and find the relevant spots in the microscope slides. They also furnish information regarding systematic and physiological relationships and general biological principles, as well as stimulating classroom interpretation and didactic use of the observations made. 5. Special cardboard box for storing and packing The number of student sets should correspond to the number of students in a class. The student sets comprise: 1. Set of selected prepared microscope slides in plastic box (the same as the teacher slides) 2. Textbook with detailed description of all slides 3. Special cardboard box for storing and packing s D/E

119
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13721
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Teaching Series for Elementary Science
W13722
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Letter e 2. Leg of house fly w.m. 3. Wing scales of butterfly 4. Human blood smear 5. Large plant cells in the marrow of elderberry t.s. 6. Coloured threads w.m.
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Protozoa
Basic Package of 8 items Comprising: 8 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 4 OHP Colour Transparencies, 8 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Amoeba proteus, showing nucleus and pseudopodia 2. Paramaecium, a ciliate found in hay infusions 3. Euglena, a common green flagellate 4. Ceratium, dinoflagellates 5. Vorticella, a staked ciliate. 6. Radiolaria, different forms 7. Monocystis, sporozoa in earthworm seminal vesicle 8. Trypanosoma, blood flagellate causing sleeping sickness, blood smear
W13821
MULTiMEDiA STUDENT SET
W13822
Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, Brochure with explanatory text, Cardboard box
Mu lt i medi a -Pa c k ages fo r Te a c h e r s a n d S t u d ents
W13723
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 4 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Marine sponge (Grantia), t.s. 2. Hydra, fresh-water polyp, t.s. of body 3. Earthworm (Lumbricus), t.s. showing intestine, body wall, muscles 4. Water flea (Daphnia), small fresh water crustaceans w.m. 5. Araneus, spider, leg with comb w.m. 6. Starfish (Asterias), arm with tube feet, t.s
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE invertebrates
W13724
Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Hydra, fresh-water polyp, w.m. 2. Commercial sponge (Euspongia), skeleton of horny fibres 3. Laomedea, w.m. of colony, vegetative and reproductive polyps 4. Sea Anemone (Actinia), t.s. of the body 5. Planaria, t.s. for general structure 6. Tapeworm (Taenia), proglottid t.s., intestinal parasite 7. Cyclops sp., copepode, w.m. 8. Crayfish (Astacus), intestine, t.s. 9. Dermanyssus gallinae, chicken mite, w.m. 10. Clam (Mya arenaria), gills. t.s 11. chinus, young sea urchin, t.s. 12. Amphioxus, Branchiostoma, typical t.s. region of gills and intestine
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE invertebrates
W13823
W13824
W13725
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Musca domestica, housefly, leaking-sucking mouth parts w.m 2. Apis mellifica, honey bee, anterior and posterior wings w.m. 3. Musca domestica, house fly, leg with pulvilli w.m. 4. Pieris, butterfly, portion of wings with scales w.m. 5. Trachea from insect w.m. 6. Spiracle from insect w.m.
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE insects
W13726
Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Culex pipiens, mosquito, piercing sucking mouth parts w.m. 2. Apis mellifica, posterior leg with pollen basket w.m. 3. Drosophila, fruit fly, w.m. of adult 4. Culex pipiens, mosquito, w.m. of larva 5. Apis mellifica, honey bee, mouth parts of worker t.s. 6. Pieris, butterfly, clubbed antenna w.m. 7. Aphidae, plant lice adults and larvae w.m 8. Pieris, butterfly, walking leg w.m. 9. Apis mellifica, honey bee, sting and poison sac w.m. 10. Musca domestica. house fly, wing w.m 11. Drosophila, fruit fly, sagittal l.s. for general insect anatomy 12. Apis mellifica, head with compound eyes and brain t.s.
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE insects

W13825 MULTiMEDiA STUDENT SET W13826 MULTiMEDiA STUDENT SET
Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, Brochure with explanatory text, Cardboard box Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, Brochure with explanatory text, Cardboard box
120
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13727
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Frog Histology (Rana)
W13728
Basic Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box. 1. Frog, simple sac-like lung t.s. 2. Frog, blood smear, shows nucleated red corpuscles 3. Frog, stomach t.s., glandular epithelium 4. Frog, small intestine t.s., folds 5. Frog, large intestine (colon) t.s., goblet cells 6. Frog, liver t.s., showing liver parenchyma cells- 7. Frog, ovary t.s. shows follicle development, yolk 8. Frog, testis t.s. showing spermatogenesis 9. Frog, heart l.s. of the entire organ 10. Frog, tongue t.s., papillae, glands, muscles 11. Frog, skin t.s., skin glands, epidermis, pigment cells 12. Frog, brain t.s. showing nerve cells.
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE The Animal Cell (Cytology)
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box. 1. Simple animal cells in t.s. of salamander liver 2. Squamous epithelial cells from cheek 3. Nerve cells and fibres 4. Bone cells, t.s. of compact bone 5. Striated muscle cells, l.s. of skeletal muscle 6. Blood cells, smear of human blood with red and white corpuscles
W13827
W13828
Mul t i m e d i a - P a c k a ge s for Te ac he r s a nd S t uden ts
W13729
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Human and Animal Histology
W13730
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box. 1. Squamous epithelium, isolated cells 2. Hyaline cartilage of calf, t.s 3. Compact bone of cow, t.s. 4. Striated muscles of cat, l.s. 5. Smooth muscles of cat, t.s. and l.s. 6. Blood, human, Giemsa or Wright stained smear
Supplementary Package I of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box. 1. Columnar epithelium, human gall bladder, t.s 2. Elastic cartilage, ear, t.s. Elastic tissue stain 3. Skin, human, from palm, t.s. showing sweat glands 4. Lung, human t.s. showing alveoli 5. Heart muscle, t.s. and l.s., striations, intercalated discs 6. stomach of cat, fundic region, t.s. 7. Kidney, cat, t.s. showing cortex and medulla 8. Testis, rabbit, t.s. showing spermatogenesis 9. Ovary, rabbit, t.s. follicle development 10. Cerebrum, human, cortex, t.s. 11. Spinal cord, cat, t.s. for general structure 12. Tongue, rabbit, t.s., papillae with taste buds
W13829
W13830
W13731
W13732
Supplementary Package II of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box. 1. Ciliated epithelium, trachea, t.s. 2. Adipose tissue, t.s. 3. Bone development (intracartilaginous), l.s. of foetal finger 4. White fibrous tissue of cow, l.s. of tendon 5. Artery, human, t.s., elastica stained 6. Vein, human, t.s., elastica stained 7. Small intestine of cat, t.s. stained for goblet cells 8. Pancreas, human, t.s. with islets of Langerhans 9. Liver of pig, t.s. 10. Cerebellum, human, t.s. 11. Thyroid gland of cow, t.s 12. Mammary gland of cow, t.s. active stage
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Human Diseases (Pathology)
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box. 1. Tuberculosis of the lung, t.s. with bacterial foci 2. Anthracosis of lung (smokerss lung) 3. Struma of thyroid gland (Goiter) 4. Acute hemorrhagic nephritis (Kidney) 5. Cirrhosis of liver, t.s. (abuse of alcohol) 6. Eberthella typhi (typhoid fever), smear

121
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13733
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Human Diseases (Pathology)
W13734
Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Miliary tuberculosis of liver 2. Influenzal pneumonia 3. Spindle cell sarcoma 4. Carcinoma of liver (primary) 5. Hypertrophy of prostate 6. Adiposis of heart 7. Icterus hepatis 8. Myoma of uterus 9. Carcinoma of uterus 10. Malaria parasites in blood (Plasmodium), smear 11. Sleeping disease of humans, blood smear with flagellates (Trypanosoma) 12. Pus bacteria, smear showing cocci in irregular balls
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Parasites of Man and Animals
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Trypanosoma, blood flagellate causing sleeping sickness, blood smear 2. Plasmodium falciparum, causing malaria tropica, human blood smear 3. aenia, tapeworm, proglottids in different stages t.s 4. scaris lumbricoides, roundworm of human, adult female t.s. in region of gonads. 5. Trichinella spiralis, t.s. of infected muscle with larvae 6. Fasciola hepatica, beef liver fluke, t.s. of the body
W13833
W13834
M ul ti me di a-Pa c k ages fo r Te a c h e r s a n d S t u d ents
W13735
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Parasites of Man and Animals
W13736
Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Entamoeba histolytica, smear or section 2. imeria stiedae, coccidiosis in rabbit liver, t.s. 3. Monocystis, from earthworm seminal vesicle 4. Fasciola hepatica, beef liver fluke, w.m. 5. Taenia pisiformis, tapeworm, mature proglottids w.m. 6. Enterobius vermicularis (Oxyuris), pin worm, w.m. 7. Echinococcus granulosus, dog tapeworm, cyst wall and scolices sec. 8. Dermanyssus, chicken mite w.m. 9. Anopheles, malaria mosquito, mouth parts of female w.m. 10. Culex pipiens, common mosquito, mouth parts of female w.m. 11. Pediculus humanus, human louse, w.m. 12. Ctenocephalus canis, dog flea, adult w.m.
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Reproduction of Animals
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Mitotic (division) stages in red bone marrow of mammal t.s. 2. Meiotic (maturation) stages in testis of mouse t.s. 3. Sea-urchin development, first cleavage stages of egg cells, w.m. 4. Growing egg and yolk cells in ovary of bird, t.s. 5. Ovary of rabbit or other mammal showing oogenesis, t.s. 6. Sperm smear of bull showing w.m. of spermatozoa
W13835
W13836
W13737
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Embryology and Development of Animals
W13738
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Frog, early tail bud stage, t.s. with neural tube, notochord 2. Frog, young tadpole, t.s. through head 3. Chicken, 36 hour, t.s. with neural tube, differentiation of mesoderm 4. Chicken, 48 hour, t.s. with differentiation of mesoderm and ectoderm 5. Chicken, 3 day, t.s. of head with primordium of brain, eyes and heart 6. Mouse embryo, t.s. of head, development of hairs, brain, etc.
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Embryology and Development of Animals
Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 HP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Vinegar eels (Anguillula), various stages w.m. 2. scaris megalocephala, first and second maturation divisions in oocytes 3. Ascaris, oocytes with male and female pronuclei 4. Mosquito (Culex), larva of insect, w.m. 5. Frog, hatching stage, t.s. region of midbody 6. Frog, young tadpole, t.s. thorax 7. Frog, young tadpole, t.s. of abdomen 8. Chicken, 3 day, t.s. through body showing amnion and serosa. 9. Chicken, 4-5 day, t.s. through region of heart shows heart, lungs, vertebrae, spinal cord 10. Chicken, feather development, sec. of wings 11. Mouse embryo, t.s. of body 12. Pig embryo, 1112 mm, typical t.s. region of abdomen

122
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13739
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Genetic Slides
W13740
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Allium cepa, onion, root tips, l.s. showing all stages of mitosis 2. Chromosomes, human, of culture of peripheral blood, smear preparation 3. Sea urchin, developing of eggs, w.m. of most stages up to pluteus in the same slide 4. Ascaris megalocephala, male and female pronuclei, sec. 5. Testis of rabbit, t.s. showing spermatogenesis in all stages 6. Spirogyra, scalariform conjugation showing zygotes following conjugation
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Genetic Slides
Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Allium, root tips, t.s. showing polar view of mitosis, iron-hematoxyline 2. Ovary of rabbit, l.s. follicles in various stages of development 3. Lilium, microspore mother cells, prophase stages t.s. 4. aramaecium, from mass culture showing stages of binary division 5. hizopus or Mucor, mould, formation of zygospores w.m. 6. Mnium, moss, archegonium, l.s. 7. Mnium, moss, antheridium, l.s. 8. inus, young female cone at time of pollination, l.s. 9. Pinus, male cone with pollen l.s. 10. Lilium, stigma, l.s. showing penetrating pollen grains 11. Drosophila genetics, adult wild type, w.m. 12. Drosophila genetics, barr eye mutant, w.m.
W13839
W13840
Mul t i m e d i a - P a c k a ge s for Tea ch er s a nd Stu den ts
W13741
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Mitosis and Meiosis (Cell division)
W13742
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Allium, root tips, l.s. showing lateral view of all stages of mitosis, iron-hematoxyline 2. Whitefish mitosis, l.s. of embryo showing animal mitosis 3. Testis of mouse, t.s. showing spermatogenesis in all stages 4. Giant chromosomes from salivary gland of Chironomus, squash preparation special stained for chromomeres 5. Lilium, microspore mother cells, prophase of first division showing meiosis, 6. Lilium, microspore mother cells, metaor anaphase of first division, showing mitosis
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Bacteria
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Bacteria from mouth, smear with Gram positive and negative rods 2. Typical bacteria: three smears on one slide, cocci, bacteria and spirilli are shown, carefully stained 3. Staphylococcus aureus, pus organism 4. Bacillus subtilis, hay bacillus, smear with bacilli and spores 5. Escherichia coli, colon bacteria 6. Spirillum volutans, large species from putrid water
W13841
W13842
W13743
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Bacteria
W13744
Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Streptococcus pyogenes, pus organism 2. Sarcina lutea, chromogenic rods occurring in packets 3. Streptococcus lactis, milk souring organism, short chains 4. Mycobacterium tuberculosis, causing tuberculosis 5. Corynebacterium diphtheriae, causing diphtheria 6. Rhizobium radicicola, nitrogen fixing bacteria in root nodules 7. Proteus vulgaris, putrefaction 8. Eberthella typhi, causing typhoid fever 9. Clostridium botulinum (botulism), causing food poisoning, smear 10. Acetobacter aceti, manufacture of vinegar, smear 11. Salmonella enteritidis, causes meat poisoning, smear 12. Rhodospirillum rubrum, chromogenic spirilli
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Algae
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Nostoc, blue-green alga with heterocysts 2. Diatoms, fresh water, recent, mixed species 3. Spirogyra, vegetative filaments with spiral chloroplasts, w.m. 4. Cladophora sp., branching filaments with multinucleate cells 5. Chlamydomonas, biflagellate cells, w.m. 6. Desmids, strewn slide showing several selected forms

123
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13745
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Algae.

Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Chroococcus, a single-cell alga, w.m 2. Oscillatoria, a blue-green filamentous alga w.m. 3. Microcystis, irregular colonies w.m. 4. Draparnaldia, main filaments and clusters of branches w.m. 5. Hydrodictyon, water net, w.m. 6. Oedogonium, a filamentous green alga with vegetative and sexual stages 7. Volvox, spherical colonies with daughter colonies and sexual stages w.m. 8. Dinobryon, a golden alga forming colonies w.m. 9. Pleurococcus (Protococcus), small colonies growing on bark, w.m. 10. Laminaria saccharina,thallus with sporangia, c.t. 11. Fucus vesiculosus, seaweed, male conceptacle with antheridia, t.s. 12. Fucus vesiculosus, female conceptacle with oogonia t.s.
W13746
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Cryptogams
Basic Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Oscillatoria, blue green alga 2. Spirogyra sp., vegetative filaments w.m. 3. Mucor, black mould, mycelium and sporangia 4. Peziza, apothecium with asci t.s. 5. Saccharomyces, yeast, budding cells 6. Coprinus, mushroom, t.s. showing typical basidia and spores 7. Moss stem with leaves w.m. 8. Marchantia, liverwort, archegonia l.s. 9. Marchantia, liverwort, antheridia l.s. 10. Equisetum, horsetail, strobilus with spores l.s. 11. Pteridium, bracken fern, t.s. of rhizome 12. Aspidium (Dryopteris), fern, leaflet with sporangia and spores t.s.
W13845
W13846
W13747
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Cryptogams
W13748
Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Nostoc, blue green alga with heterocysts 2. Diatoms, mixed species 3. Albugo candida, white rust of cruzifers, t.s. 4. Penicillium, blue mould, mycelium and conidiophores 5. Puccinia graminis, wheat rust, uredinia on wheat t.s. 6. Psalliota, gill fungus, pileus with lamellae t.s 7. Claviceps purpurea, ergot, stroma with perithecia l.s. 8. Physcia, sec. through thallus of a typical lichen showing the fungus and the embedded algae 9. Polytrichum, moss, capsule with spores t.s. 10. Equisetum, horse tail, spores with elaters w.m. 11. Lycopodium, clubmoss, sporophyll with spores l.s. 12. Fern prothallium w.m.
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE The Plant Cell (Cytology)
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Epidermis of Allium cepa (onion), w.m. showing simple plant cells with cell walls, nuclei and cytoplasm 2. Fruit of Pyrus (pear) t.s. showing stone cells (sclerenchyma cells) 3. Tuber of Solanum (potato) t.s. shows cork and starch grains 4. Cucurbita pepo (pumpkin) l.s. of stem showing vascular bundles with sieve tubes, spiral and annular vessels, sclerenchyma fibres 5. Anthers of Lilium (lily), t.s. showing pollen sacs and pollen grains 6. Ovary of Lilium (lily), t.s. showing arrangement of ovules and embryosac
W13847
W13848
W13749
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Typical Roots of Phanerogams
W13750
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Zea mays, corn, typical monocot root t.s. 2. Ranunculus, buttercup, typical dicot root t.s. 3. Root tip and root hairs, t.s. to show epidermal origin of root hairs 4. Smilax, carrion flower, t.s. of root shows thickened endodermis 5. Elodea, Canadian waterweed, t.s. of an aquatic root 6. Lupinus, root nodules with nitrogen fixing bacteria (Rhizobium radicicola) t.s.
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Typical Roots of Phanerogams
Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Herbaceous and woody roots, two t.s. on one slide 2. Young (primary) and older (secondary) roots, two t.s. on one slide 3. Salix, willow, l.s. of root showing origin of lateral roots 4. Iris, typical monocot root t.s. 5. Medicago, alfalfa, root t.s. showing secondary growth 6. Tilia, lime, older woody root t.s. 7. Monstera, aerial root t.s. 8. Taraxacum, dandelion, taproot with lactiferous vessels t.s. 9. Fagus, beech, root with ectotrophic mycorrhiza, t.s. 10. Neottia nidus avis, orchid, root with endotrophic mycorrhiza, l.s. 11. Cuscuta, dodder, t.s. through stem of host showing the haustoria of the parasite 12. Pinus, older woody root t.s.

124
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13751
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Typical Stems of Phanerogams
W13752
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Zea mays, typical monocot stem with scattered bundles, t.s., a standard slide for general study 2. Helianthus, sunflower, typical dicot herbaceous stem t.s. showing open vascular bundles 3. Cucurbita, pumpkin, l.s. of stem with sieve tubes and vascular bundles 4. Triticum, wheat, t.s. through the stem of a gramineous plant 5. Elodea, waterweed, t.s. of aquatic stem showing primitive bundle 6. onvallaria, lily of the valley, t.s. of rhizome with concentric vascular bundles
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Typical Stems of Phanerogams
Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Aristolochia, one year stem t.s. for general study 2. Aristolochia, older stem t.s. 3. Fagus, beech, three sections of wood: t.s., r.l.s., t.l.s. 4 Tilia, lime, older woody stem with annual rings, t.s. 5. Nymphaea, water lily, aquatic stem with idioblasts t.s. 6. Potamogeton, pondweed, stem with aerial chambers t.s. 7. Opuntia, cactus, succulent stem t.s. 8. Ranunculus, buttercup, t.s. stem with open vascular bundles 9. Coleus, t.s. of a square stem showing collenchyma clearly 10. Hedera helix, ivy, stem with crystals t.s 11. Clematis, young hexagonal stem t.s., collenchyma 12. Solanum tuberosum, potato, t.s. of tuber with starch grains
W13851
W13852
W13753
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Typical Leaves of Phanerogams
W13754
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Zea mays, corn, monocot gramineous leaf t.s. 2. Syringa, lilac, t.s. of a typical mesophytic dicot leaf for general study 3. Tulipa, tulip, leaf epidermis w.m., showing lstomata and guard cells 4. Elodea, t.s. of leaf showing the simple structure of an aquatic leaf 5. Nerium, oleander, leaf with sunken stomata t.s., showing the typical structures of a xerophytic leaf 6. Pinus, leaves (needles), t.s. for general study of gymnosperm leaves
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Typical Leaves of Phanerogams
Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Iris, typical isobilateral leaf t.s. 2. Poa annua, meadow grass, leaf t.s. 3. Ligustrum, privet, t.s. of dicot leaf 4. Helleborus, t.s. of a typical mesophytic dicot leaf for general study 5. Ficus elastica, India rubber plant, leaf with cystoliths t.s. 6. Nymphaea, water lily, floating leaf of an aquatic plant with air chambers t.s. 7. Potamogeton, pondweed, leaf t.s. 8. Calluna, ling, revolute leaves t.s. 9. Verbascum, mullein, branched leaf hairs w.m. 10. Dionaea, Venus flytrap, t.s. of leaf with digestive glands 11. rosera, sundew, leaf with glandular hairs, t.s. 12. Fagus, beech, leaf bud t.s. showing leaf development
W13853
W13854
W13755
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Flowers and Fruits
W13756
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Lilium candidum, lily, t.s. of flower bud showing floral diagram of a monocot 2. Lycopersicum, tomato, t.s. of flower bud shows floral diagram of a dicot 3. Lilium, anther t.s. showing pollen chambers and pollen grains 4. Lilium, ovary t.s., showing arrangement of ovules 5. Capsella bursa pastoris, shepherds purse, l.s. of ovule with embryos 6. Triticum, wheat, grain (seed), t.s. showing embryo and endosperm
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Flowers and Fruits
Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Lilium, l.s. of stigma with pollen and pollen tubes 2. Monotropa, Indian pipe, ovary t.s. with developing embryosacs 3. Papaver, poppy, t.s. of flower shows parietal placentation 4. Solanum tuberosum, potato, t.s. flower bud for floral diagram 5. Taraxacum, dandelion, l.s. of composite flower 6. Cocos nucifera, coconut, endosperm t.s. 7. Citrus, lemon, young fruit t.s. 8. Lycopersicum, tomato, young fruit t.s. 9. Pyrus malus, apple, young pome t.s., a fleshy, many seeded fruit 10. Mixed pollen types, many different species 11. Pinus, ovule l.s. showing archegonia, for general study 12. Pinus, male cone with pollen l.s.

125
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13757
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Varieties of Wood
W13758
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Maple. Acer platanoides, three sections of wood 2. Beech. Fagus silvatica, three sections of wood 3. Pine. Pinus silvestris, three sections of wood 4. Spruce. Picea excelsa , three sections of wood 5. Poplar. Populus alba, three sections of wood 6. Lime. Tilia platyphylla, three sections of wood
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Textile Fibres, Hairs and Furs
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Merino wool 2. Cocoon silk, raw 3. Linen (flax) 4. American cotton 5. Cellulose fibres 6. Nylon fabric
W13857
W13858
W13759
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Spoiled Foodstuffs
W13760
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Mould in spoiled foodstuffs 2. Sour milk, stained for bacteria 3. Wheat flour adulterated with chalk 4. Corn flour spoiled with spores of corn smut (Ustilago) 5. Rye flour spoiled with moths 6. Flour spoiled with mites (Tyroglyphus farinae)
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Foodstuffs and Spices under the Microscope
Basic Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Rye flour 2. Potato starch 3. Soya meal 4. Wheat flour 5. Rice starch 6. Coffee bean t.s. 7. Black pepper, ground 8. Paprika, ground 9. Nutmeg t.s. 10. Cocoa powder 11. Tobacco, leaves t.s. 12. Hazelnut, t.s. stained for fat
W13859
W13860
W13761
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE The Wonderful World in a Drop of Water
W13762
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Euglena, green flagellate with eyespot 2. Paramecium, nuclei stained 3. Daphnia and Cyclops, small crustaceans 4. Spirogyra, green alga with spiral chloroplasts 5. Spongilla, fresh water sponge, isolated spicules 6. Diatomeae, diatoms, mixed species
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE The Wonderful World in a Drop of Water
Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Ceratium hirundinella, dinoflagellates 2. Vorticella, a stalked ciliate 3. Putrefaction causing bacteria from hay infusions 4. Hydra, fresh water polyp, t.s. of the body 5. Cladophora, green alga, branched filaments 6. Eudorina, small colonies within gelatinous sheaths 7. Microcystis, irregular colonies 8. otatoria, rotifers, mixed species 9. Planaria, fresh water flat worm, t.s. of body 10. Plumatella, moss animal, section of colony 11. Tubifex, a fresh water oligochaete 12. Mixed plankton, strewn slide

126
MiCROSCOPE SLiDES
W13763
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE identifying Polluted Water under the Microscope
W13764
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Air Pollution and Allergens
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Intestinal bacteria (Escherichia coli) from putrid water 2. Putrefactive bacteria (Spirillum) from sludge poor in oxygen 3. Sludge bacteria (Methanobacterium) causing sewer gas 4. Wasserbluthe (Microcystis), blue-green alga blooming in stagnant water 5. Ciliates, different species from nutrientrich water 6. Water mould (Saprolegnia), harmful to plants and animals
Basic Package of 6 items Comprising: 6 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 3 OHP Colour Transparencies, 6 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Pollen grains of different kinds of grass 2. Pollen grains of different kinds of conifers 3. Mixed house dust (causing allergens) 4. Asbestos powder (carcinogenic) 5. Dust mite from a living room 6. Spores of different fungi
W13863
W13864
W13765
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Animals and Plants Damaged by Environmental influences
W13766
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Anatomy of Phanerogams
Basic Package of 8 items Comprising: 8 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 4 OHP Colour Transparencies, 8 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Skin of fish injured by chemicals, t.s. 2. Skin ulcer of an amphibian, t.s. 3. Human lung injured with dust particles, t.s. 4. Gall nut on oak caused by insects, t.s. 5. Beech (Fagus), t.s. of leaves with destroyed epidermis and chloroplasts 6. Damaged lichen, caused by air pollution 7. Wood with anomalous narrow annual rings caused by drought, t.s. 8. Wood destroyed by fungus
Basic Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 HP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Zea mays, corn, monocot root t.s. 2. Ranunculus, buttercup, dicot root t.s. 3. Root tip and root hairs, t.s. epidermal origin of root hairs 4. Zea mays, monocot stem with scattered bundles, t.s. 5. Helianthus, sunflower, dicot herbaceous stem t.s. 6. Zea mays, corn, monocot gramineous leaf t.s. 7. Syringa, lilac, t.s. of a typical mesophytic dicot leaf 8. Tulipa, tulip, leaf epidermis w.m., stomata and guard cells 9. Lilium, lily, t.s. of flower bud showing floral diagram 10. Lilium, anther t.s. showing pollen chambers and pollen grains 11. Lilium, ovary t.s., showing arrangement of ovules 12. riticum, wheat, seed t.s. embryo and endosperm
W13865
W13866
W13767
Supplementary Package of 12 items Comprising: 12 Microscope Slides in Plastic Box, 6 OHP Colour Transparencies, 12 Sketch and Worksheets, Brochure with explanatory text, Special cardboard box 1. Herbaceous and woody roots, two t.s. on one slide 2. Lupinus, root nodules with nitrogen fixing bacteria t.s. 3. Fagus, beech, root with ectotrophic mycorrhiza, t.s. 4. Aristolochia, older stem t.s. 5. Cucurbita, pumpkin, l.s. of stem with sieve tubes and vascular bundles 6. Solanum tuberosum, potato, t.s. of tuber with starch grains 7. Nerium, oleander, leaf with sunken stomata t.s. xerophytic leaf 8. Pinus, leaves (needles), t.s. 9. Lycopersicum, tomato, t.s. of flower bud shows floral diagram 10. Mixed pollen types, many different species 11. Pinus, ovule l.s. showing archegonia 12. Pinus, male cone with pollen l.s.
MULTiMEDiA TEACHER PACkAGE Anatomy of Phanerogams

W13867 MULTiMEDiA STUDENT SET
127
ChaRtS
Ideal for Teaching, Patient Education and Medical Education!

By popular demand, we have redesigned our 3B Scientific Charts to make them more versatile. Of course, as always they dynamically illustrate and skillfully describe the most important points of a subject. No one offers more languages and hardly anyone offers a comparable selection of subjects and versions. And now you can decide what type of chart you want. The black plastic rods with eyelets for hanging ensure the greatest possible flexibility. These practical rods are easy to handle, enable you to affix the charts to the wall inexpensively and attractively and protect the charts from damage. Simply order item number VR999B (2 x 50 cm) or VR999BL (2 x 98 cm) along with the charts of your choice to receive a complete set for top and bottom. If you prefer a different mode of attachment or wish to use a decorative picture frame, the paper version supplies you with all you need without any unnecessary and expensive frills! Practical rods for the paper version VR999B (2 x 50 cm), VR999BL (2 x 98 cm) Ideal for wall attachment Very easy to use Made of robust and long-lasting plastic Value-preserving laminated deluxe version Item number + L (e.g. VR1113L) For heavy-duty use Can be written on with non-permanent markers Can be wiped off anytime Good UV-resistance Environmentally-friendly special film coating All of the versions are printed on 50 x 67 cm practical poster size high-quality 200 g image printing paper (exception: VR1820 Body acupuncture 98 x 68 cm). Also available in German, French, Spanish, Italian and Japanese (Japanese in size 30 x 40 cm). Some products from our range are also available in Brazilian Portuguese and Russian. Please contact us! The series is constantly expanded so you will soon find the anatomical wall charts you need, but havent seen yet on these pages. If there is a subject youre missing, get in touch with us, we might already be working on it. If not: we always appreciate good ideas.
5 0 x 6 7 cm
Or would you prefer the laminated deluxe version? It is enhanced with a front and rear 125 micron thick film coating and is already equipped with two metal eyelets for wall attachment. Particularly long lasting, particularly durable, particularly valuable!
The right choice for everyone:

Inexpensive paper version Item number +UU (e.g. VR1113UU) For a skilled overview of medical subjects With richly detailed illustrations For use as a poster or with your own frame
nt o ms discou re ite or mo of 5
15 % orders n
For quantities of 500 and above per title we can personalize your charts. Please contact us!
VR999B Practical rods for the inexpensive paper version 50cm VR999BL Practical rods for the inexpensive paper version 98cm VR999B
Laminated deluxe version

Item number + L (e. g. VR1113L)
VR999B

128
Inexpensive paper version: Item number + UU (e. g. VR1113UU) Value-preserving laminated deluxe version: Item number + L (e. g. VR1113L)
ChaRtS
The Human Skeleton
Human Musculature
Osteoporosis
Arthritis
VR1113
Rheumatic Diseases
VR1118
The Human Skull
VR1121
Head and Neck
VR1123
Spinal Column
50 x 6 7 c m
VR1124
Shoulder and Elbow
VR1131
Hand and Wrist
VR1132
Pelvis and Hip
VR1152
The Knee Joint
VR1170
Foot and Joints of Foot
VR1171
Deformities of the feet
VR1172
Sports Injuries
VR1174
Human Eye

VR1176 VR1185 VR1188 VR1226
129
ChaRtS
Diseases of the Eye
Human Ear
Larynx
Rhinitis and Sinusitis
VR1231
Diseases of the Middle Ear
VR1243
Respiratory Tract Infections
VR1248
The Teeth
VR1251
The Skin
5 0 x 6 7 cm
VR1252
Skin Cancer
VR1253
The Respiratory System
VR1263
Pneumonia
VR1283
Asthma
VR1295
COPD Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
VR1322
The Human Heart
VR1326
Common Cardiac Disorders
VR1328
The Vascular System

VR1329 VR1334 VR1343 VR1353
130
ChaRtS
Clinically Important Blood Vessel and Nerve Pathways
Hypertension
Varicose Veins
Deep Vein Thrombosis
VR1359
The Blood
VR1361
Lymphatic System
VR1367
The Gastrointestinal System
VR1368
The Liver
50 x 6 7 c m
VR1379
The Stomach
VR1392
Diseases of the Digestive System
VR1422
Colon Cancer
VR1425
Hepatitis
VR1426
Diabetes mellitus
VR1431
Human Metabolic Pathways
VR1432
Cholesterol
VR1435
nt o s discou e item r mor of 5 o
15 % orders n
Obesity (Adipositas)
NeW

VR1441 VR1451 VR1452 VR1460
131
ChaRtS
The Urinary Tract
Kidney
The Prostate Gland
The Female Genital Organs
VR1514
Female Urinary Incontinence
VR1515
Pregnancy
VR1528
Childbirth
VR1532
The Female Breast
5 0 x 6 7 cm
VR1542
Breastfeeding
VR1554
Birth Control
VR1555
NeW
VR1556
Human Brain
The Vegetative Nervous System
VR1557
Nervous System
VR1591
Spinal Nerves
VR1610
Stroke
VR1615
Alzheimers Disease

VR1620 VR1621 VR1627 VR1628
132
ChaRtS
Parkinsons Disease
Allergies
Transplantation-Immunology
The Human Genotype
VR1629
Gastroesophageal reflux disease
VR1660
Headaches
VR1665
Decubitus Ulcers
VR1670
Flu (Influenza)
50 x 6 7 c m
VR1711
HIV and AIDS
VR1714
Childrens Diseases
VR1717
Cancer
VR1722
Acceleration Injury to the Cervical Spine
VR1725
Basic Life Support
NeW
VR1741
Drug Dependence
VR1753
Alcohol Dependence
VR1761
nt o ms discou re ite or mo of 5
15 % orders n
Nicotine Dependence

VR1770 VR1781 VR1792 VR1793
133
ChaRtS
Foot Reflex Zone Massage
Ear Acupuncture
Body Acupuncture
VR1810
VR1821
VR1820, 98 x 68 cm
example
For presentation and storage of your charts:

VR999S/E Chart Display Stand including including all 82 English anatomical charts (L-versions)
5 0 x 6 7 c m / 9 8 x 6 8 cm
VR999S/1 Practical Chart Display Stand for storage of laminated charts
VR999S/E VR999S/1
Anatomical Wall Charts

A valuable educational supplement for schools, universities and medical facilities. These impressive anatomical wall charts are supplied with a detailed six-language product manual and scientifically correct nomenclature. They are printed on waterproof, tear resistant paper and are available with or without wooden rods in two different sizes. When ordering anatomical wall charts, please add the appropriate suffix to the product number: M for anatomical wall charts with wooden rods (e.g. V2001M) U for anatomical wall charts without wooden rods (e.g. V2001U) Dimensions: 84 x 118 cm Dimensions: 84 x 200 cm
s L/E/D/F/S (partial I/P/R/C)
Q99 Special Mobile Stand with Brake

We recommend this helpful stand for displaying the anatomical wall charts.
W31501 Laser Pointer

This safe Laser Pointer (laser safety class II) with its convenient pen-shaped design assists your lessons with 3B Scientific Charts. The red beam spot will stay small and sharp even in daylight and from large distances. A convenient aid for any teacher.

Q99
134
ChaRtS
V2001 the human Skeleton,

front
V2002 the human Skeleton,

rear
V2004 the Vascular System V2003 the human Musculature,

front
V2005 the human Musculature,

rear
V2037 the Nervous System,

front Special size: 84 x 176 cm
V2038 the Nervous System,

rear Special size: 84 x 176 cm
Lar ge C h a r t s 8 4 x 2 0 0 cm
V2001
V2002
V2004
V2003
V2005
V2037
V2038

V2020 the Male Pelvic Organs V2021 the Female Pelvic Organs V2065 Menstrual Cycle and Ovum Implantation
135
ChaRtS
V2068 Position of the Child before Birth
V2048 the Birth Process
V2066 Embryology I
L a r ge C h a r t s 8 4 x 1 1 8 cm
V2067 Embryology II
V2027 human Cell Structure
V2049 Cell Division I, Mitosis

V2051 Cell Division II, Meiosis V2031 the Blood, Composition V2018 human Blood Circulation
136
ChaRtS
V2023 the Skin
V2052 Muscle tissue
V2050 Bone Structure
Lar ge C h a r t s 8 4 x 1 1 8 cm
V2059 the Vegetative Nervous System
V2034 the human Central Nervous System
V2054 the Lymphatic System

V2046 Endocrine Glands V2043 the Digestive System V2006 Internal Organs
137
ChaRtS
V2008 torso
V2053 the heart, anatomy
V2013 the Kidney
L a r ge C h a r t s 8 4 x 1 1 8 cm
V2036 Respiratory Organs
V2007 Speech Organs
V2016 healthy Denture

V2010 the Ear V2011 the Eye, anatomy V2041 Bacteria
138
V2019 Intestinal Parasites I
V2028 Intestinal Parasites II
W42532
Lear n i n g S y s t e m s
Study and Information System for Selfstudy

Clear layout, inexpensive, effective. Printed on stable cardboard sized DIN A7. Comes in an index-card box.
W42532 thin Man Sequential human anatomy Programme

Lets you explore body regions layer by layer by peeling away transparent mylar overlays. Displayed on the rear of the Thin Man is a full-figure view of the skeletal and nervous systems. Over 200 anatomical features are named, indexed, and keyed. The layers display the following systems: 1st layer Musculature of the head, neck, thorax and abdomen 2nd layer Brain, thyroid and salivary glands, eye, tongue, teeth, heart and major vessels, lungs, stomach, liver and intestines 3rd layer Sinuses, nasal, septum, tongue, trachea, heart, chambers, and vessels, pancreas, spleen, large intestine 4th layer Oesophagus, pleura, aorta, inferior vena cava, intercostal vessels and nerves, autonomic nerve trunk, kidneys and adrenal glands 5th layer (full figure) Brain, pharynx, vertebral column, rib cage, muscles of upper and lower extremities, pelvic organs and muscles 160 cm
the Muscular System on Study Cards

Each muscle illustrated separately Identification of origin, insertion, nerve, function, synergists and antagonists 303 study cards with 315 illustrations
W11501 German W11503 English
sE
W11504 W11505
the Skeletal System on Study Cards W11501 W11503

Each bone illustrated separately (360 view) Identification of all bone structures 303 study cards with 558 illustrations
W11504 German

139
W11505 English
W40200 6 Model activity Set of the Body Systems

Includes six model activity sets illustrating the major systems of the human body: Circulatory system Nervous system Respiratory system Urinary system Digestive system Endocrine system Description in English. 61x45 cm
eller Bests
In addition, you will receive the following single/individual kits

(without illustration): W40206 Circulatory System Model activity Set
L e a r n i n g S y s t ems
W40200 W40201 Nervous System Model activity Set W40202 Respiratory System Model activity Set W40205 Urinary System Model activity Set W40204 Digestive System Model activity Set W40203 Endocrine System Model activity Set W40207 Eye Model activity Set W40208 Skin Model activity Set W40209 teeth Model activity Set W40210 Ear Model activity Set W40212 Menstrual Cycle Model activity Set W40213 Male Reproductive System Model activity Set W40214 Female Reproductive System Model activity Set W40226 Germination Cell Model activity Set
: tion on nforma co.uk I Further cientific. bs www.3
W40211 9 Model activity Sets of the human Reproductive System

Includes: Menstrual Cycle Male Reproductive System Female Reproductive System Meiosis Mitosis Cell to Embryo Four-Month Foetus Full-term Foetus Birth Description in English. 61x45 cm
sE

W40211
140
W40219 Mitosis Model activity Set

Illustrate somatic cell division with this informative model. Enlarged views detail five phases of mitosis. Includes: cytoplasm nucleus, nucleolus, chromatic threads, centrioles, aser, spindle, chromosomes and centromere. Description in English. 61x45 cm
W40220 Meiosis Model activity Set

Help explain individual human characteristics and genetic differences. Visualization and understanding of meiotic cell division are promoted through enlarged views of chromosomes, cytoplasm and chromatic and polar bodies. Description in English. 61x45 cm
sE
sE
W40219 W40220
W40230 7 Model activity Sets Zoology

Introduce students to anatomy with seven dissection models shown in raised relief: Crayfish Frog Earthworm Grasshopper Perch Clam Foetal Pig Each markable model is constructed of durable vinyl and illustrates internal structures in graphic detail. All models are accompanied by a 3-ring notebook which includes teachers background information, student basic understandings, learner activities, a glossary, colour transparencies, black line master and a key to model structures. Description in English. 61x45 cm
Lear n i n g S y s t e m s
sE
W40230 W40223 W40224 W40225 W40223 Plant and animal Cell Model activity Set
Students can explore plant and animal cell structure with these 20 cm diameter cell models. Teachers notebook includes: background information, basic understandings, black line master, two full-colour overhead transparencies, key structure and a glossary.
sE

(witrhout notebook)
va ilable also a a lly! individu
W40224 Plant Cell Model

(witrhout notebook)
W40225 animal Cell Model
141
ComPuTEr ASSISTED ExPErImENTS
3B NETlog: Network Capable System for Acquisition and Processing of Data in Science Lessons.
The design of student experiments presents a challenge. Experiments must not require complicated and expensive measuring instruments and they must not be too time consuming, but they must still yield meaningful results that can be easily displayed in graphical form. The computer linked measuring instrument 3B NETlog offers a wealth of possibilities for meeting these requirements in a wide variety of student experiments. By using the appropriate sensor for a task, it can be used to measure many different physical quantities. It is also possible to make measurements involving rapid processes, such as the vibration of a tuning fork, with a high sampling rate and resolution, or to automate the recording of measurements involving slow processes over a long period of time. It is not even necessary for the instrument to be connected to the computer during such measurements. 3B NETlog has analogue signal input connections for voltage, current, or external sensors. There is also provision for digital inputs and both analogue and digital outputs are available. By combining 3B NETlog with the computer programme 3B NETlab, it is possible to leverage all the extended functions of the instrument. These include an oscilloscope mode and a generator for producing any desired periodic signal form. 3B NETlog can either be connected to a computer via USB or linked directly to a network via an optional network port of its own. Thus, for example, experiments that cannot be moved, or for which only simple equipment is available, can be still accessible to every computer in the network. For displaying and processing the data, 3B NETlab provides a tool that is powerful, but nevertheless easy to understand. Instructions in the form of web pages, which can be opened in Microsofts Internet Explorer, describe experiments that lead students into many different areas of physics. 3B NETlab features are embedded into these web pages directly at the places where they are needed. That makes navigation just as straightforward as surfing the Internet. Any student wishing to experiment alone, without instructions, has free access to all the measuring and data processing functions of the 3B NETlog measuring lab tool. The full power of 3B NETlab becomes apparent when it is connected to a network. From their computers, teachers can examine students data records even while they are being made or processed. Conversely, teachers can carry out experiments themselves and students can access the experimental data from individual computers and perform their own analyses.
I n t e r f a c e 3 B N E Tl og
Dot-matrix display
Digital outputs Digital inputs
Prop Power supply USB connection Ethernet port
Multi-functional control panel
Analogue sensor outputs
Battery compartment Analogue sensor inputs Current input Voltage outputs Voltage inputs Power supply USB connection

142
3B NETlog
3B NETlog can be used as an interface for data acquisition linked to a computer, or as a hand held instrument with a data-logger for measurements of current and voltage or in combination with various sensors. It incorporates sensor connectors with automatic identification of sensors. It can be connected to a computer via USB or connected directly to a network via an optional Ethernet port of its own. Includes USB cable and installation CD with data transfer program and plug in power supply. Voltage inputs: Channels: 2 Differential amplifiers (A and B) Measuring ranges: 0 200 mV, 0 2 V, 0 20 V Connectors: Two twin 4 mm safety sockets Current input: Channel: Parallel to A Measuring ranges: 0 200 mA, 0 2 A Connector: One twin 4 mm safety socket Analogue sensor inputs: Channels: 2 (A and B) Connectors: Two 8-pin miniDIN sockets Sensor identification and calibration: Automatic Triggering: Quasi-continuous Sampling rate: 50 kilosamples/s Resolution: 12 bit Voltage outputs: Channels: 2 (A and B), with common ground connection Voltage amplitude: 0 5 V Connectors: Two twin 4 mm safety sockets Analogue sensor outputs: Channels: 2 (A und B) Connectors: Two 8 pin miniDIN sockets Sampling rate: 10 kilosamples/s Resolution: 12 bit Digital Inputs: Channels: A: B: C, D: Connector: Digital outputs: Channels: Signal: Connector: Additional data: Computer connection: Internal data storage: Monitor display: Power supply: 4 (A, B, C, D) TTL TTL, high-speed sampling rate, 100 kilosamples/s High-speed optical coupler (galvanically isolated) One 8 pin miniDIN socket 6 (A, B, C, D, E, F) TTL One 8 pin miniDIN socket USB port 128 k Large display (64 x 122) for data on all channels 4.5 V DC/300 mA or 3 batteries LR6 AA alternatively 3 NiCd or 3 NiMH rechargeable batteries
u11300-230 3B NETlog (230 V, 50/60 Hz) u11300-115 3B NETlog (115 V, 50/60 Hz) u11300ip-230 3B NETlog with Ethernet port (230 V, 50/60 Hz) u11300ip-115 3B NETlog with Ethernet port (115 V, 50/60 Hz)
Inte r f a c e 3 B N E Tl og
u11310 3B NETlab
3B NETlab is a data acquisition and data processing programme for the 3B NETlog interface that can also be operated in a network. As it is based on ActiveX technology, all the available functions can be integrated into web pages that can be displayed and used with the Microsoft Internet Explorer browser. The main function of 3B NETlab is computer aided experimentation for science education. For that purpose, a large number of experiment instructions are available in the form of web pages. Users can navigate through these in the same way as they would browse the Internet and all the operations can be controlled with the help of facilities incorporated into the web pages at appropriate points. Experiment instructions for carrying out experiments can also be written by teachers using standard HTML tools and the programming environment made available for the purpose. All kinds of Internet tools and technologies, such as multimedia sequences, animations, films, etc. can be incorporated into the experiment files. A software measuring lab is available for solo experimentation that leverages all the functions of the functions of 3B NETlog interface device. A wide range of graphical tools is available for processing experimental data. Thanks to its networking capability, 3B NETlab is ideally suited for use in schools. It enables teachers to check on the status and results of students experiments from their own desk. Conversely, an experiment that is being carried out by the teacher can be followed by students on their own monitor screens.
Licensing: 3B NETlab contains a specified location license for the normal use of the computer programme throughout a school or educational establishment, including the preparation of school or student work at home. System requirements: Windows 2000/XP Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 or higher Intel Pentium III / AMD Athlon 600 MHz or higher 128 MB RAM 100 MB free hard-disk space Monitor with a resolution of 1024x768 pixels or higher USB port
u11367

Measuring the sound waves of a tuning fork
143
u11396 ECG/EmG Box

Sensor box for reading electrocardiograms (ECGs) and electromyograms (EMGs) on skeletal musculature in three standard leads as defined by Einthoven. Feeds can be selected at the press of a button and are indicated by LEDs. Input resistance: > 10 M Output voltage: max. 1 V Blocked frequency: 50 - 60 Hz
u11395 Blood Pressure Sensor

Sensor box for measuring blood pressure of a test subject using the oscillometric method with the aid of a cuff to fit around the extremities. It is possible to determine the highest systolic and lowest diastolic pressures, evaluate of pulse rate by means of an acoustic sensor and illustrate the Korotkov sound. Pressure range: 0 mm Hg to 300 mm Hg (0 to 400 hPa) Overload-proof: Up to 1500 hPa Sensor type: Precision pressure sensor, calibrated and temperature compensated .
NEW
u11321 relative Pressure Sensor, 100 hPa
Measurement range: Accuracy: Sensor type: Hose nipple: Silicone tube: 0 100 hPa 1% Semiconductor sensor 4 mm dia. 1m
u11323 relative Pressure Sensor, 1000 hPa

Measurement range: Accuracy: Sensor type: Hose nipple: Silicone tube: 0 1000 hPa 1% Semiconductor sensor 4 mm dia. 1m
NEW
S o f t wa re 3 B N E T l ab
u11320 Absolute Pressure Sensor, 2500 hPa

Measurement range: Accuracy: Resolution: Sensor type: Hose nipple: Plastic syringe: Silicone tube: 0 2500 hPa 1% 1 hPa Semiconductor sensor 4 mm dia. 20 ml 1m
u11367 microphone
Frequency range: Microphone cable: 50 Hz 20 kHz 2m
u11392 Human Pulse Sensor Box

Measurement range: Safety category: Pulse rates from 40 160 beats/min Safety class II, classification BF
u11364 Light Sensor

Measurement ranges: Resolution: 0 600 lux, 0 6000 lux, 0 150,000 lux 0.8 lux, 8 lux, 200 lux
u11325 Barometer
Measurement range: Resolution: Accuracy: Sensor type: 700 hPa 1200 hPa 0.1 hPa 1.5% of the maximum value of the measuring range Semiconductor sensor
u11330 Temperature Sensor, Pt100

Measurement range: Resolution: Accuracy: Sensor cable: Sensor type: -50C 150C 0.1 C 0.1% of measured value plus 0.25C 1 m, with silicone insulation Pt100 thermocouple
u11393 Skin resistance Box

Input resistance: Safety category: >100 kV Safety class II, classification BF
u11336 Humidity Sensor

Measurement range: Sensor type: Accuracy: Resolution: Response time: 0 95% (non condensing) Capacitive sensor 3% of RH plus 1% in the range from 0% 95% 5% of RH plus 1% in the range from 0% 5% 0.1% 15 s
u11350 pH Sensor
Measurement range: Sensor type: Accuracy: Resolution: Response time: pH 0 14 Ag-AgCl combination electrode, gel filled, not refillable pH 0.05 in range from 20C 25C pH 0.01 1 s to reach 95% of final value
u11335 Conductivity Sensor

Measurement ranges: Resolution: Sensor type: 0 200 S, 0 2 mS, 0 20 mS 1 S, 10 S, 100 S Measurement electrode using four wire technology, with graphite cells and integrated Pt100 temperature sensor 5% without calibration, 0.5% with calibration 1.5 m
Additionally recommended:
u11351 Buffer Solution u11351 Buffer Solution

Set of buffer solutions in three flasks with pH values of 4.00, 7.00 and 9.00. Volume: 250 ml each

144
Accuracy: Sensor cable:
ExPErImENTS & mEASurEmENTS
pH-Indicator Test-Sticks
For fast pH-value determination . The indicator area on the plastic stick will not fade out (will not bleed). Clearly distinguishable scaling. Package with 100 tapes. Description in English and German. 9x6.5x1 cm; 0.05 kg
W11708 oxygen Test Kit Complete

The test kit contains sufficient solutions for carrying out 110 oxygen tests. All the necessary material for carrying out the tests are stored in an easy to survey, practical portable box. Content: 6 bottles of reagent and titration solution, glass bottle, special vessel and syringe with slip on spout. Description in English and German. 25x12x6 cm; 0.9 kg
W11723
Te s t - S t i c k s
W11723 measuring range pH 0 14 W11724 measuring range pH 0 6
W11725 measuring range pH 4,5 10 W11726 measuring range pH 7 14
W11706 oil-Test Paper and pH Test Paper

To test for oil in water or in soil and to find hydrocarbons, especially in fuel (Diesel) and motor oil. Even if the water is self-coloured, a deep blue colouring of the test tape indicates even a small oil content. Package with 100 tapes 20 x 70 mm. Description in English and German. 8x5x2.5 cm; 0.07 kg
W11706 W11728 universal Indicator Paper

Universal indicator paper for pH 1 11 measurements. The roll (5 m long and 10 mm wide) is contained in a plastic dispenser (pH gradation 1.0) with a reference colour scale. 6x6x1 cm; 20 g
W11728 W11710 Watertest Laboratory

A really compact box laboratory for a fast analysis of waters (e.g. drinking, water, surface water, water of aquaria). All the applied chemicals are neutral in reaction to the environment, which means, none of the test solutions endanger water. The used test solutions can be disposed of via the home waste water system. Sufficient for 50 to 60 tests: Ammonium 0.05-10 mg/l Nitrate 10-80 mg/l Nitrite 0.02-1.0 mg/l Phosphate 0.5-6.0 mg/l ph-Value 5.0 9.0 1 Drop = 1 German hardness (dh). Description in English and German. 33x22x4 cm; 1.2 kg

W11711 Complete refill Kit Content W11710
145
ECoLABBox
The ECOLABBOX puts a really portable laboratory at your disposal for the first time, so you can carry out water and ground analyses directly on local sites. Forty-five experiments can be carried out with this special case. The most important substances that influence our environment are detected and measured here. The highquality case lining is stable, water repellent and extremely easy to clean. The case and its lining are made of 100% recycled polypropylene. An adjustable shoulder strap makes it easy to carry, for example on a bicycle. It is suitable for environmental groups and schools (for children over 10 years of age). Contents: Manual with 80 pages, including coloured illustrations, tables and detailed explanations in German and English Reagent set for 59 experiments from pH 3 to 9; ammonium 0.05 to 10 mg/l; nitrite 0.02 to 1.0 mg/l; nitrate 10 to 80 mg/l; phosphate 0.5 to 6 mg/l; water hardness: 1 drop for 10 dH (degrees of German hardness) Extracting liquids for ground analyses for at least 20 pH, nitrate, phosphate and ammonium experiments. Colour comparison card for relaying measured values.
F i e l d work
Filtering tripod for filtering without spillage that can be directly mounted in the case. Pocket magnifying glass with a magnification of 2 and 4, special brush for micro organisms, waterproof mat for biological experiments. Aids, such as sample glasses, filter paper, laboratory bottles with a wide mouth and measuring beakers. DIN A2-sized posters for entering measurement results and further explanatory illustrations. 38x30x11 cm; 3.8 kg
W11712 ECoLABBox German
W11720 ECoLABBox English
W11704 W11705 W11702 W11700
W11702 robust Wire Sieve Net

Especially robust reinforced net version. This landing net also has a reinforced net at the edges and therefore allows you to catch small animals directly off the ground. Any possible bending is avoided by the strong and simple construction. Length: 100 cm. Diameter: 200 mm. 21x12 cm; 0.5 kg Delivery without telescope pole.
W11700 Water Landing Net

A very robust water landing net with a nylon net, for catching fleas, bugs, floating particles and water insects. Holes 0.8 mm. Diameter of the net ca. 200 mm, depth 310 mm adaptable to the telescope pole (W11703). 150x270 cm; 0.05 kg Delivery without telescope pole.
Plankton Net, with 65 l gauze

Sturdy plankton net version made of screen gauze is to be used with the telescope pole, thread inclusive, 200 mm diameter. A collecting, screwable vessel with 100 ml content is located at the end of the net. 21x2 cm (dxh); 0.225 kg. Delivery without Telescope Pole (W11703)
options for W11700, W11702, W11704, W11705 W11703 Telescope Pole universal
W11704 Plankton Net, with 65 l gauze W11705 Plankton Net, with 105 l gauze

Extendable from 150 to 270 cm
W11700
146
W11600 W11600 Box magnifying Glass W11606 W11607
W11604 W11604 magnifying Glass with Handle
W11605
Its size and the range of uses to which it can be put make the box magnifying glass ideal for field trips. The magnifying lens is made of plastic and magnifies by a factor of 5. The removable magnifying cover with its 30-mm diameter lens contains air holes so that small creatures can be observed for long periods. Height 65 mm; Diameter 55 mm
A practical magnifying glass for everyday use! An all purpose magnifying glass in a plastic frame with a handle provides assistance of professional quality to scientists and hobbyists alike with a lens 5 cm in diameter and a magnification factor of 3.5. 14x6x1.2 cm
magnifying Glass on Stand

The magnifying glass on its stand allows you to observe small plants or insects at ease, keeping both hands free. Two pre-calibrated glass lenses are attached to the transparent acrylic base in plastic holders.
W11605 Ergonomic magnifying Glass with Handle

This magnifying glass with plastic frame offers a comfortable ergonomically designed handle and is provided with two separate lenses: First lens 75 mm: magnification: 3.5x Second lens 15 mm: magnification: 10x Length: 13.5 cm
m ag n i f y i n g G l a s s e s
W11606 magnifying Glass on Stand

10x magnification and a lens diameter of 2 cm. 5x5x4.5 cm
W11607 magnifying Glass on Stand

7x magnification and a lens diameter of 5 cm. 8x8x6.5 cm
W11601 W11603 Pick Glass, large W11603 W11602 W11602 Pick Glass, small
The anodised aluminium fold-out magnifying glass has a diameter of 21 mm in spite of its small size and magnifies by a factor of 6. A window of area 1.5 cm2 has a cm/inch scale that allows objects to be measured in the desired system. Supplied in a leather pouch. 4x3x1.2 cm
This version has a holder attached to make it easy to observe objects. A window of area 3.5 cm2 has a cm/inch scale that allows objects to be measured in the desired system. The plastic magnifying glass folds shut and has a lens of 50 mm diameter that magnifies by a factor of 3.5. 8x5.5x2.5 cm
W11601 Fold-out magnifying Glass

Pocket-sized precision optics. This is a fold-out magnifying glass with a diameter of 18 mm and a magnification factor of 10. It has a metal frame painted black and a metal case with hanging eye. Supplied in a leather pouch. 4x3.5x3.5 cm
W11718 Large magnifying Glasses with Stand

The large lens of 100 mm diameter, the small additional turnable magnifying glass as well as the tripod not only allow the use of 3 magnification steps, but also a very good and comfortable opportunity to work with it and study objects. Magnification steps: 1. large lens 2 x 2. small lens 2.5 x 3. small and large lens 5 x 120x70 mm; 24 mm . 15x13x13 cm; 0.2 kg
W11717 Two Way magnifying Glasses

The built in mirror and the removable top part of this fine magnifying glasses allows observation of small animals, bugs, insects and plants from top and bottom. Size of bottom of the glass 50 x 50 mm. The top part can be used as an extra lens. Mangnification approx. 3 x. 21x14x13 cm; 2.6 kg
Bottle magnifying Glasses with millimetre Grid

Crystal-clear, round bottle of plastic with lid, integrated lens and millimetre grid on the bottom. Therefore it is possible to determine the size of animals and plant part quite accurately during the observation.
W11722 Bottle magnifying Glasses with millimetre Grid 500 ml W11717

Lens 110 mm diameter, magnification approx. 2.5 to 3 x. 11x 8.5 cm; 0.15 kg
W11716

W11718
Lens 83 mm diameter, magnification approx. 4 x. 11x8 cm; 0.15 kg
W11716 Bottle magnifying Glasses with millimetre Grid 250 ml
W11722
147
W57901 Student Dissecting Kit

Excellent value for your classroom! Ideal for both junior and secondary school students. Complete set of instruments includes tools for routine dissection labs. Kit includes: Ruler 15 cm Screw-lock blade scalpel Scalpel blade Dropping pipette Student scissors Straight teasing needle Curved teasing needle Medium point forceps Leatherette case 7.6x17 cm; 0,1 kg
W57902 Elementary Dissecting Kit

Excellent value for your classroom! Ideal for junior school students. Complete set of instruments includes tools for routine dissection labs. Kit includes: Ruler 15 cm Dissecting scalpel Dropping pipette Dissecting scissors Straight teasing needle Curved teasing needle Medium point forceps Leatherette case 7.6x17 cm; 0,10 kg
W57902
W57901
W57903 Biology Dissecting Kit

Includes the stainless steel and chrome instruments presented in a deluxe, single-fold, lined vinyl case. Kit includes: Ruler 15 cm Dissecting knife handle Scalpel blades Dropping pipette Straight operating scissors 14 cm Seeker probe Straight teasing needle Medium point forceps Leatherette case 7.6x17 cm; 0,15 kg
W11610 Dissecting Set

Deluxe dissecting set fit for a skilled instructor Encased in an attractive vinyl case lined with velvet, the kit includes the following high-quality stainless steel tools: 1 fine scissors, sharp tip, 11.5 cm 1 large scissors, 1 sharp tip, 1 blunt tip, 13.5 cm 1 fine forceps, serrated, sharp tip, 12 cm 1 large forceps, serrated, blunt tip, 13 cm 1 one-piece scalpel, 4 cm blade 1 straight needle, 13 cm 1 lancet needle, 15 cm 1 Dumont forceps, 11 cm 1 scalpel handle, 14 cm 5 scalpel blades, 6 cm 21x13x3 cm
D i s s e c t i n g Kits
W57903
W22003 Preparation Set

This set is supplied in a stackable transparent plastic box and consists of: Needle in holder, straight (2 pieces) Forceps, fine, 130 mm Microscopical scissors, straight Scalpel handle No. 4 Set of 5 scalpel blades, slightly curved
W11610
W57904 Large Dissecting Kit W22003

Kit includes: Ruler 15 cm Dissecting knife handle Curved scalpel blades Full convex blades Section lifter Curved dissection scissors 12 cm Straight operating scissors 14 cm Hemostatic forceps 12.5 cm Hemostatic forceps 16.5 cm Seeker probe Straight teasing needle Curved teasing needle Dressing forceps 12 cm Dressing forceps 13 cm Retraction hook Leatherette case 33x19 cm (opened); 0,25 kg

W57904
148
NEW
W16150 W16150 Stethoscope
Ideal for introducing your students to Blood and Circulation or for reinforcement of the topic. This good value for money stethoscope comes with a flat chestpiece and black tube.
W16151
NEW
W16151 Blood Pressure meter

Excellent for realistic biology lessons. This robust sphygmomanometer consists of an easy-care arm cuff made of cotton, an uncomplicated rubber ball pump and a display scale for readings up to 300 mmHg. Supplied in a case.
W60081 m3 Electronic arm blood pressure meter (omron)

Large screen Simultaneous display of all readings; Diastole, Systole, Pulse and Time Detection of irregular heart beats Saves up to 42 measurements, indicating the date and time of the blood pressure measurement Intellisense system. Average of last 3 measurements Indication of blood pressure outside acceptable norms Delivered with storage case and set of batteries Clinical validation. 3 year warranty
NEW
W13672 W60088 W13672 High Tech Flowmeter (spirometer)
Expiration control Flow rate scale from 50 to 800 litres/min. Supplied with a washable plastic mouthpiece.
W13673 Set of 100 Single use Cardboard mouthpieces.

Optional for W13672 Flowmeter.
W60083 Cardio HITrAx Pulse

Indication of day, time, hour, minute, second, with a display showing heart rate, maximum and average heart rate, and stopwatch (1/100e s). Back lighting LED. Alarm. Delivered with thoracic belt. 2-Year Warranty.
W60088 Piko 1 Electronic spirometer

Carries out 2 types of measurement: Measurement of peak expiratory flow rate (scale of 15 to 999l/min) Measurement of maximum expiratory volume per second (scale of 0.15-9.99 litres) Pocket-sized model (35 g, dimensions: 75x35x20 mm). Very easy to use: Just one button. Memory recall of 96 measurements. LCD screen. Delivered with 2 reusable mouth-pieces (1x child, 1x adult) and 2 batteries.

W60083
149
ExPErImENTS
W16120 Sensory Physiology Kit

Very interesting experiments for the secondary level of education This sensory physiology kit allows students to conduct various experiments in the fields of hearing, seeing and feeling. All the contents of the kit are supplied. The experiments and the underlying principles are of course described in detail in the supplied instruction manual. Experiment topics: Sense of touch (tactile sense) Perception of distances between tactile spots Heat and cold perception of the skin Blind spot Optical and haptic illusions Colour vision Flicker colours and motion after-effect Inversion of the image in the brain using inverting goggles Directional hearing Hearing own body noises Supplied with: Carrying case with foam inserts, instrument for directional hearing, resonance tube, calipers, tactile hair, cold/hot probe, 4 transparent plastic cards for geometrical-optical illusions, blind spot test card, light-proof goggles with 8 attachments, 2 inversion prisms for the goggles, controllable motor with wall plug transformer, 3 pattern discs, experiment instructions on CD-ROM (pdf file) in German or English. 38x29x11 cm
W16120
S e n s o r y P h y s i o log y
s D/E
u8476730 Inverting Spectacles

Complete with two fully rotating inverting prisms in a shielded spectacle frame. The inverting prisms produce a lateral inversion of the rays the world thus turns "upside down". Besides being a lucid demonstration of the functioning of an inverting prism, experiments involving inverting spectacles encourage a better understanding of the visual process and the functioning of the brain. This also enables a better understanding of the visual perception of babies. Even the apparently simplest things in life (holding and picking up objects, drawing, orientating oneself in a room) become inconceivably difficult.
u8476730

Human optic pathway
150
ExPErImENTS
Interactive Atomic model According to Bohr for your Physics, Chemistry and Biology Classes
This didactically excellent training model greatly simplifies the teaching and understanding of Bohr's model of the atom. The practical hands-on model illustrating the underlying theory allows students to comprehend the topic more directly. Science classes automatically become more real, easier to grasp and fun to do! Learning content: Atoms, isotopes, ions, noble gas configurations, structure of the elements, covalent bonds, ionic bonds Elements, atomic mass, atomic number and the periodic table Each class kit (W19900/W19901) contains 8 student training models (W19902) as well as 2 demonstration atoms for the teacher. With this completely magnetic demonstration atom you will be able to clearly and quite easily explain Bohr's atomic model to your students on the blackboard. Using the training atom your students will be able to construct their own atoms, isotopes, and even ions. In this manner natural science teaching becomes concrete, simple and lots of fun! Each student training model includes a flat round plastic container holding 30 protons, neutrons and electrons. The lid and the turnedover lower part of the container each represent an atom with orbits.
All the benefits at a glance:

Inter-disciplinary learning game Suitable for individual, partner and group work Playful learning of natural science subjects Easy understanding of processes and structures at the atomic level Simple and lots of fun to use Appealing 3D design Convenient storage
Atom i c mo d e l
W19900 Class Kit for Whiteboard

Each class kit for 1 teacher and 8 student groups comes with 2 completely magnetic demonstration models for the teacher (1 white background sheet to be hung up, 2 black atomic nuclei, each with 8 black orbits, 20 protons, electrons and neutrons), 8 student training models each with 2 atoms, 30 protons, 30 neutrons and 30 electrons, instructions. s D/E/S/F/I/P
W19900
2 completely magnetic demonstration models for the teacher
Electron shells Lid with electron shells
W19901 Class Kit for Blackboard

Each class kit for 1 teacher and 8 student groups comes with 2 completely magnetic demonstration models for the teacher (1 black background sheet to be hung up, 2 white atomic nuclei, each with 8 white orbits, 20 protons, electrons and neutrons), 8 student training models ach with 2 atoms, 30 protons, 30 neutrons and 30 electrons, instructions s D/E/S/F/I/P
Electrons Protons Neutrons Storage box The underside: another base for building an atom Atomic nucleus
W19902 Student Training model

Supplied with 2 atoms, 30 protons, 30 neutrons and 30 electrons

W19902 Student training model
151
ExPErImENTS
W48928 W48926
NEW
W48927 W48925
PCr
W48927 EdvoCycler PCr machine

Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) is one of the most exciting techniques in modern biology and now you can do it in your classroom! PCR copies a very small starting amount of DNA so it can be analyzed. It won the Nobel Prize in 1993 and is widely used in forensics, medical testing and genetics research. It uses repeated heating and cooling in the presence of the enzyme DNA polymerase to copy a piece of DNA (the template). The exact region copied is determined by short stretches of DNA called primers. The ability to make lots of copies quickly of a particular region of DNA makes PCR a very useful technique in modern biology. The EdvoCycler is a specially designed classroom PCR machine that is easy to use. Your students can amplify DNA from a variety of sources, including from a single hair, with one of our PCR kits. The EdvoCycler is pre-programmed with PCR protocols and these are simply selected using the screen. A PCR run takes about 1 or 2 hours (or can be done overnight) and the samples are then visualized using DNA electrophoresis. Features: Holds 25 x 0.2ml tubes Heated lid with magnetic catch Pre-programmed with all Edvotek PCR kit protocols Vivid LCD display with live programme information Easy to use 41x22x18 cm s D/E/ F/S/I
W48926 Digital Waterbath (1,8 l)

A fully featured digital waterbath at an economical price! An excellent waterbath for many classroom experiments. The stainless steel chamber is corrosion resistant and temperature controlled from ambient to 95C with cover. There is a low water sensor and the waterbath is deep enough to accommodate many bottles and flasks. Features: Chamber Dimensions (W x D x H): 15 x 14 x 10 cm Low water sensor Digital display Temperature range: ambient to 95C with cover s D/E/ F/S/I
W48928 mitochondrial DNA Analysis using PCr

In this experiment, your students will use the Nobel Prize winning technique polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to amplify two regions of DNA from their mitochondria. The mitochondria are thought to have evolved from a symbiotic relationship between prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. Thus as mitochondria have their own DNA that is only inherited via the maternal line they are often used in studies of evolution. This kit shows how PCR is able to amplify DNA from just a few cells. This ability has made PCR very useful to study evolution and in forensics and genetic testing. Your students carry out a simple DNA extraction, followed by PCR, then analyse the results using DNA electrophoresis. Kit includes: instructions, proteinase K, PCR beads, control DNA and primers, microtubes, chelating agent, agarose, DNA ladder, practice gel loading solution, gel loading dye, electrophoresis buffer, gel stain. All you need: micropipettes to measure between 5 and 50 l, tips, waterbath, thermal cycler, electrophoresis tank and power supply. For 25 Students Time required: Set up 30 min. PCR 2 hours or overnight Electrophoresis 45 min. s D/E/ F/S/I
W48925 Piccolo Centrifuge

Our small and economical microcentrifuge is suitable for many classroom applications. These include: quickly spinning down samples and for mixing solutions during DNA electrophoresis and PCR experiments. Features: Maximum speed 6,000 rpm/2,000 x g Safe on/off switch Starts and stops in seconds Capacity for 6 x 1.5/2.0 ml tubes Dimensions (W x D x H) 15 x 15 x 12 cm s D/E/ F/S/I

152
Some components of this kit have to be stored at -20 c f
roup for g IdEal ssoNs lE
Elec t ro p h o re s i s
W48923 W48923 Dual DNA Electrophoresis LabStation

This set contains all you need for any classroom DNA electrophoresis experiment! The DNA electrophoresis tanks are durable and injection-moulded horizontal units designed for ease of use and safety. Included with the unit are two 6-Tooth combs and a double 8/10-Tooth comb allowing separation of up to 16 samples simultaneously. The 7 x 14 cm gel casting tray has an embossing gel ruler and includes innovative rubber end caps which seal the tray making gel casting easier than ever! Both the electrophoresis chamber and the gel casting tray are UV transparent. The Dual Power Source (70/125 V) is designed for DNA or protein electrophoresis. The unit generates DC power of 70 or 125 volts with a maximum current of 250 mA. It is equipped with an easily replaceable slow burn fuse and is CE approved. The variable micropipettes are sturdily designed with volumes ranging from 5 to 50l. They are very precise and use standard disposable micropipette tips. They are simple to use. A tool and instructions are included for self-calibration. Supplied with: 2 Horizontal Electrophoresis Apparatus (one 7 x 14 cm gel tray in each), 1 Dual Power Source (70/125 V for 1 or 2 units) and 2 Variable Micropipettes (5 - 50 l). 36x36x25 cm; 4 kg s D/E
W48924 Polymerase Chain reaction

This experiment for 6 lab groups introduces students to the principles, practice and applications of the Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) without the need for a PCR machine! Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) has had an extraordinary impact on various aspects of biotechnology. With PCR, DNA can be amplified and studied. Since the first application of PCR (using the Klenow fragment) to detect sickle cell anaemia, a large number of diagnostic tests have been developed. PCR has made amplification of DNA an alternate approach to cloning experiments. It is used in genome projects in DNA mapping and DNA sequencing. PCR amplification is also being applied to forensic and paternity determination, as well as determination of evolutionary relationships. This simulation experiment does not contain human DNA and does not require a thermal cycler. It is completed in 45 minutes. Kit includes: Ready-to- Load DNA samples, Ultraspec agarose powder, practice gel loading solution, electrophoresis buffer, Instastain Methylene Blue and Methylene Blue Plus stain, calibrated pipette, 100 ml graduated cylinder and microtipped transfer pipettes. All you need: Electrophoresis tank, power supply, automatic micropipette and tips, balance, microwave or hot plate. Please note that an electrophoresis station is required. 30x10x10 cm; 0.5 kg
W48924

153
W55800 Simulating DNA Paternity Testing

Use agarose gel electrophoresis to test family ties Simulate how DNA fingerprinting can be used to identify the genetic relationship between child and an alleged father. Your class will use the results of an electrophoresis of non-human DNA, their knowledge of human inheritance and their scientific problem solving skills to solve a scenario-based paternity case and determine the identify of a childs father. Supplied with 3 DNA samples (mothers DNA, alleged fathers DNA, childs DNA) each 150 ml, 2 TBE Buffer concentrate (125 ml) 10X, 1 Melt and Cast agarose gel (400 ml) 0.8%, 1 Neo/BLUE DNA stain concentrate (100 ml) 10X, 1 Staining tray, description. Please note that an electrophoresis station is required. 30x22x10 cm; 1.5 kg
s D/E/S
W55800
W55795 Genetic Diagnosis of Cancer

Your students will learn how revolutionary breakthroughs in gene technology can be used to not only detect cancer but predict its occurrence based upon hereditary traits. Theyll use the electrophoresis results of non-human DNA samples to simulate this procedure. In the process, theyll detect a specific cancer and study the hereditary tendencies of the condition. Supplied with DNA samples (Marys DNA, Samanthas DNA, Frans DNA, Normal Control DNA) each 150 ml, 2 TBE Buffer concentrates (125 ml) 10X, 1 Melt and Cast agarose gel 0.8% (400 ml, 1 Neo/BLUE DNA stain concentrate (100 ml) 10X,1 Staining tray, description. Please note that an electrophoresis station is required. 30x22x10 cm; 1.5 kg
E l e c t ro p h o res is
s D/E W55795
W55798 DNA Forensics

Become a DNA forensic scientist! Teach the latest innovations in DNA technology and their application to forensic science through this scenario-based DNA murder mystery. Your class will compare the results of the electrophoresis of DNA samples from a crime scene as well as from various suspects. Theyll then use a simplified DNA fingerprinting procedure to solve the murder based upon the DNA fragment patterns revealed on the gel. Students will learn the basics of DNA fingerprinting and why this revolutionary process is so highly accurate. Theyll also learn about DNA structure and extraction, gel electrophoresis and autoradiography. This activity may also be used to stimulate discussion of other real-world applications of this cutting-edge technology as well as the ethical considerations involved. Supplied with 4 DNA samples (crime scene DNA, victims DNA, suspect 1 DNA, suspect 2 DNA) each 150ml, 2 TBE buffer concentrate (125ml) 10X, 1 Melt and Cast agarose gel (400ml) 0.8 %, 1 Neo/BLUE DNA stain concentrate (100ml) 10X, 1 Staining tray, description. Please note that an electrophoresis station is required. 30x22x10 cm ; 1.5 kg
W55798
s D/E/S/I W55797 Diagnosing Gene Defects

Examine the genetic mutation responsible for sickle cell anaemia Your students will use agarose gel electrophoresis to study sickle cell anaemia a painful and ultimately fatal condition resulting from a genetic mutation which alters the bodys haemoglobin. Theyll search for changes in a nonhuman DNA sample to diagnose sickle cell anaemia. In the process, theyll learn about genes and how genetic mutations can cause disease. Supplied with 4 DNA samples (mothers DNA, fathers DNA, daughters DNA, unborn childs DNA), each 150 ml, 2 TBE Buffer concentrate (125 ml) 10X, 1 Melt and Cast agarose gel (400 ml) 0.8%, 1 Neo/BLUE DNA stain concentrate (100 ml) 10X, 1 Staining tray, description. Please note that an electrophoresis station is required. 30x22x10 cm, 1.5 kg
s D/E

W55797
154
W16200 Plant Enzyme Kit - microzyme Phosphatase

This new kit was developed at SAPS (Science and Plants for Schools), Homerton College, Cambridge, UK. The kit uses Microscience techniques to help students understand the various factors that influence enzyme activity. Starting with Mung Beans, an extraction of Phosphatase is accomplished followed by a series of semiquantitive measurements. These include: Phosphatase activity Effect of pH on activity Effect of concentration on rate Effect of temperature (Heat Stability) Effect of time on product formation Effect of inhibitors on activity Supplied with: 1 Comboplate, 1 pack of pipettes, 1 spatula and forceps, 1 pH guide, 1 syringe (1 ml), 1 x 1 ml syringe with adaptor (short length of silicone tubing), 10 micropipettor tips, 2 polypropylene microfuge tubes 1.5 ml) for centrifuging, 20 microfuge tubes for temperature studies 30x27x10 cm; 0.2 kg
W16200
s D/E
W16130 Blood Typing with rhesus factor

This long-life experimental kit allows your students to determine blood groups with Rhesus factor without any risk of infection. They can examine the artificial blood of 4 fictitious people and determine their blood group and Rhesus factor. Distinct agglutinations can be seen. The size of red and white blood corpuscles and the number of corpuscles per mm3 can be determined using a microscope. Supplied with: 4 dropper bottles of artificial blood (A, B, AB and 0), 1 dropper bottle each of artificial anti-A, anti-B and anti-Rh serum, 48 washable permanent test trays with 3 wells, 50 mixing sticks, detailed teachers information with agglutination diagram. The supplied materials suffice for approx. 45 to 50 samples. 24x17x6 cm
s D/E W16130
W55885 osmosis Simulation Activity model

A striking, visual demonstration of osmosis! Quick and easy demonstration provides a solid understanding of osmosis and how it occurs. Your students will gain insight into this critical process as water diffuses across a semi-permeable membrane from an area of higher concentration to an area of lower concentration. The process can be repeated using a variety of solutes in varying concentrations to observe the change in results. The outcome can even be quantified by measuring the amount of liquid that traveled across the membrane. Supplied with 2 L-Shaped clear tubing, 1 Capillary tube, 1 One-hole rubber stopper, 1 Stand, 1 Food colouring solution (30 ml), 1 Rubber band, 1 Ruler, 10 Semi-permeable membrane sheets, 1 Sucrose (171 g). 30x22x10 cm; 1.5 kg
s D/E/I
W55885
W55886 Visualizing osmosis and Diffusion

Vividly demonstrate selective permeability using coloured solutions Starting with a model cell and a mixture of special dye solutions, your students will observe how the cells membrane allows one dye to pass, while the other remains within the cell. The resulting colour change provides a vivid demonstration of selective permeability and how the cell absorbs nutrients and discharges waste. The class will also learn how osmosis and diffusion permit the maintenance of equilibrium through the passive transport of water through the cells semi permeable membrane. Supplied with 1 Red dye solution (30 ml), 1 Blue dye solution (30 ml), 20 clear cups, 1 Dialysis tubing (4 m), 1 Glucose solution (250 ml), 50 Glucose test strips, 60 Medicine cups, 20 Plastic pipettes, 1 Starch indicator solution (30 ml) (IKI), 1 Starch solution (250 ml), 1 String (4m). 32x24x17 cm; 3 kg

s D/E W55886
155
W59841 ELISA HIV/AIDS-Test

AIDS is already an important topic for secondary school students! But how does an AIDS test work? The students study the immunobiological phenomenon of the antigenantibody reaction. They learn that the ELISA immunoassay is an important tool to detect the HI virus. They simulate ELISA screenings with artificial blood serum of 10 fictitious individuals to determine their HIV status. In this way, they gain insight into the field of immunobiology and the particular meanings of terms such as positive and negative and false positive and false negative. The students get to know basic concepts of immunobiology and understand how the ELISA HIV screening test works. They observe simulated ELISA antibody-antigen reactions and finally analyze the ELISA test result. Supplied with: 20 8-microwell strips, 8 Micro-spatulas, 10 Plastic pipettes, 10 Medicine cups, 2 Vials with glass beads coated with simulated HIV antigen, Simulated anti-human antibody enzyme linked conjugate (10 ml), 2 Simulated chromagen (10 ml), 9 Simulated patients sera (10 ml), 1 Simulated negative control serum (10 ml), 1 Simulated low positive control serum (10 ml), 1 Simulated high positive control serum (10 ml), description. 30x22x10 cm; 1.5 kg
W59841
s D/E
W55716 Population Genetics and Evolution

Collect and analyze data of readily observable genetic traits! Your students will determine the phenotype, genotype and frequency of easily observed human traits. Then theyll identify the dominant and recessive genes for each trait. With the class as a sample population, your students will use a variety of taste test papers to determine the percentage of individuals who can detect a unique taste. Theyll then apply the Hardy-Weinberg Principle to calculate the allele frequencies for this trait and compare their class data with an ideal population. In the second part of this lab investigation, your students will use allele cards to model allele frequency change in an ideal population, a population on which selection is acting, an example of heterozygote advantage and as a result of genetic drift. The investigation includes detailed coverage of natural selection, the Hardy-Weinberg equation and other related topics to better prepare your students for their exams. Lab Activities Include: Estimating frequencies for a specific trait within a sample population Case studies Eight Lab Stations. Supplied with 32 PTC paper, 160 Cards printed with A, 160 Cards printed with a 8 Plastic coins, description in German and English language. 30x23x6 cm; 1.5 kg s D/E/S
W55716
W59852 mystery of the Blood Stain

Students as forensic pathologists! Based on a stain of blood found at a fictitious crime scene, a murder has to be resolved. The first thing to do is to check whether the stain is really a blood stain. Next, the blood group and Rhesus factor have to be identified and then compared with samples of the victim and various suspects. As a result, the murderer can be convicted and the crime solved. This simulation experiment guarantees an exciting lesson in which your students will learn a lot about blood groups and how to identify them. 3 Simulated Sera (Anti-A, Anti-B, Anti-RH) (each 30 ml), 40 Blood typing trays, 1 Cheese cloth, 1 Crime Scene Simulated Neo/BLOOD sample (25 ml), 3 Suspect Simulated Neo/BLOOD samples (each 25 ml), 40 Stirring sticks, blue, 40 Stirring sticks, yellow 40 Stirring sticks, green, description. Suitable for secondary school education. 30x23x6 cm; 1 kg
s D/E/S/I

W59852
156
W55617 Genes and Probability

Study the patterns of inheritance and the genetic probability of easily observed and tested traits. Your students will: Apply the laws of chance to genetics Demonstrate the effect of dominance in a monohybrid cross Demonstrate the effect of incomplete dominance Model a dihybrid cross to demonstrate the law of independent assortment Supplied with 40 Coins, plastic, 20 Cups, 40 Dice, four-sided, 20 Opaque discs, blue, 20 Opaque discs, red, 20 Transparent discs, blue, 20 Transparent discs, green, 20 Transparent discs, yellow, 5 Wax pencils, description in German and English language. 30x22x10 cm; 1 kg
s D/E
W55617 W16203 Frutfly Genetics

This unique kit contains simple activities designed to teach basic fruit fly genetics without using live flies. Drosophila Melanogaster is used without the inconvenience of maintaining live fruit fly cultures. Students can perform crosses using plastic pieces printed with features allowing them to observe and simulate sex determination, single factor inheritance, double factor inheritance, sex linkage, dominance and recessiveness. Includes 15 sheets each, with snap apart features showing male and female and 4 types of fruit flies. Teachers Guide and Student instruction sheet included. 35x22x2 cm; 0.1 kg
s D/E
W16202 microLife Water Field Kit

The Kit is designed for use in the lab or in the field. It allows users to study: Biological Oxygen, Dissolved Oxygen, Orthophosphates, Turbidity, E.Coli, Nitrate, pH, Conductivity, Nitrite and Temperature. Supplied with: 1 Comboplate, 1 Set of Spatulas and Forceps, 4 Pipettes, 1 Thermometer 0-50C, 1 LED with battery connector, 1 vial of Ammonium Molybdate, 1 vial of Nitrite Indicator Solution, 1 vial of Ascorbic Acid Powder, 1 vial of Zinc Powder, 1 vial of Universal Indicator Solution, Dissolved Oxygen Colour Chart, Universal Indicator Chart, small plastic vial with cork stopper, 10 Dissolved Oxygen Tablets, 2 Water Sample vials, 1 turbidity disc, 1 x Standard Conductivity Solution, worksheet. 30x13x8 cm; 0.3 kg
W16203
s D/E
W16202

157
GASTEC GAS DETECTOR for highly educational experiments in your biology and environmental studies classes
Upgrade your science teaching with many basic easy-to-do experiments using the Gastec system. The concentrations of a variety of substances in the air can be measured with a gas detector pump and 10 different gas detector tubes. The gas detector is easy to use - great for hands-on experience at secondary school level.
Suggestions for easy-to-do experiments: Examination of how combustion processes affect the class room air (measurement of carbon dioxide produced by a burning candle and/or the altered concentration of oxygen). Examination of fresh and stale class room air. Investigation of how the concentration of carbon dioxide changes due to the respiration of humans and animals, and the photosynthesis of plants. Investigation of changes in the concentration of oxygen due to combustion processes.
W11730 GASTEC Kit

Contents: 1 gas detector pump (sampling pump) 1 storage case 1 glass tip breaker for the gas detector tubes 20 rubber inlet covers 1 sealing grease 1 teaching poster with suggestions for experiments, many illustrations and detailed instructions
Very easy measurement of gas concentration: Open the gas detector tube (glass) by carefully breaking off the tips on both ends using the built-in tip breaker. To avoid injury, slip the sleeve-like rubber inlet cover over the top of the pump and insert the detector tube into the GASTEC sampling pump. Point the detector tube towards the area you want to measure, and then pull out the handle of the pump in one thrust until it is locked. This causes the required amount of surrounding air to be sucked through the detector tube. Secure the plunger of the pump after about 30 seconds and pull the detector tube out of the pump. Your students can now assess the amount of gas contained in the sucked in air by making a detector tube reading (the colour change exhibited by the adsorbent material in the detector tube reflects the concentration in the sucked in gas).
options and replacement parts for W11730

Available gas detector tubes for school and teaching Each box contains 10 detector tubes
s D/E/F
NEW
Art. Nr. W11731 W11732 W11733 W11734
Detector Tubes
Carbon dioxide I Carbon dioxide II Oxygen 6-24 vol % Replacement parts set with 2 x 10 protective covers for detector tubes

W11730
158
Nerves of Steel - Great experiments for simulating the conduction of impulses along nerve fibres according to Prof. Dr. Matthias Ducci / Prof. Dr. Marco Oetken
Exciting experiments for interdisciplinary teaching of year 11 to 13 classes. A model system for simulating the conduction of impulses is now finally available! Many biology teachers have complained about the lack of suitable model systems for simulating the conduction of impulses along nerve fibres, considering that neurophysiology is an established component of the advanced level syllabus. We have developed a unique electrochemical model experiment for effective illustration of this complex topic, in cooperation with Prof. Dr. Matthias Ducci (teacher training college PH Karlsruhe) and Prof. Dr. Marco Oetken (teacher training college PH Freiburg). Try it youll love it!
u11120 Nerves of Steel

The model experiments are based on the property of iron to develop a protective oxide coating in acid solutions under specific conditions. This impressive analogical model is based on the reversibility of the process of passivation and the appearance of a reactivation along a long iron rod. The materials provided allow the students to use the model to demonstrate continuous and saltatory conduction as well as the principle of transmission of neurotransmitters. The following experiments can be carried out: Simulation of continuous conduction along non-myelinated axons Simulation of salutatory conduction by means of a model experiment Transmission of information by neurotransmitters The set includes: 1 Plexiglas trough, sand paper, 3 iron rods, 1 zinc electrode, 15 jackets for isolation of sections of the iron rod, detailed experimental instructions. The necessary chemicals (hydrogen peroxide, sulphuric acid, sodium chloride solution) are not included. 12x12x35 cm; 0.5 kg s D/E
Prof. Dr. Matthias Ducci
Starting position of the simulation of salutatory conduction
NEW
The zinc electrode is put into the electrolytic solution

u11120
After the zinc electrode contacts the iron rod a reaction can be seen through the bubbles which represents the conduction of impulses of nerve fibres
159
ExPERImEnTS & mEASUREmEnTS
Scout Pro Electronic Scales

Precision scales, multi-function with percentage weighing, totalisation, display hold, and parts counting. Includes mains adapter and calibrating weight. Other weight ranges available on request. U42048 Weight range Accuracy Display Weight units Calibration Scale pan Dimensions Weight ca. 700 g 120 mm g, N, oz, %, parts 0 200 g 0.01 g U42049 0 400g 0.01 g 6-digit LCD, 15 mm g, N, oz, %, parts Automatic using external weight 120 mm ca. 192x54x210 mm ca. 700 g ca. 800 g 165x140 mm g, kg, N, oz, lb, %, parts U42050 0 600 g 0.1 g
U42048-115 Electronic Scales 200 g for 115 V, 50/60 Hz U42048-230 Electronic Scales 200 g for 230 V, 50/60 Hz U42049-115 Electronic Scales 400 g for 115 V, 50/60 Hz
U42049-230 Electronic Scales 400 g for 230 V, 50/60 Hz U42050-115 Electronic Scales 600 g for 115 V, 50/60 Hz U42050-230 Electronic Scales 600 g for 230 V, 50/60 Hz Security Bracket
Each Scout Pro features an integrated security bracket to prevent theft.
S c ales
Connectivity
You can quickly add either an internal RS232 or a USB port with integrated cable.
Flexible Power Easy-to-Clean

Sealed front panel and moulded spill ring. Use either the included AC adapter, or 4 AA batteries to power your Scout Pro.
Easy-to-View
High-contrast LCD quickly displays weight and applications data, as well as indicators for stability, over/underload conditions, and low battery power.
Integral Shipping Lock

Quickly accessible under the weighing pan, the shipping lock allows you to lock and go.
U42048, U42049 Round or Square Stainless Steel Platform

Removable for easy cleaning.
Lockswitch
The Scout Pro can be locked into a specific configuration using the lockswitch supplied.
Weigh Below Hook

The integral weigh-below-hook on the bottom of the Scout Pro allows density determination or calculation of the specific gravity of samples.
U42050
Accessories for Scout Pro Electronic Scales:

U42054 Anti-Theft Device U42055 RS232 Interface U42056 USB Interface
160
ExPERImEnTS & mEASUREmEnTS
Electronic Scales
Universal scales in robust plastic casing, with easy-clean foil keyboard. Menu functions, easy selection using two buttons. High-resolution, easy-to-read LCD display, overload and underload display, battery or mains operation optional. Automatic shutdown after five minutes in battery operation. Batteries included. U42060 Weight range Accuracy Weight units Counter-balancing range Power supply Dimensions Weight 0 200 g 0,1 g g, lb:oz Subtractive over entire weight range 3 AA alkaline batteries ca. 193x135x39 mm ca. 470 g U42061 0 5000 g 1g g, lb:oz Subtractive over entire weight range 3 AA alkaline batteries ca. 193x135x39 mm ca. 470 g
U42060 Electronic Scale, 200 g U42060, U42061
U42061 Electronic Scale, 5000 g
W23100 Electronic Scales with Stainless Steel Hood

This robust electronic balance combines functionality with great design. It offers the following advantages: Effective seal so that no fluids can enter the scales Practical, easy-to-clean stainless steel surface Flexible placement due to battery operation Auto-switch off for minimum power and battery consumption Technical Data: Capacity: Graduation: Weight: Power supply: Functions: Material: Dimensions (WxHxD):
NEW
Scal e s / O ve r h e a d P ro j e ct o r
5.000 g / 11 lbs 1 g < 3,000 g > 2 g / 0,05 oz < 6,6 lbs > 0,1 oz 1.5 kg / 4.2 lbs Batteries Automatic switch-off, Pre-TARE, TARE, HOLD, kg/lbs switch-over Cover - stainless steel, base - black plastic material 266 x 53 x 266 mm
W23100
Overhead Projector
Reliable overhead projector in modern moulded plastic housing with collapsible reflector column. High-quality optical system with correction to avoid coloured edges and highly efficient low-noise cooling. Lamp: 36 V, 400 W Aperture: 285x285 mm2 Dimensions of housing: 450x440x320 mm3 approx. Weight: 9 kg approx.
U30150 U30151 Replacement Bulb for Overhead Projector

(not shown) 36 V, 400 W
U30150-230 Overhead Projector (230 V, 50/60 Hz)

U30150-115 Overhead Projector (115 V, 50/60 Hz)
161
Art. nr.
Scale division Pocket Thermometer Tube thermometer, Graduated Thermometer Demonstration Thermometer
measuring range -10 110 C
Scale division 1 C
Dimensions
Remarks
U14297
Tube type, scale on white background, 165 mm x 10 mm dia. petroleum based red filling, in yellow plastic protective case with clip. Glass thermometer with eyelet, 260 mm x 6 mm dia. scale on white background, petroleum based red filling, in transparent square plastic case. Tube type with anti-roll design, 295 mm x 6,3 mm dia. white coated capillary, red alcohol filling, packed in a plastic tube. Extra-large tube type thermometer 650 mm x 30 mm dia. with biodegradable special blue filling, easy-to-read scale on yellow background.
U14295
-10 110 C
1 C
U40911
-20 110 C
1 C
U16120
-10 110 C
1 C
U16101 Digital Thermometer, min/max

Insertion thermometer with Hold and Min/ Max function in robust plastic housing and temperature sensor made of stainless steel. Switchable between C and F, On/Off switch, hanging strap and folding angled support. Measuring range: -50 C 200 C / -58 F 392 F Division: 0.1 C/F Dimensions: 95x65x20 mm3 Cable length: 1400 mm Measurement probe: 120 mm
U14297 U16101
U14295 U40911
U16120
L ab o r at o r y E q u i p ment
U11900
U16100
U11900 Table-Top Stop-Clock

Large quartz-controlled stop-clock with start stop and reset buttons, cumulative time and lap-time settings (clock resets to zero and starts timing again immediately). 2 hands, dial with dual scale for minutes /seconds and hundredths of a minute. Measuring range: 60 min / 60 s Graduations: 1 s / 1/100 min Dial: 110 mm dia. Dimensions: approx. 175x130x95 mm3
U16100 Timer
Stopwatch for counting up or down with acoustic alarm. Magnetic holder for attachment to metal surfaces and fold-away support legs. Display: 4-digit display, LCD, 18 mm Timer range: 99 min 59 s Ticking rate: 1s Dimensions: ca. 60x60x20 mm3
U11902 Digital Stopwatch

Stopwatch with 7-digit LCD display in robust plastic casing with start/stop and split/reset buttons for starting and stopping, cumulative, lap-time and dual-time measurement. Includes pendant cord. Measuring range: 9 h, 59 min, 59 s, 99/100 s Accuracy: 1/100 s Battery: watch battery 1.55 V, Type 389 Dimensions: approx. 65x65x18 mm3

U11902
162
U14205 Graduated Cylinder, 100 ml

Graduated cylinder made of Duran glass. Tall form with spout with hexagonal base. Scale: 100 ml Divisions: 1 ml
U14206 Free-Standing Cylinder

Non-graduated cylinder made of Duran glass. With round base and coarse ground rim. Height: 300 mm Diameter: 40 mm
Beakers, 600 ml
Set of 10 beakers made of Borosilicate glass. With scale, 100 ml divisions and spout. Art. nr. Designation Set of 10 Beakers, low form Set of 10 Beakers, tall form
U14211 U14210 U14205 U14206
U14210 U14211
W16152 Soft Tweezers

At last soft stainless steel tweezers, ideal for students to examine objects without damaging them. Length approx 10 cm
W16152
Labo r at o r y E q u i p m e n t
W16158 microscope Slides, cut edges

cellophane wrapped Approx. 76 x 26 x 1 mm PU: 50 pcs/box
W16159 microscope slides, ground edges

90, cellophane wrapped Approx. 76 x 26 x 1 mm PU: 50 pcs/box

18 x 18 mm, No. 1 (0.13-0.16 mm thickness), Ar-glass, for manual use not suitable for automated processes , PU = 200 pcs/tropical packing (vacuum sealed)

18 x 18 mm, No. 1 (0.13-0.16 mm thickness), borosilicate glass, also suitable for automated processes (cover slipper). PU = 200 pcs/ box
W16158/W16159 W16156/W16157
W11729 Lab Coat for Children and Adolescents

Young students are often not as careful as they could be when they do their first experiments. Our lab coat made of cotton has a breast pocket and two side pockets. It protects your students clothes and makes them look like professional scientists! Size 158 (smaller sizes available on request)
W11727 Student Safety Glasses

Proper safety glasses for students! The shape and size of these safety glasses are specifically designed for students between 10 and 15. With excellent side protection and a perfect fit thanks to easily adjustable arms. The safety glasses are very light and comfortable to wear. DIN EN 166 compliant. With blue frame and all-round scratch-resistant polycarbonate protection. 13x6x4.5 cm s D/E/F/I/S
W11729
W11727
W16154

W16155 Vinyl Gloves, Size L
NEW
Vinyl Gloves
Powdered disposable vinyl gloves great skin protection and good tolerance. Contents: 100 pieces in a practical dispenser carton
W16153 Vinyl Gloves, Size S W16154 Vinyl Gloves, Size m
163
S0002-1.0 3B mUSCLEtrainer
ISBN 978-3-8294-0003-9
S0003-1.0 3B nEUROtrainer
ISBN 978-3-8249-0004-6
S0001-2.0 3B AnATOmYtrainer
ISBN 978-3-8294-0005-3
S o f t ware
S0002-1.0 3B mUSCLEtrainer master the muscles in the blink of an eye!

Do you need to learn all about the human muscle system? Then the 3B MUSCLEtrainer is just what you require. With its 248 high quality digital images, 241 muscles and more than 200 associated anatomical structures, the 3B MUSCLEtrainer is the ideal tool to help you revise for your exam or simply refresh your knowledge.
S0001-2.0 3B AnATOmYtrainer The clever way to study

Are you training to become a doctor, dentist, physiotherapist etc.? Then the 3B ANATOMYtrainer is the right tool to help you achieve your ambitious goal. Almost 400 high resolution digital images and almost 3,000 exam relevant anatomical structures give you fast access to human anatomy. Furthermore, the unique structure of the 3B ANATOMYtrainer helps you organize your study time, allows you to perform complex test routines, immediately analyzes your results and monitors your long term learning progress.
S0003-1.0 3B nEUROtrainer Quick help for clever students

Do you want to study the structures of the brain without going crazy? Then the 3B NEUROtrainer is the right programme for you. Over 800 anatomical terms and 110 accurate illustrations are waiting to be interactively used by you throughout this complex field of human anatomy. The unique quiz function and the clearly organized status of your study progress allow for steady planning of your objectives. Therefore, together with the lectures and prep course, the NEUROtrainer provides optimal support for exam revision.
Optimal Exam Preparation:

Over 440 different muscles and structures Origin, Insertion, Innervation and Function can be displayed Interactive Quiz-Function with: Variable Quiz parameters Number of attempts Time pressure Immediate and systematic quiz evaluation Long term graphical learn control over all areas
nEW:
Any number of Memo Boxes can be saved as a study list and reopened at a later point in time this allows you to adapt the subject areas for study even more specifically to your needs The study lists can be exchanged among different users of the 3B ANATOMYtrainer 2.0 ideal support when preparing for exams! Extensive printing functions for the illustrations, lists of terms, Memo Box, etc.

Unique new Quiz function with selectable parameters such as: Subject areas to be tested Number of attempts & Time pressure Multiple choice mode (what is it?) Location questions (where is it?) Instantaneous and systematic analysis of quiz results Organization of revision tasks with long term progress evaluation Direct access to quiz from Memo-Box Exchange of quiz and study lists
Additional Benefits:
5 Language version: English, French, Spanish, Portuguese, German, (Latin) Info about: Spinal Nerve Segment Associated Joints Important clinical and sports aspects Zoom to 200% no interpolation! Fully hyperlinked index Runs directly from CD-ROM Excellent for medical, physiotherapy and sport science students, sport and fitness trainers, healthcare professionals, etc.

Unique new Quiz function with selectable parameters such as: Subject areas to be tested Time pressure Number of attempts Multiple choice mode (what is it?) Location questions (where is it?) Instantaneous and systematic analysis of quiz results Organization of revision tasks with long term progress evaluation
5 Language version. English, French, Spanish, Portuguese, German, (Latin) Extensive printing functions Zoom to 200% no interpolation Fully hyperlinked index Extra Glossary with over 300 general terms explained Runs directly from CD ROM. No installation necessary.
5 Language version: English, French, Spanish, Portuguese, German, (Latin) 3D selection figure Zoom to 200% - no interpolation Fully hyperlinked index Extra glossary with over 300 general terms explained Runs directly from CD ROM. No installation necessary.
System requirements for S0001-2.0, S0002-1.0, S0003-1.0 and W14021

Windows: 98/NT/2000/ME/XP*: Pentium processor 200 MHz, 64 MB RAM, 8x CD-ROM drive, Monitor resolution 640 x 480, 32.000 Colours (16 Bit), Sound card (*Not applicable for W14021) Macintosh: Power PC, Mac OS 7.5 / 56 MB free RAM 8 x CD-ROM drive/Monitor resolution 640 x 480, 32.000 Colours (16 Bit)

164
Sorry, returns cannot be accepted once item has been opened.
W14021
ISBN 978-3-8294-0001-5
W14021 CD-ROm Histopathology, English (macintosh/Windows)

This presentation of a histopathology course unites the view of microscopic illustrations with spoken explanations in a handy manner. The programme accompanies medical students through the entire course of histopathology but it also allows the experienced practitioner to revise basic knowledge.
S1000-1.0
Soft wa re
Unique Worldwide the 3B nEUROteacher

The 3B NEUROteacher is a worldwide unique lecture program on DVD-ROM to assist you in preparing and giving lectures in the field of neuroanatomy. You can either edit the lectures provided and adapt them to your individual needs or design new ones. Topographical anatomy and morphology, functional systems and vessels of the CNS are shown in 74 different 3D media objects (3D images & animations) with over 800 structures labelled. The 3D images can be rotated freely and can be shifted or zoomed. When the mouse is rolled over a structure, the structure is labelled. When a structure is selected from the list, the image will automatically rotate to reveal the structure. The structure itself is displayed either in Latin or in the user language (English, German, French, Portuguese or Spanish). Lectures can even be made available to students via network or collected on your laptop for use in external lectures or presentations.
You can order the DVD-ROM with the full version of the 3B nEUROteacher free of charge for a 7 day testing period.
3B nEUROtables
On 21 pages with over 60 detailed illustrations the 3B NEUROtables reveal the human brain in various views and sectional layers. The anatomical structures of the individual illustrations are numbered and named on each page. The 3B NEUROtables cover the following areas: Brain, spinal medulla, brain stem, brain stem centre & cerebellum, diencephalon, cerebrum, cerebral nerves, vessels & ventricular system, functional systems Printed on size A4, tear-resistant, washable plastic with spiral binding. 30.5x23x0.5 cm; 0.25 kg
S0090 3B nEUROtables in German

ISBN 978-3-8294-0007-7
S0190 3B nEUROtables in English

ISBN 978-3-8294-0008-4
S0290 3B nEUROtables in French

ISBN 978-3-82940009-1
The DVD-ROM includes around 5 gigabytes of teaching material. A library includes the 74 labeled 3D media objects and 10 ready-prepared classic lectures: Highlights The CNS (Neuraxis) The Brain (Encephalon) Spinal Cord, Brainstem and Cerebellum The Diencephalon The Cerebrum The Cranial Nerves Ventricular System and Arteries The Motor System Sensory Systems The 3B NEUROteacher supports the usage of a broad pallet of file formats: Graphic format: .bmp; .jpg; .gif; .tif; psd; .pct; .tga; .png Multimedia: .swf; .dir; .dxr; .dcr Video format: .mov (QT 2, 3, 4); .avi Audio format: .wav; .mp3; .aif; .au; .swa Text format: .htm; .txt; .rtf
S1000-1.0-01 3B nEUROteacher, Single User License S1000-1.0-15 3B nEUROteacher, Fifteen User License
System Requirements for 3B nEUROteacher: Windows: Windows 98/ME/NT4 (SP3)/2000, Processor: Intel Pentium III or compatible, 450 MHz, RAM: 128 MB Macintosh: Mac OS 8.1 or higher, MAC OS X not yet supported, Processor: Power PC, G4; RAM: 80 MB available Monitor resolution: 800 x 600 pixels, colour depth 16 bit, high colour, 3D graphic card recommended
www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541

i ac orlddrd W wa d A 513 28 81
165
THE nEW LIEDER PROGRAm OF InTERACTIVE CD-ROm

We offer a new range of CD-ROMs for interactive learning and teaching in school and colleges. All pictures and illustrations are taken from our own stocks to provide superior quality. Newly developed programs guarantee easy installation and unproblematic running. Every CD comprises the following topics: Comprises a great variety of beautiful diagrams, colour photos, tables, anatomical pictures, electron and X-ray photographs, impressive life cycles, human photographs, landscape photographs, scenes, test data and results, necessary for teaching the subjects. Comprises all necessary photomicrographs of microscopic slides, which can be observed by five different steps of magnification by using a MicroScope. The slides can be moved under this microscope and can be observed in all its parts. Comprises all necessary drawings matching the pictures, with explanations of all the parts. The same number of comprehensive explanatory texts to help understand the pictures. A special test program to check the students knowledge in several levels of difficulty. A variable number of random selected pictures have to be identified. After a successful run the students receive notes about their progress in learning. By repeating the test any improvement will by revealed by the program. A comprehensive index, a search function and a user friendly browser for all pictures and texts on every CD-ROM. All pictures can be shown in full-screen size, just by pressing the ENTER button. Special accompanying material, which enables evaluation of what has been seen, and creative learning is an important part of the program. Drawings, sketch- and worksheets are supplied for many of the pictures on the CD. They are stored in full printing quality (high resolution of 300 to 600 dpi). After printing the drawings may be supplemented or coloured. In addition, the worksheets which maybe be copied can be used as accompanying material for class tests. The novel demo program features the functionality to start a self-running demo of the program in sequential or random order. A sophisticated presentation mode allows the user to prepare a collection of chosen pictures for an impressive full-screen presentation. The complete set of images on this CD can be displayed in thumbnail view for a comprehensive overview of all available material. A comprehensive index. The entire set of material, that is, pictures, supplemental texts and slides, and drawings, are accessible via the main programs dropdown-menu Tools Search picture or Select picture. The texts will be provided in several languages by pre-selection when starting the program. The program surface is adapted to the well-known WINDOWS-LOOK. All pictures and texts can be printed by the user. The CD works with all Windows versions (WINDOWS 95, 98, NT, 2000, XP and VISTA). The resolution is 960 x 640 or higher for superior quality. Full colour representation with over 1 Million colors (depending on the screen). Optionally the CD runs also on PowerMac G4 and higher with WINDOWS emulation. The size of the desktop and the windows for texts and pictures can be scaled and adapted to the requirements of the user.
S o f t ware
W13504 Histology of man and mammals

The body of every animal consists of an array of many organs, each of which must perform certain functions within the organism as a whole. The closer study of these organs calls for the preparation of very thin slices of tissue. These slices, when seen through the microscope, show that organs are made of great numbers of wildly differing cells and tissues which, thanks to special staining techniques, can be told apart by the different colours they adopt. Cells, epithelial tissue, support tissue, teeth, muscle tissue, nerve tissue, digestive organs, glands, respiratory organs, blood and blood vessels, lymphatic organs, urinary and excretory organs, sexual organs, spermatogenesis, oogenesis, endocrine glands, scalp and hair, sense organs, central nervous system.
W13517 Division (mitosis and meiosis)

A fundamental feature of all living creatures is that their organism grows. The actual growth of multicellular organisms results from the increase in the number of cells. Cell divisions make it possible for a single fertilized egg cell to give rise to millions and billions of cells. In the process, chromatin, as carrier of hereditary information, is duplicated, then halved in a highly accurate manner and then transferred to both daughter cells. The complex process of meiosis, the reduction division. Through meiosis not only is the number of chromosomes halved, but also the utterly important rearrangement of chromosome sets and the exchange of segments (crossing over process) both take place. The process of cell division is explained through classical examples of known animals and plants. Fine structure of the cell and its nucleus. The sequence of a normal cell division (mitosis) in chronological steps. Resting nucleus, contraction, division and separation of the daughter chromosomes, recombination of hereditary traits and reduction in the number of chromosomes through meiosis, primordial sex cells, entering of a sperm in the egg cell (ovum), prophase, first and second meiosis, dismissal of the sperms flagellum (tail), mixing of male and female chromosome sets, translation of chromosomes to egg nucleus, mature egg cell with male and female pronuclei, fertilization, cleavage, embryo formation, schematic representation of all phases. The slides, coloured by means of a special staining technique, depict the individual cell structures in contrasting colours.

166
W13506 Feeding organs and metabolism in the human body

Proteins, carbohydrates and fats as components of our nutrition, minerals and vitamins, nutriment entails foodstuff intake, digestion and resorption, health through a balanced diet, mouth, gullet and esophagus, tooth forms, tooth development, tooth renewal, milk-teeth and permanent teeth, cavitycausing bacteria, salivary glands: structure, location and function, human stomach, cardia, fundus, pylorus, function of the gastric glands, intestine and digestion process, location and points of support of the digestive organs. Intestine wall layers, villi, crypts, glands, fine structure of the intestinal villus, human large intestine (colon), digestive enzymes as organic catalysts, constructive metabolism (anabolism) and destructive metabolism (catabolism, conversion to energy), function of human liver and pancreas, the livers glandular character and its function, affections of the pancreas, function of islets of Langerhans, insulin and diabetes. Function of human urinary organs: kidneys, ureter and urinary bladder, detoxification of the body by the kidneys as a fundamental, vital process, the human body water and salt budget.
W13507 Sense organs as a window to the world

The sense organs have the task of furnishing information to the individual about himself and his environment. The ability to perceive stimuli and react to them is, together with the capacity for movement, nourishing oneself and reproducing, one of the primordial characteristics of living protoplasm. Even amoebae react to touch and light, as well as to chemical and temperature stimuli. Over the course of evolution, first some individual cells and then complex organ systems specialized in perceiving and processing stimuli. The nature of light, eye and retina structure, accommodation and adaptation, image formation, movement vision, spatial vision (depth perception). Connection mechanisms in the retina and the brain, the physiological-psychological components of visual perception, ocular affections, optical illusions, colour vision and colour blindness, colours and psyche, ear and hearing, formation of sound waves. Development and structure of the human ear, middle ear, inner ear, cochlea, organ of Corti, directional hearing, hearing centres, structure of the labyrinth, perception of rotation and spatial orientation. The chemical senses, the sense of smell, location of the olfactory region, nose conchas and olfactory epithelium. The sense of taste, the tongues tasting areas, papilla foliata, vallate papilla and fungiform papilla, fine structure. The skin as organ of touch, touch corpuscles, warmth and cold receptors, sense of temperature and thermal receptors, pressure receptors, sensitivity differences caused by touch stimulation, conscious awareness of the position and muscle movements, muscle spindle and Golgi tendon apparatus, processing of self-awareness information.
Soft wa re
W13509 The human respiratory and circulatory systems, the human heart
The pathways through which oxygen reaches the cells varies from organism to organism. In the case of unicellular beings, oxygen diffuses directly from the environment into the cell. In the case of higher organisms, including humans, a transportation system in the body distributes oxygen taken from the environment by a specialized organ (gills, lungs). Nose and nostrils, the larynx as respiratory and voice organ, windpipe (trachea), lung position and structure, alveoli, blood irrigation, gaseous exchange, volume of air respired, regulation of breathing, lung diseases, damage of the breathing organs caused by environmental factors. Blood as mediator between the cells in the body and the environment: using the circulatory pathways, blood transports different substances: nutrients, respiratory gases, intermediate and end products of metabolism, active substances and substances of the immune system. Blood components, blood groups, blood clotting, antibodies, rhesus intolerance. lymphatic system, the human immune system and its functions, anatomy of the heart, cardiac valves, heart muscles, functions and impulses. Electrocardiogram, blood circulation, arteries, veins and capillaries. Regulation of blood pressure, measuring blood pressure, exchange of substances between capillaries and tissues.
W13513 Hormones, hormone system and control

Hormones are substances produced chiefly by the endocrine glands. They are brought by the blood stream to the areas of the body where they exert their effect and influence through ferments the most important vital processes, such as metabolism, development and growth. They adapt the body to different environmental conditions and safeguard the preservation of the species. Alterations of hormone balance can have serious physical and psychological consequences. Nature and function of hormones. Thyroxin, adrenaline, insulin, sexual hormones, hormones of the hypophysis, effects of castration, human dwarfism, gigantism, acromegaly and obesity, the thymus, development of hormone glands. Control of hormone release, interaction between releasing and gonadotropic hormone, feedback control of peripheral hormones, influence on gene activity, protein synthesis, neurosecretion, second messenger, cascade mechanism. Dovetailed operation of different hormones, inhibiting and stimulating factors, synthetic hormones, regulation of blood sugar content, stress, heart infarct, animal production, anabolica, pills, insect hormones, plant hormones, auxin.

167
W13510 Reproduction and sex instruction

Reproduction serves for the preservation of the species. The number of germ cells must balance losses caused by environmental factors (predators, climate, catastrophes), so that the number of reproductive individuals remains constant within certain parameters. The CD provides a vivid introduction into the biology of reproduction from unicellular organisms through to mammals, providing detailed representations of human reproduction and furnishing other teaching material for sexual instruction. Sexual and asexual reproduction. Fertilization of the ovum and fusion of both haploid nuclei. The different types of egg cells and the corresponding types of cleavage. Gastrulation, neurulation, formation of germ layers. Examples of organ development. Structure and function of male and female sexual organs. Testis, epididymis, spermatogenesis, spermatozoa. Structure of the uterus wall. Menstruation cycle and fertilization. Changes in uterine lining (endometrium). Ovulation, admission of the ovum into the fallopian tube, fertilization, development in the fallopian tube and embedding in the endometrium. Growth of the foetus in the uterus. Embryonic and maternal circulation. Foetus in the uterus, placenta, umbilical cord, amnion. Developed foetus in the womb. Start of the birth process, entrance of the amniotic sac into the birthing canal and birth are described.
W13511 nervous system and transmission of information Part I

Introductory CD for the nervous system. View of the entire human nervous system. Occurrence of the typical nerve cells in the human nervous system. Fine structure of a neuron, composition of the nerve, motor end plates, glial cells, nerve cells and nerve tissue. Neuron, ganglion, centres, reflex arcs, automatism. Embryonic development of the human nervous system. Neural plate, neural groove, formation and closure of the neural tube. Description of the development of different nervous systems of invertebrates and vertebrates facilitates understanding of the human nervous system. Formation of the neopallium from concentric growth rings. Phylogenetic tree of mammalian brain convolutions. Connection between brain sensory and motor nerves and various body areas. Development of the thalamus into a relay station. Progressive concentration and differentiation in the brain, component parts and their relation to each other. Increase in organizational complexity.
S o f t ware
W13512 nervous system and transmission of information Part II

The human central, peripheral and autonomic nervous system. Spinal cord: structure and function. Function of grey and white matter. Diagram of reflex connections. Examination of human reflexes and of diseases affecting the nervous system: polio, syphilis, sclerosis, paraplegia. Embryonic development and hierarchical structure of the brain. Structure and function of brain stem, cerebrum and cerebellum. Course of typical sensory and motor tracts. Perception, conduction and transmission of information. Conscious and unconscious movement controls. The brain is simultaneously connecting and controlling organ: for that reason, information perception, conduction and transmission are treated in a special section: resting potential at the axon sheath and its change. Transmission of information over the synaptic gap. Types of synapse. Stimulus propagation along the axon. The brains blood supply: as the controlling organ of our body is the brain the biggest consumer of energy. The blood-brain barrier. Brain stem, hindbrain and cerebellum. Brain lesions (diving accident, stroke). The autonomic nervous system, antagonistic effect between the sympathetic and parasympathetic part. Regulation of body temperature. Control of the emptying of the urinary bladder, transmitter and inhibiting substances at synapses and motor end plates.
W13514 W13514 Heredity and genetics of man, Part I

The basis of both CDs in this series is the range of newest findings in the field of human genetics. As an introduction, the basic knowledge on formal genetics is first imparted, illustrated and explained using many examples from medical genetics. Detailed description of hereditary transmission: Autosomal dominant inheritance, autosomal recessive mode of inheritance, X-chromosomal inheritance, multifactorial and mitochondrial inheritance. Part 2 shows the different types of human tissue cultures, sex chromatin in both normal and pathological numbers of gonosomes through the analysis of Barr bodies, drumsticks and F-bodies. Analysis of metaphase chromosomes by various banding techniques. Chromosomal aberrations and their phenotypic consequences. Secondary chromosomal aberrations following exposure to clastogens and repair defects. Examples from tumour cytogenetics.

168
W13515 Heredity and Genetics of man, Part II

Introduction to the principles of molecular genetics. The focus lies on the application of new techniques in medical genetics and in genetic counselling. Furthermore, subject matters such as population genetics, mutations, imprinting, blood group systems and appearance of tumors will be discussed. Subject matters in the last section include principles of genetic counselling and prenatal diagnostics, biopsy of chorionic villi, amniocentesis (fetal blood sampling). Reasons for seeking genetic counselling, effects of damaging to the fetus, risk calculation, consanguinity, genetics of behaviour, and many examples derived from findings in research on twins and the genetic trees of trait bearers. New, extraordinarily high-quality images facilitate visual instruction, while detailed accompanying texts place this series at the highest level of modern teaching standards.
W13518 Cytology and molecular Biology

In cytology and molecular biology, cell nuclei and chromosomes are conspicuous structures. Their role in cellular activity, their function and importance in heredity and cell division, as well as aspects of molecular biology will all be discussed. This CD offers a wide range of images and text covering the multiple types of nuclei and chromosomes, including images of mitosis and polyploidy. Typical animal cell and typical plant cell. Living nuclei, nuclear forms and functions. Giant chromosomes. Polyploid nuclei. Fine structure of cell nucleus. Structure of chromosomes. Mitosis. Individuality of chromosomes. Chromosome structure, gene location (loci), reduction division, crossover and chiasmata, gene expansion and arrangement, replication. Proving the material structure of the gene. Structural properties of DNA. Identical replication as a cause of hereditary constancy. DNA, RNA and protein synthesis as causes of character formation. Genetic code and molecular mechanisms in mutations. Didactic guiding concepts: relations between structure and function on the molecular level. Explanation of genetic observations through molecular properties and reactions. The findings illustrated through the hypotheses, methods and experiments that led to those findings.
Soft wa re
W13521 mendelian Laws, modification and mutation

In order to establish the fact that heredity is governed by laws, it is necessary to mate living beings that exhibit certain differences from each other. The first experiments in this regard were performed by Augustinian priest Gregor Mendel in the 1860s on the garden of his monastery in Brnn. He crossed different strains of peas and kept track of hereditary transmission of particular characteristics in hundreds of plants over a number of generations. He thus found significant number rules and could thereby gain fundamental insights into the nature of heredity. The term variability groups all those alterations in living beings that, on account of not being hereditary, fall within the category of modificability. By contrast, alterations that can be passed on through heredity all called mutations. There is no doubt that changes in the hereditary makeup, i.e. mutations, made evolution possible in the first place.
W13520 The Wonder of the Animal Cell

The cell is the basic element of all living organisms. In unicellular organisms, a single cell performs all those vital processes for which multicellular organisms have developed specialized cells: muscle cells can contract, glandular cells secrete substances, sensory cells perceive stimuli and transform them into impulses, nerve cells conduct impulses, connective tissue cells produce an intercellular substance, red blood cells transport oxygen, white blood cells fight pathogens, sex cells insure reproduction and propagation of species. The multiplication of cells results from their division. To increase their effectiveness, cells form tissues. Different tissues work together to perform certain tasks and thereby form an organ. This CD introduces in a graphically clear manner into the variety of cells and tissues occurring in the animal and human body.
W13522 The World of Insects

With over 1 million species, arthropods are by far the largest animal group on this planet. They include insects, spiders, millipedes and crustaceans. They share such characteristics as segmented legs and a hard external skeleton made of chitin, which encloses the entire body like an armor and serves both as protection and support. Many microscope enthusiasts started their hobby observing small insects and insect parts. That is easy to understand, considering that insects are ubiquitous and easy to catch. This CD reveals the enormous variety of insects and their fine structures using selected examples.

169
W13523 Zoology in the Classroom

Morphology, the study of the structure of organisms and of the relationship among their constituent organs, together with taxonomy, the science dealing with the relationships among organisms and their classification into a hierarchical system, are closely associated. Without morphology and taxonomy, biology could not be conducted in a meaningful way. When taught separately, both are tedious subjects for nearly every student. But if the teacher puts structure, function and relationship into a meaningful context, analyzes these factors and shows how a taxonomic unit propagates throughout the available habitats, i.e. when radiation takes place, and when it finally becomes evident that a certain blueprint has been invented, these otherwise dry subjects gain life and become interesting. This CD offers some interesting insights into some problems regarding structure and function within the context of animal taxonomy. The CD contains a wealth of colour photographs, illustrations and detailed diagrams of basic body structures of the animal classes, as well as micro and macrophotographs that may be enlarged to full-screen size or printed at the touch of a button.
W13524 The Wonder of the Plant Cell

Few things in living nature are so multifaceted as the forms that plant cells can adopt. Depending on their function, they can be symmetrical and smooth-walled filling cells, repeatedly-branched trichomes, star-shaped, ring-shaped, corkscrew-shaped or reticular vessel cells, shut-off cells, storage cells with substances including crystals, woody cells, pollen cells with superficial features characteristic to each plant, etc. Even the leafless plants stand out for their multiplicity of forms: unicellular and multicellular green algae, blue algae, golden algae, fire algae, and particularly the diatomea, with their wildly varying shell forms possessing a remarkable aesthetic appeal.
S o f t ware
W13525 Botany in the Classroom

The purpose of this CD is the same as that of CD W13523, but focused on botany. Plant-derived foodstuffs form the basis of human nourishment. Given that modern students enjoy ever diminishing opportunities to observe or take part in sowing, cultivating, harvesting and utilization of crops, this CD attempts to fill that void. The most important crops are listed, noting their flowering periods in Roman numerals. Pictures of plants and data on their provenance, history, cultivation and utilization provide the teacher a wealth of material for a varied and interesting botany lesson.
W13526 Biology of Flowers and Fruits

One of the identifying features of higher plants is the occurrence of flowers and fruits, whose complex structure under the microscope makes for interesting observations. Some plants, such as conifers, build male and female germinal elements in different flowers. The formation of seeds and fruits is determined by the different modes of dispersal, such as by means of edible fruit flesh or of dehydration-resistant grains. Flower biology or ecology examine and describe the interactions occurring in the pollination process between flowers and their non-living and living environment. Among the external forces that make pollen dispersal possible are wind, water and transportation by animals. Of these three, pollination through animals ranks as the uppermost method, being the most effective and common of all.
W13527 Crop Pests and Controls

Since man started to practice agriculture, he had to defend his crops against damaging organisms. Often, a large part, if not all, of a harvest is lost to harmful plants or pests, mostly caused by different types of fungi. For their multiplication and propagation, these fungi produce colossal amounts of extremely resistant spores. Exact knowledge of the way of life of these harmful plants is necessary to combat them effectively. The pictures, showing crops affected by pests, will be of interest to hobby gardeners and farmers alike. The CD deals also with a very promising aspect of global environmental protection: biologic pest control. Using well-known, easy to follow examples, the subject is explained and its goal made more accessible.

170
W13516 Our Environment, Threats and Protection

The relentless advance of technology in nearly all areas of life, together with consequences that more often than not exert an influence on our natural make-up, represent a steadily increasing threat to the environment. Comprehensive environmental protection is therefore urgently needed. The new school curricula reflect this need, by including chapters on Environment, Environmental Threats, Environmental Protection. This CD attempts to provide a vivid support to such classroom work. Based on representative examples in the areas of Landscape, Soil, Water and Air, it shows which activities threaten the make-up of our natural environment and how the resulting perils can be confronted.
W13519 Biotopes und Ecosystems

Habitats left in their natural state are becoming increasingly rare. Using selected examples, these habitats wealth of species, the problems of preserving them and the importance for the overall ecological framework even of small biotopes are documented and discussed. This CD aims at presenting the animal and plant populations of these habitats using typical examples, dealing with their adaptations and their place in the ecosystem. Nearly all photographs were taken in situ, in order to preserve authenticity. The accompanying texts provide detailed explanations on the biology of each species and the emergence and ecology of each habitat. Animal and plant population of a fishpond and a puddle. tarn, moor, timber forest, mountain meadows, shallow coastal waters.
Soft wa re
W13528 Life in Water

The fascinating underwater world first reveals its diversity when seen under the microscope. The photographs of this CD unveil the multitude of interesting living organisms that can be found in a single drop of water taken from a pond. It is like a window into a new, wonderful world: the fascinating, improbably rich realm of the smallest living beings. The astonishment caused by things invisible to the naked eye and the joy of watching these tiny creations of Nature provide the basis and stimulus for a lively schoolroom teaching experience. Simultaneously, these small creatures constitute the first link in a feeding chain which leads through small crustaceans and ever larger water animals to humans. The interaction between the tiniest organisms and fishes is sensitive even to small habitat alterations, such as changes in water temperature or in oxygen content.
F u r t h e r i n t e r acti ve CD-RO ms for teaching in school and education

W13529 Our Waters, Pollution, Protection and Recycling W13530 The Origin of Life and Evolution W13531 Embryology and Development W13532 Evolution in Examples W13533 Anatomy of Phanerogams W13534 Anatomy of Cryptogams W13535 Human Parasites and Diseases W13536 The Forest as a Habitat W13537 The World of Butterflies W13538 Edible and Poisonous mushrooms W13539 Healing and Poisonous Plants W13540 Art Forms in nature The Realm of the Infinitesimal W13541 The Structure of matter, Part I: Fundamentals W13542 The Structure of matter, Part II: Petrography and mineralogy

171
100% pre-shrunk cotton
FUn PRODUCTS
musculature xL = W41013 L = W41014
Skeleton xL = W41011 L = W41012
Brain xL = W41039 L = W41040
Heart xL = W41017 L = W41018
A natom i ca l T- S h i r t s / S i l k ne c k ties
W41067 W41066 Spine xL = W41031 L = W41032 Im going one step further xL = W41099 Silk neckties Going one step further W41066 pink W41067 black W41063 Spine, black W41064 Eating Skeleton, red W41065 no Smoking, blue Sport-Skeleton-neckties W41060 black W41061 red W41062 grey W41063 W41064 W41065 W41060-W41062
W40046
W40919 Gonorrahea, blue W40920 Gonorrahea, grey
W11841 Bath Towel muscleman

145x77 cm
W40046 magic Thinking Cap

This cap doesnt make you any cleverer but youll surely stand out in a crowd. 100% cotton, one size fits all.
W40920

W40919
172
FUn PRODUCTS
W40048 A20/n neon Skull
This skull is an illuminating example of human anatomy. As you have come to expect from 3B Scientific, all anatomical details are not only true but glow in the dark as well! A great gift for Halloween or for those students or friends needing a flash of inspiration. 20x13.5x15.5 cm; 0.6 kg
T11005 Desktop mini-Skull

An anatomical as well as ana(c)omical addition to your home or office.
W40048 Jumbo-Sized Lumbar mug
W18001/1 mini-Skeleton for mini-Budget

Surprise your friends, patients or colleagues with this unusual ana(c)omical gift. 48 cm
W18001/1
Fun P ro d u c t s
A90 W10700 A90 Femur Bone Penholder

Without pens. 45 cm; 0.01 kg
VB90 VB90 Bone with Knot

A thigh bone paper-weight with a knot to remind practitioners. 0.3 kg
A70/1 A70/1 Lumbar Penholder

Show everyone that you really have got backbone with this unusual and interesting desk accessory. Without pens. 0.01 kg
W10700 Finger Bone Pen

16 cm
W10701 Injection Pen

12.7 cm
Article W40001 W40003 W40004 W40005 W40006 W40007 W40008 W40009
motif Key Ring Skull Key Ring Heart Key Ring Spine Key Ring Hand Key Ring Foot Key Ring Hip Key Ring Knee Key Ring molar
W10702 12 Eye Key Rings

With movable eyeball, diameter 2.8cm. The set includes 4 keyrings each in green, blue, red.

W10701
W10702
173
B60 3B MICROanatomy Muscle Fibre Page 30
K13 3B MICROanatomy Kidney Page 46
D17 3B MICROanatomy Tongue Page 51
A79 3B MICROanatomy Bone Structure Page 12
F16 3B MICROanatomy Eye Page 60
3B MICROanatomy / Index
G42 3B MICROanatomy Artery and Vein Page 43
K24 3B MICROanatomy Liver Page 45
I N D E X
Description
A Adrenal gland, kidney with AIDS-Virus (HIV) Amphibians ANATOMYtrainer Animal cell Anthropological skull Apple blossom Arm skeleton Arm, muscular Arm, vascular Arteriosclerosis model Artery and vein Artiodactyls Atlas and axis Atomic Model according to Bohr Auditory ossicles B Beaker Biological microscope Birds Blood Pressure Meter Blood Pressure Measurement Sensor Box Bone structure, 3B MICROanatomy BONElike Botany, microscope slides Brain models Brain ventricle Bronchial tree models Butterfly Bypass, Heart with
K23 3B MICROanatomy Digestive Tract Page 45 Description

Upper arm bone C Cameras Carnivores Cat skeleton Cat skull CD-ROM Celandine Cell biology Cell division Cell structure of a leaf, relief model centrifuge, small Cerebrospinal fluid circulation Cervical vertebrae, BONElike Chamomile Chart display stand Chart stand Charts, anatomical and pathological Cherry blossom with fruit Chicken skeleton Chimpanzee skull Circulatory system Clavicle Computer-assisted experimentation Condom training model Conduction of impulses along nerve fibres Contraception Contraceptive case Cover glasses Cow foot Cow skeleton
Page
44 84 66-67 164 76 78 75 13 30 13 43 43 70-71 22 151 62 163 88-99 68 149 144 12, 174 18-19, 21, 23 114-116 53-56 56 40 64 41-42
Page
13 100-103 71 70 70 164-171 74 76-77 79 76 152 56 23 73 134 134 128-139 75 68 71 43 13 142-144 84 159 84-85 85 118, 163 70 70

174
I N D E X
Description Page Description Page
Cow skull 70 Cytology 105, 116-117 D Dandelion 73 Dental care model, giant 51 Dental disease 51 Dentures 50 Diaphragm, heart on 43 Dicotyledons 73-75 Digestive system 44-45 Digestive system 3B MICROanatomy 45 Disc prolapse 22, 24 Disc torso 39 Dissecting kit 148 Dissection of animals, colour charts 64 DNA-Models 80-81 DNA, Structure & function 80-81 Dog leg 70 Dog skeleton 70 Dog skull 70 Dove skeleton 68 Dove wing and feathers 68 Drug education 86-87 Duck skeleton 68 Duodenum, liver with 45 E Ear models 61-62 ECOLABBOX 146 Ecology & environmental protection, micropreparations 105, 117-118 Electrocardiogram, sensor box 144 Electrophoresis station 153 Embedded specimens 64-65 Embryo models 82-83 Embryology, micropreparations 116-117 Embryonic development 83 Endocrine system 140 Enzymes-experiment 155 Even-toed ungulates 70-71 Evolution 78 Experiments 146, 150-159 Eye models 58-60 Eye, 3B MICROanatomy 60 F Family planning educator 85 Feet models 12 Feet skeletons 12-13 Female condom model 84 Femur heads 13 Femoral fracture and hip osteoarthritis 25 Femur 13 Femur head 13 Fetal skull 17 Fibula 13 Field work 146 Finger structure model 11 Fire salamander 67 Fish skeleton 65 Flash cards 139 Flat foot (pes panus) 12 Foetus models 82-83 Foot types of mammals 69 Free-standing cylinder 163 Frogs 66-67 Fun Products 172-173 G Gall bladder, liver with 45 Gallstone model 45 Gastec Gasdetector 158 Gel electrophoresis 153 Genetic fingerprint 154 Genetics 79-81, 152-154, 156-157 Genital & pelvis 48-49 Gloves, vinyl 163 Goose skeleton 68 Gorilla skull 71 Graduated cylinder 163 H Haemorrhoid model 44 Half lower jaws 50 Hand skeletons 12-13 Hand structure model 12 Hare skeleton 69 Head models 52-53 Hearing 61-62 Heart models 41-43 Hearvy duty dust cover for skeletons 9 Hip bone 13 Histology, micropreparations 104, 107-111 Histopathology, CD-ROM, English 165 Hollow foot (pes cavus) 12 Honey bee 65 Horse foot 70 Horse skeleton 71 Horse skull 71 Human cell 77 Human skin series with burn pathologies 63 Humerus 13 Hyoid bone 11 Hypertension model 43 I I.U.D Trainer 84 Inguinal hernia model 48 Insects 64-65 Interface 3B NETlog 142-143 Intestinal villi 45 Invertebrates 64-65 Inverting spectacles 150 J Joints 24-26 K Key rings 173 Kidney models 46-47 Kidney stone model 46 Kidney vessels models 47 Kidney, 3B MICROanatomy 46 Knee joints 25-26 L Lab Coat 163 Laboratory Equipment 162-163 Larynx models 40 Laser pointer 134 Leaf structure, block model 76 Learning systems 139-141 Leg skeletons 13 Leg, with muscles 29-30 Lifting demonstration figure 22 Liver models 45 Liver, 3B MICROanatomy 45, 174 Lizards 67 Lumbar vertebrae models 22-23 Lung model 41 M Magnifying glasses 147 Mammals, carnivores, odd-toed ungulates, even-toed ungulates 70-71 Mammals, rodents 69 Meadow clary 73 Medical posters 128-139 Meiosis model 79 Menstruation cycle 140 MICROanatomy-models 12, 30, 43, 45, 46, 51, 60, 174 Microcentrifuge Piccola 152 Micropreparations 104-127 Microscope 88-99 Microscopic slides 104-127, 118, 163 Milk dentures 50 miniDNA-molecular Models 80-81 Mini joints 26 Mini skeleton 11 Mini skull 17 Mini spinal column 21 Mini torso 39 Mitochondrial DNA Analysis 152 Mitosis model 79
Index

175
IND E X
Description
Monocotyledons Motor neuron diorama Mouse skeleton Multimedia package Muscle fibre, 3B MICROanatomy Muscle figures MUSCLEtrainer Muscular arms Muscular legs N Nephron Nervous system Net NETlab NETlog NEUROtables NEUROteacher NEUROtrainer Normal foot Nose models Physiology of nerves O Oak tree stem Oilseed rape Orangutan skull Osmosis Osteoporosis model deluxe Overhead Projector Oxygen test kit P Pancreas, liver with Parasitology & pathogens, micropreparations Patella PCR Experiment PCR Thermal Cycler Peas Pelvic skeletons Pelvis, median section pH indicator paper pH indicator test sticks Pheasant skeleton Phosphatase Pig foot Pig skeleton Pig skull Plant cell Poster, anatomical and pathological Polymerase Chain Reaction Potato flower Predators Pregnancy pelvis Pregnancy series Primrose Prostate model Q R Radius Rat skeleton Rat skull Reproduction & development Reptiles Respiratory system Rhesus factor RNA model Rodents Rods for charts Root absorption zone, relief model S Sacrum and coccyx Safety glasses Scales Scapula School set, micropreparations Sensors Sensory physiology kit Sensory organs & nerves, human Series for Secondary Schools I and II, microslides Sex education Sheep skeleton
Page
72 57 69 119-127 30 27-29, 31 164 30 29-30 46 56-57 146 144 142-143 165 165 164 12 60 57 75 74 71 155 24 161 145 45 109 13 152 152 74 49 48 145 145 68 153 70 71 70 76 128-139 153 75 69 82 82 74 48 13 69 69 83 64-66 140 155 81 69 128 76 22 163 160-161 13 106 144 150 54-63 107-108 84-85 71
Description
Sheep skull Shoulder models Sickle cell anaemia Skeleton components, mammals Skeletons, birds Skeletons, humans Skelton components, human Skin cancer model Skin section models Skull, human Skull, mammal Slide Box Snakes Software Software 3B NETlab Spinal column stand, multifunctional Spinal columns, human Spinal cord model Spinal models, human Spirometer Stan, classic skeleton Stem cross section Stethoscope Stomach models Stopwatches Structure and function, animal Structure and function, human Structure and function of DNA Structure and function, plant Sunflower T Teeth, human Test sticks Thermometer Thymus, heart with Tibia Tick Timer Tissue structure of rooster tarsal Tissue structure of sunflower stem Toads Tongue model Tooth types of mammals Torso classroom set Torso guide Torso models Tulip Tweezers, soft U Ulcers, stomach Ulna Urinary system Urinary system models V Vascular arm Vertebral columns, human Vertebral models, human Vertebrates Vitreous cell W Water bath Water landing net Water test laboratory Wheat Wire sieve net X Y Z Zoology, micropreparations
Page
71 25 154 69-71 68 8-11 11-13 63 63 14-19 69-71 118 67 164-171 143 20 20-21 57 22-24 149 8 76 149 44 162 64-71 8-63 80-81 72-75 73 50-51 145 162 41 13 64 162 76 76 66 51 69 32 32 32-39 72 163 44 13 140 46-48 13 20-21 22-24 66-68 77 152 146 145, 157 72 146
Index
111

176

Biyoloji 8

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Biyoloji 8

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

www.kompasseurope.

eu +90 541 513 28 81

= Extra carriage charges

= Product comes with product manual www.3bscientific.com

www. = Product manual available for free download at

www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541 513 28 81

9 Reasons to Buy 3B Scientific Products:

Global Price Guarantee

Environment-Friendly Paints and Packaging

DIN EN ISO 9001 Certification

www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541 513 28 81

H20/3 Pelvis with Ligaments, Nerves and Floor Muscles

H20/2 Ligamented Female Pelvis

H20/4 Female Pelvis and Pelvic Floor, 5-part

M33/1 Deluxe Hand and Wrist

M34/1 Deluxe Foot and Ankle

W19780 DNA Double Helix Structure Model

0 Page 8 28 541 513

W48927 EdvoCycler PCR Machine

www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541 513 28 81

W11730 GASTEC Kit

U11395 Blood Pressure Sensor

U30723 Binocular Polarisation Microscope

www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541 2 Page 16

age 89 P28 81 513

W16151 Blood Pressure Meter

W60083 Cardio HITRAX Pulse

W13672 High Tech Flowmeter (spirometer)

age www.kompasseurope.eu +90P54114513 28 81

W60088 Piko 1 Electronic Spirometer

www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541 513 28 81

StruCturE & FuNCtioN HumAN

The Standard Benefits of a 3B Scientific Skeleton:

A10 Classic Skeleton Stan, on 5-feet roller stand

NEW: All 5-leg roller stands have brakes

www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541 513 28 81

StruCturE & FuNCtioN HumAN

A11 Classic Skeleton max, on 5-feet roller stand with brake

A12 Classic Skeleton Leo, on 5-feet roller stand with brake

W40103 Heavy Duty Dust Cover for Skeletons

www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541 513 28 81

StruCturE & FuNCtioN HumAN

A13 Sam Deluxe Skeleton, on 5-feet roller stand with brake

A13/1 Sam Deluxe Skeleton, on hanging stand with brake

www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541 513 28 81

A1 mini Skeleton Shorty, mounted on a base

StruCturE & FuNCtioN HumAN

A1/1 mini Skeleton Shorty, on hanging stand

A1/5 mini Skeleton Shorty with Painted muscles, on base

W33000 Desktop Skeleton

A1/6 mini Skeleton Shorty with Painted muscles, on hanging stand

A05/1 Disarticulated Full Skeleton, with 3 part skull

www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541 513 28 81

StruCturE & FuNCtioN HumAN

m34/1 m33/1 m33/1 Deluxe Hand and Wrist

sE m1 m1 internal Hand Structure model, 3-part

m34/1 Deluxe Foot and Ankle

m30 Normal Foot

A7 3B miCroanatomy Bone Structure

s L/D/E/F m31 Flat Foot (Pes Planus)

www.kompasseurope.eu +90 541 513 28 81

StruCturE & FuNCtioN HumAN

A1 mini Skeleton Shorty, mounted on a base

A1/1 mini Skeleton Shorty, on hanging stand

A1/5 mini Skeleton Shorty with Painted muscles, on base

A1/6 mini Skeleton Shorty with Painted muscles, on hanging stand

sE m1 m1 internal Hand Structure model, 3-part

A7 3B miCroanatomy Bone Structure

W101 Vascular Arm

A20/ Classic Skull with Brain, -part

A2/1 microcephalic Skull

A27/ Deluxe Demonstration Skull with Display Case

A2/2 A2/2 Hydrocephalic Skull

A2/3 A2/3 Skull with Cleft Jaw and Plate

A20 3B Scientific Skull Kit Anatomical Version, 22-part

A21 3B Scientific Skull Kit Didactic Version, 22-part

A1/15 mini Skull, 3-part

W101 Neurovascular Skull

A23 3B BoNElike System Skull Didactic Deluxe Skull, 7-part

s E/D/S/F/P/J www. A23

A20 3B BoNElike System Skull Bony Skull Half, 4-part

A21 3B BoNElike System Skull Bony Skull, 6-part

A22 3B BoNElike System Skull Combined transparent / Bony Skull, -part

A22 Please refer to page 7 for anthropological skulls.

A5/5 Deluxe Flexible Spine

A5/4 Classic Flexible Spine with Female Pelvis

A5/6 Deluxe Flexible Spine with Femur Heads

A5/ 3B BoNElike Vertebral column See A794 on page 23

A5/1 Classic Flexible Spine

A5/2 Classic Flexible Spine with Femur Heads

A5/ multifunctional Spinal Column Stand, 3-part

A1/21 mini Vertebral Column, elastic, on stand

A5/ Didactic Flexible Spine

VB4 Flexible Spine with Soft intervertebral Discs

A1/20 mini Vertebral Column, elastic

A52 A5/ Didactic Flexible Spine with Femur Heads

A5/1 Lifetime Flexible Spine

A5/2 Lifetime Flexible Spine with Femur Heads